Bangladesh Water Development Boardsouthwest.bwdb.gov.bd/files/report/Kalidaskhali-Arpara... · 2018. 5. 21. · Southwest Area Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project

Feasibility Study

Kalidaskhali – Arpara Sub-project

Final Report

Volume: 1 (Main Report + Annexes)

October, 2013

SOUTHWEST AREAIntegrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project

Bangladesh Water Development Board

SOUTHWEST AREAIntegrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project

Bangladesh Water Development Board

Southwest Area Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project - BWDB

SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali – Arpara i

Table of Contents

(Volume 1, Main Report + Annexes)

Table of Contents ..................................................................................................................................... i (Volume 1, Main Report + Annexes) ........................................................................................................ i ABBREVIATIONS ..................................................................................................................................... iii EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ............................................................................................................................ v 1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Background of the project ...................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Scope of the feasibility studies ............................................................................................... 1 1.3 Data collection and verification .............................................................................................. 1

2 PRESENT SITUATION ....................................................................................................................... 2 2.1 Location, boundaries, area and topography........................................................................... 2 2.2 Population ............................................................................................................................... 2 2.3 Infrastructure and urbanization ............................................................................................. 4 2.4 Soils ......................................................................................................................................... 4 2.5 Climate .................................................................................................................................... 4 2.6 Hydrology, groundwater and water quality ........................................................................... 4 2.7 Land types and land use ......................................................................................................... 5 2.8 Land reclamation and water management ............................................................................ 5

3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................................. 6 3.1 Agriculture .............................................................................................................................. 6 3.2 Irrigation ................................................................................................................................. 7 3.3 Fisheries .................................................................................................................................. 8 3.4 Gender and livelihood ............................................................................................................ 9

4 Key issues and constraints ............................................................................................................ 10 5 Integrated Water Management Plan ............................................................................................ 11 6 FUTURE SCENARIO ........................................................................................................................ 14

6.1 Engineering works ................................................................................................................ 14 6.2 Operation and maintenance ................................................................................................. 14 6.3 IWMP .................................................................................................................................... 15 6.4 Agriculture ............................................................................................................................ 16 6.5 Fisheries ................................................................................................................................ 17 6.6 Gender and livelihood .......................................................................................................... 18

7 INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES .............................................................................................. 19 7.1 Biodiversity and environment .............................................................................................. 20 7.2 Identification of Environmental Impacts .............................................................................. 20 7.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ............................................................................. 20 7.4 Environment Monitoring Plan .............................................................................................. 20

8 SOCIAL SAFEGUARDS AND RISKS .................................................................................................. 21 9 ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS ......................................................................................... 22 10 Implementation arrangements..................................................................................................... 23

10.1 Project implementation ........................................................................................................ 23 10.2 Participatory planning and WMO formation ........................................................................ 24 10.3 Institution building and project management ...................................................................... 24 10.4 Schedule of implementation ................................................................................................ 25 10.5 Monitoring ............................................................................................................................ 25


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali – Arpara ii

Annexes

A. Integrated Water Management Plan B. Climate and Hydrology C. Water Management Infrastructure and O&M D. Agriculture E. Fisheries F. Socio-economy, Gender and Livelihood G. Initial Environmental Studies H. WMO Formation and Development I. Capacity Building and Training J. Economic and Financial Analysis


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali – Arpara iii

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian Development Bank ASP – Additional Sub-Project BADC Bangladesh Agricultural Development Cooperation BBS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics BME – Benefit Monitoring and Evaluation BWDB – Bangladesh Water Development Board CAP Collective Action Plan CBA Cost Benefit Analysis CBO Community Based Organizer CDP Capacity Development Plan CE Chief Engineer CF Community Facilitator DAE – Department of Agricultural Extension DTW Deep Tube Wells DOC – Department of Cooperatives DOF – Department of Fisheries DPHE Department of Public Health and Engineering DPP Development Project Proposal EA – Executing Agency EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment EMP – Environmental Management Plan EIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return FAP Flood Action Plan FCD/I Flood Control and Drainage/Irrigation FFS Farmers Field School FGD Focus Group Discussion FIRR Financial Internal Rate of Return FP Flood Plain GAD Gender and Development GAP Gender Action Plan GoB Government of Bangladesh GoN Government of The Netherlands GPWM Guidelines for Participatory Water Management IRR Internal rate of Return HYV – High-Yielding Variety IEE – Initial Environmental Examination IGA – Income Generating Activity IPM – Integrated Pest Management IRR Internal Rate of Return IWMP Integrated Water Management Plan IWRM Integrated Water Resources Management JMC – Joint Management Committee LCS – Labor Contracting Societies LGED – Local Government Engineering Department M&E Monitoring and Evaluation MIS Management Information System MOF Ministry of Finance MTR Mid-term Review NGO – Non-Government Organization NWMP – National Water Management Plan NWP National Water Policy O&M – Operation and Maintenance PAP Project Affected Person (or People) PBMS Performance-based Management System PCR – Project Completion Report PMO – Project Management Office PPTA Project Preparatory Technical Assistance PRRA Participatory Rapid Rural Appraisal PSC – Project Steering Committee


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali – Arpara iv

PWD Public Works Department QC Quality Control SE Superintending Engineer SIP Sub-project Implementation Plan SF Senior Facilitator SMO Sub-project Management Office SP – Sub-project STW Shallow Tube Wells TA – Technical Assistance TNA Training Needs Assessment USAID United States Agency for International Development WARPO Water Resources Planning Organization WB World Bank WFP World Food Program WMA Water Management Association WMF Water Management Federation WMG Water Management Group WMO Water Management Organization XEN Executive Engineer GLOSSARY Aman – Rice planted during June-September Aus – Rice planted during March-May Baor Water body similar to an ox-bow lake Beel – Natural depression that retains water throughout or part of the year Boro – Rice planted during January-February Jalmahal Water bodies leased only by Government Khal – Drainage channel Kharif I – Summer season Kharif II Monsoon season Paurashava Municipality Pucca Metaled road Rabi – Dry season Union Parishad – Basic unit of administration Upazila – Sub-district


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali- Arpara v

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project is part of seven sub-projects selected for rehabilitation and improved water management subject to a feasibility study under the Southwest Area Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project financed by the ADB, the Government of the Netherlands and the Government of Bangladesh.

The gross area of Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project measures 13,197 ha, the net cultivated area 10,616 ha. The area is cultivated mainly with rice, jute, pulses, oil crops, wheat and vegetables by smallholders. The average farm size is 0.80 ha. The cropping intensity at present is 217%. Due to (partly) non-functioning of existing interventions due to absence of O&M for a long time, the area suffers from annual flooding affecting some 4,873 ha of the total area.

Rehabilitation of the sub-project would involve rehabilitation of 6 existing regulators, and 12 pipe outlets. Besides, one additional regulator and two pipe outlets to be constructed. Further, excavation of 42.45 km of khals and strengthening of some 57.62 km of degraded embankment is needed. WMG offices and arsenic free safe drinking tube wells will be constructed for each of the 15 WMGs which will be established in the sub-project area. The total infrastructure investment costs of civil works are estimated at Tk. 2,718.46 lac. The annual O&M costs of the rehabilitated system are estimated at about Tk. 126 lac, to be shared by BWDB and farmers, on an 80/20% basis.

To ensure proper water management and increase food production a capacity building and training program will have to be implemented. It is envisaged that 28 WMGs, associated in four WMAs, will take over water management from BWDB and beneficiaries need to be trained in O&M. The training of staff and WMGs on formation, organizational development and participation in construction and O&M comes at Tk. 108 lac.

Apart from capacity building in O&M farmers will have to receive training and support in improving and sustaining agriculture, fisheries and livelihood. Training will include class room training, demonstrations, Farmers/Fisheries Field Schools and excursions as well as refresher courses for farmers (male and female) in each of the 28 WMGs. The total capacity building and investment costs for agricultural development are estimated at Tk. 144.54 lac; for fisheries Tk. 218.45 lac. and for gender and livelihood the cost estimate is Tk. 64.87 lac.

The rehabilitation of the sub-project will have a major impact on agriculture and fisheries and to a lesser extent on environment. Due to the elimination of annual floods & drainage congestion a more diversified cropping pattern and higher cropping intensity (240%) is expected. At present the total production is estimated at 72,270 tons; in the future the production is estimated at 100,629 t/year. Cereals production will increase with about 24,710 t/year. However, the extent and income of capture fisheries will substantially be reduced (- Tk.122 lac). On the other hand, the expected increase in culture fisheries (Tk. 131 lac) will not only compensate these losses but will also facilitate increase in overall net production.

An Initial Environmental Study was carried out. There were no major negative environmental constraints observed, although the interventions will have a substantial impact on nature, agriculture and fisheries due to the absence of annual flooding. With respect to nature it is considered that the sub-project will be brought back to its 1990 - 1993 status. Costs and benefits of the proposed interventions were assessed and analysed. The B/C ratios for the financial and economic analyses are 2.45 and 3.91 respectively. The economic and financial internal rates of return (EIRR and FIRR) were found to be 34.64% and 25.33%, respectively. The sensitivity analysis showed that with an assumed 25% increase in investment cost, a 25% decrease in benefits, and a lag in implementation of 1 year that the EIRR in all cases is higher compared to the opportunity cost of capital 12%.The calculated IRR is a conservative estimation taking into account only the agricultural and fisheries benefits. High IRR is due to low renovation cost compared to the area involved and high benefits due to intense agriculture & fisheries activities with introduction of high value & high yielding crops in case of agriculture and in fisheries introduction of modern fisheries technology leading to higher yields and production.

The project is technically feasible, economically viable, financially profitable, socially acceptable and environmental-friendly. Considering the importance of people’s livelihood and improved water management leading to more profitable and sustainable crop & fish production, this project is being recommended for implementation.


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali- Arpara 1

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background of the project

The Southwest Area Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project (SAIWRPMP) aims at the improvement of the performance of existing flood control and drainage/irrigation (FCD/I) systems. The project is financed by a $ 20 m loan of the Asian Development Bank (Loan no. 2200 BAN(SF)) and a $12.5 m grant of The Netherlands (GON Grant 0036 BAN), approved in 2005. The project is a follow-up of the South West Area Water Resources Development Project started in 1993 and finalized in 1997, and the Southwest Area Integrated Water Resources Management Project (PPTA) started in 2003 and finalized in 2004.The projects, executed by the Bangladesh Water Development Board (BWDB), were based on one of the Flood Action Plans (FAPs), elaborated in 1990 and thereafter, in response to the severe flooding in the late 1980s.

The current project originally comprised two large subprojects (Chenchuri Beel and Narail, 57,000 ha), and additional sub-projects (ASPs) (around 43,000ha) that were to be appraised and implemented during the project period. However, in response to the request from the Government of Bangladesh, to include the emergency rehabilitation of FCD/I structures damaged by the Aila cyclone that hit the country in May 2009 substantial portion of the fund was re-allocated and utilized for the Aila rehabilitation component. Subsequently a revised Project Implementation Plan was prepared which included (i) completion of participatory investments in the two originally appraised FCD/I schemes and Aila rehabilitation, and (ii) feasibility studies (FSs) of the ASPs, with extension of the loan closing date by one year. The project has three distinct tasks:

Advice and Support to the project organizations in implementing the Narail and Chenchuri Beel Sub-projects;

Feasibility Studies of selected ASPs to prepare Participatory Integrated Water Management Plans (IWMP) in FCD/I schemes;

Strengthened capacities within BWDB and other implementing agencies for planning, implementing, operating maintaining and monitoring demand driven, participatory, integrated water resources management plans.

1.2 Scope of the feasibility studies

The selected ASP1s for feasibility studies include: i) Beel Sukunia, ii) Daduria Beel, iii) Kandor Beel, iv) Alfadanga-Boalmari, v) Chatler-Fakurhat, vi) Kalidaskhali-Arpara, and vii) Horai River, totaling gross 63,058 ha. Issues which have been taken into consideration with the preparation of the FSs include:

- Integrated Water Management Plan; - Feasibility Level Design and Cost Estimates of infrastructure; - Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan; - Service Delivery to Enhance Growth and Poverty Reduction; - Gender Development; - Operation & Maintenance; - Environmental Impact Assessment; - Economic and Financial Analysis.

1.3 Data collection and verification

This report covers the feasibility study of SPs Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project. The starting point of this feasibility study was a review of the pre-feasibility studies carried out in 20082 for the ASPs and for Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project in particular.

Most of the data and information contained in that report have been reassessed and updated through technical surveys and consultation of more recent databases, as well as through interviews with stakeholders, including government agencies and farmers.

1 In the feasibility studies referred to as Sub-projects or SPs.

2 SAIWRPMP, Technical Report no. 4, 2008



Some data used in the pre-feasibility studies, particularly where it regarded land use and cropping patterns, were best estimates, as the data provided by the districts were often conflicting or not known. Apart from agricultural and other socio-economic data also estimates of the civil works appeared to be inaccurate or incomplete. Further to that, in the pre-feasibility study the gross and net areas for Kalidaskhali–Arpara sub-project were, at that time, calculated at 14,051 ha and 11,453 ha respectively.

A recent analyses of satellite images by CEGIS now puts the gross area at 13,197 ha. The figures provided by BDWB for both areas are gross 13,197 ha and net 10,616 ha. The latter figures are used in this report.

In addition to data verification, workshops were organized at Magura/Shalika upazila level, with union level stakeholders to identify problems experienced with water management, flooding, agriculture, fisheries, gender and livelihood and finding solutions. More detailed information, including cost assessment was gathered at union level through PRRAs. These data and information was used in the formulation of an IWMP and, eventually, the feasibility study of the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project, subject of this report.

2 PRESENT SITUATION

2.1 Location, boundaries, area and topography

The sub-project (SP) with coordinates between 89˚2798' and 89˚4522'E and 23˚2805' and 23˚4262'N, is located in parts of Magura and Shalikha Upazilas of Magura district (see base map Figure 1). The gross area of the sub-project measures 13,197 ha. The area is bounded by the Bekabati-Fakti river on the north and east, and the Chitra river on the southern side.

Administratively the area is covered by 6 unions see Table below.

Table 1: Area of the sub- projects covered by unions and villages

Sub-project Upazila Union Coverage (%) Nr. of villages

Kalidaskhali-Arpara Magura Talkhori 100 28

Dhanshorgati 80 11

Arpara 100 18

Shalikha Satokhali 100 11

Shalikha 100 5

Bunagati 100 9

Total 82

The area generally slopes from the north towards south and has some depressions in the south-

west aand the middle part. The landscape otherwise appears flat with elevations ranging from 5.60 m PWD near ridges to 2.00 m PWD near beels. There are several wetlands/beels scattered over the area. The major wetlands are Kumarko Beel, Hizaler Beel, Bhatoail Beel and Patiar Beel, none of them perennial.

2.2 Population

Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project is part of the Magura district which numbers some 910,000 in population. Magura town numbers some 85,000 inhabitants. According to the data from the upazilas the number of households in Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project is 14,781 and the total population is (estimated) at 59,124 divided over 82 villages. Data (BBS 2001, HH survey/PRRA) show that for Kalidaskhali-Arpara about 53 % of population is

engaged in agriculture, forestry, livestock and as agricultural labour and less than 1 % in fishing

leaving 46 % in other pursuits like industry, business, employment, construction, transport, non-

agriculture labour etc.



Figure 1: Base map of Kalidaskhali-Arpara



The literacy of the population in the SP is in the order of 66%, which is better than the national average (57%). A more recent survey under this project (Annex G) showed that the average incidence of poverty in project area is 41%, a figure higher than the average rural poverty for Bangladesh which is 34%. The poverty incidence for the district Magura is between 36-48%. A more than average poverty level therefore exists in the sub project area.

2.3 Infrastructure and urbanization

The Jessore-Magura N704 two-lane national highway runs through the middle of the SP. The condition of the road is, reasonably good The access to the inner part of the SP is more or less good. There are some deteriorated tarmac (pucca) roads along the fringes and a partly metaled road through the SP (see Figure1) which at the Kuchiamura, Digholbari & Kaliadanga Khals are interrupted, making marketing of produce difficult. The upkeep of major and minor roads leaves much to be desired.

Urbanization is concentrated in the middle portion of the SP, near Magura as well as along the pucca roads. The lack of infrastructure, particularly roads in the center of the SP, makes all agricultural activities time consuming and cumbersome.

2.4 Soils

The area falls in the Agro-Ecological Zone (AEZ) - 12 : Low Ganges River Floodplain. It comprises the eastern half of the Ganges River Floodplain which is low-lying. The region has a typical meander floodplain landscape of broad ridges and basins.

The soils of the region range from silty loams and silty clay loams on ridges to silty clay loams and heavy clays in the lower areas. The general soil types predominantly include Calcareous Dark Grey and Calcareous Brown Floodplain soils. Organic matter content is low on the ridges and moderate in the basins. The soils are calcareous in nature having a neutral to slightly alkaline reaction. There is a wide spread Zn and S deficiency. The general fertility level is medium.

2.5 Climate

As all sub-projects in this area, Kalidaskhali – Arpara has a typical sub-tropical monsoon climate characterized by rain and high temperatures and humidity in the summer and a dry period with low temperatures in the winter. As in most of Bangladesh’ Southwest area Kalidaskhali-Arpara climate is for agriculture marked by 3 seasons: a) the summer season (kharif I) lasting from March till June; b) the rainy season (kharif II) lasting from July till October, and; c) the winter season (rabi) lasting from November till February.

The annual rainfall ranges between 900 and 2100 mm and the average comes to 1,828 mm. In the monsoon period May – October rainfall exceeds evaporation by some 809 mm, while in the winter season evaporation exceeds rainfall with some 266 mm. Water shortages for crop production occur in the winter season. The annual balance of total rainfall over evaporation is 543 mm.

The average monthly temperature ranges from a low 12 0C in January to a high 34 0C in May. The monthly average relative humidity ranges from a minimum of 72 % in March to a maximum of 86 % in September.

The closest meteorological and rainfall station relevant to the sub-project is located in Faridpur. Some of the more relevant meteorological data from Faridpur (period 1990 -2011) are presented in Table 2 below. More details are presented in Annex B, Climate and Hydrology. Table 2: Climatic data Faridpur

Average Temperature

(˚C)

Average Relative

Humidity (%)

Average Sunshine

(hours/day)

Average Wind speed (knots)

Potential Evaporation (mm/month)

Mean monthly rainfall (mm)

Average annual rainfall (mm)

Max min max min Max min max min Max min max min

34 12 88 64 8.4 4.1 5 2 119 55 355 7 1,828

Apr Jan Jul Mar Feb Jul Apr Nov Apr Jan Jun Jan

2.6 Hydrology, groundwater and water quality

Originally the Kalisdaskhali – Arpara sub-project was a floodplain with deeper flood occurring in the central to southern half caused primarily by overspills from both Begabati-Fakti and Chitra rivers. In a normal year the floods cover the area for some 37%, in extreme years 40%. The flooding is



normally aggravated with the accumulation of runoff from rainfall that will not drain through the khals due to prevailing high stages in the surrounding rivers. About 632 ha or 5% of the total area is considered to be waterlogged. The command area under Kalidaskhali-Arpara has four distinct hydrological units:

- Hydrological unit in the south-west and middle part of the sub-project (3962 ha) which drains through the Kalisdaskhali and Kathalbaria khals/ channels on the Chitra river;

- Hydrological unit 2 in the north-east of the sub-project (3468 ha) which drains through the Kuchiamura khal on the Chitra river;

- Hydrological unit 3 in the south-west and middles portain of the sub-project area (3477 ha) which drains through the Kanuda khal/channel on the Begabati-Fakti river; and

- Hydrological unit 4 in the north-west, an area with a comparatively higher elevation (2290 ha), which drains through the Dighal gram khal on the Begabati-Fakti river.

The groundwater level fluctuates with the seasons, but is within a reach of 2-3 meters of the

surface. The groundwater is used for supplementary irrigation of paddy and vegetables in the dry season and for domestic purposes. There are many tube wells in the SP. Motorised shallow tube wells (STW) are mostly used for irrigation in the field and deep hand tube wells (HTW) in the villages for drinking water.

The quality of the drinking water is a problem. The environmental study indicated that 25-35% of the HTWs have arsenic contamination beyond the tolerable lmit. Salinity is apparently not a problem in the SP area.

2.7 Land types and land use

In the classification of land a distinction is made in 4 land types, based on the extent and depth of flooding. The extent and duration of flooding has its impact on crop selection and cropping intensity. Highland may have a minimum risk of extensive flooding, but may need irrigation to produce a good crop in the winter. On the other end of the spectrum very low land, without sufficient drainage may be subject to inundation for most of the year and only suitable for deep water rice and extensive capture fisheries. In Table 3 the various land types are elaborated.

Table 3: Cultivated area by land type and flood depth

Land Type Gross area (ha) Cultivable area (ha) % of total area

F0 (d<0.3m) 10,199 8,192 62.08

F1 (0.3m-0.9m) 1,929 1,578 11.95

F2 (0.9m-1.8m) 1050 827 6.26

F3 (d>1.8m) 19 19 0.14

Total 13,197 10,616 80.44

Based on interpretation of satellite imageries the estimate is that (during the dry season) some 80% is under agricultural crops, 16% is under housing, homestead gardens, tree plantations, waste land (often used for livestock grazing) and road infrastructure and 4% of the land is under permanent or seasonal water bodies not used for agriculture (including beels, baors, khals and fishponds). See table below for details. There are no natural forests in the SP and no part of the area has a special nature conservation status.

Table 3: Land coverage

Class name Gross area(ha) % Settlement with homestead vegetation 1,700 12.88 Embankments and roads 274 2.08 Rivers & khals 99 0.75 Ponds + perennial water bodies 508 3.85 Agriculture 10,616 80.44 Total 13,197 100

Source: CEGIS

2.8 Land reclamation and water management

Following the consecutive floods of 1954 and 1955, flood control was viewed as the most viable means to enhance agricultural production in the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project. Considering its good agricultural potential the area was identified for development planning between 1960 and 1972. To



prevent the overspill of flood waters into the area, it was planned to empolder the area by constructing embankment along the Fakti and Chitra rivers. To remove the drainage congestion caused by accumulation of local rainfall runoff, the drainage network was to be improved by excavation and re-excavation along with the installation of drainage regulators at suitable locations.

The project was completed during 1992-1993 with the construction of 12.70 km embankment along Fakti and Chitra rivers. The drainage network improvement amounted to about 92 km. A total of 14 regulators and outlets were installed on the peripheral dykes as well as inside the sub-project on the drainage khals.

As usual with most of FCD projects of BWDB, this project is also expected to have performed as per stipulation in the early years after implementation. At least there is no report of under-performance.

All planning studies categorically emphasized the need of O&M during construction as well as afterwards. Emergency apart, annual routine maintenance has always been stressed, but unfortunately budgetary allocation was never commensurate. The concept of stakeholder participation, now an integral part of the project cycle, was not known either. As a consequence, FCD projects started losing their effectiveness gradually with time through deterioration of the project infrastructure. The most common problems are:

- loss of embankment dimensions due to natural wear or river erosion ; - malfunctioning of regulators due to mechanical trouble or siltation; and - siltation of khals reducing conveyance capacity. In 2008, during the pre-feasibility study the BWDB assessed that most of the structures were in

need of rehabilitation. In addition, the construction of 4 new drainage regulators, 20 km of re-sectioning of flood protection embankment and re-excavation of 40 km of drainage channels was proposed. The total costs of rehabilitation were estimated at Tk. 106 million. The EIRR for the Kalidaskhali-Arpara SP was computed at 28%.

Due to a lack of funds maintenance over the last decades left to be desired and the condition of the infrastructure detoriated to the extent that now most structures are not properly functioning any longer, dikes have degraded and drains have silted up. At present the area is regularly flooded and proper water management is impossible.

The BWDB is responsible for water management in thand operation and maintenance of the infrastructure is entrusted to the Executive Engineer (EE), BWDB Magura O & M Division. The EE is responsible for two subdivisions namely Magura, and Langalbundh. The Subdivisional Engineer (SE), Magura (Headquarters) O&M takes care of Kalisdaskhali-Arpara sub-project. He is assisted by a few sectional officers who work mostly in the field. At present the concerned EE gives 10 %, the SE 70% and the sectional officers give 80% of their time to the O & M of the Kalisdaskhali – Arpara sub-project. Their input for the feasibility study concerned the coordination of collection of primary data, including assessment of rehabilitation and construction needs.

BWDB has a limited number of labor and a workshop only in Faridpur with land reclamation equipment and machinery (Mechanical Engineering workshop) though most of the (major) rehabilitation and construction works are contracted. Contractors may hire equipment and machinery from the ME. In Langalbundh there is a divisional office, but no workshop.

For the preparation of the feasibility study several field trips were made to the sub-project area. Data about the infrastructure were collected from the Executive Engineers Office and verified in the field. On the basis of these data the following plan for construction, rehabilitation and O & M for the Kalisdaskhali-Arpara sub-project was drafted.

3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

3.1 Agriculture

Agriculture is the most important sector in the SP and provides direct or indirect employment and income to some 53% of the population. Most of the crops are rainfed and rainfall distribution is such that double cropping, and sometimes triple or tetra cropping is possible. Irrigation is used on a large scale (about 60%), and mostly on the higher elevated parts (land type F0) of the sub-project. The larger part of the sub-project (90%) is double or triple cropped.

Cereals and jute are the most important crops of the area. Among cereals, rice is cultivated on 50% and wheat 10% of the area, jute on 17% followed by pulses and oil crops on 18% and other crops (5%) The total cropped area is 23,046 ha with corresponding with a cropping intensity of 217%.



The present production of major crops (cereals) has been calculated as 38,224 tons of which 31,063 tons of rice and 7,179 tons of wheat is produced annually. Crop wise yields, cultivated area and production are presented in Table 4.

During the colder Rabi growing season, different pulses, chilies, oil seeds and vegetables are

cultivated on F0 land but during Kharif-I season, when the rains start, jute is the major crop. During the monsoon season F0 type land is also inundated to some extent. The inundation depth of F0 land is minimal and does not affect the yield of HYV T. Aman. For this reason, during the Kharif-II transplanted Aman is dominating the F0 land in the sub-project area. Flooding depths of F2 and F3 land is higher and affect the yield of Aman rice. HYV Aman is more sensitive to flood depths than local transplanted Aman (LT. Aman) or local broadcasted Aman (B. Aman). Thus, LT.Aman and B.Aman is usually grown on F2 and F3 land during the Kharif-I season and continue to Kharif-II season. HYV/Hybrid Boro is cultivated mainly in F1 and F2 type lands. Some land remains fallow for reasons of flooding, lack of irrigation water or lack of farmers’ interest. Different cropping patters according to land type and flood depth adopted in this area are presented in Table 5.

Provision of certified seed to the farmers through the DAE is limited as the government agency Bangladesh Agricultural Development Cooperation (BADC) provides only 5% of total demand. The private sector provides for the remaining seed supply, if farmers are using certified seed. Certified seed is mainly used in the production of high-yielding paddy (HYV) and vegetables. For the more traditional production farmers use often their own stock of seed.

Table 4: Yields and production of commonly cultivated crops

Name of Crop Average Yield (t/ha) Cropped area (ha) Production (tons)

HYV Boro 4.5 2,360 10,620

Hybrid Boro 5.0 740 3,700

B.Aman 1.5 269 404

T. Aman 2.5 2,873 7,183

LT.Aman 1.8 2,367 4,261

T.Aus 2.0 1,173 2,346

B.Aus 1.5 1,700 2,550

Jute 2.5 3,919 9,798

Pulses 2.5 2,100 5,250

Mustard 1.0 1,390 1,390

Sesame 1.0 698 698

Wheat 2.5 2,393 5,982

Vegetables 17.0 1,064 18,088

Total 23,046 72,270

The Department of Agricultural Extension (DAE), has twelve (12) blocks within the sub-project

area under Magura/Shalikha upazila. It is mandatory for the DAE to disseminate modern and appropriate agriculture technologies through different training programs and farmers’ field school (FFS) as well as demonstrations of new agricultural technologies. However, the numbers of such activities are relatively limited due to budget constraints.

Farmers’ cooperatives are not existent in the SP, but irrigation is for a significant part of the project area organized through irrigation sub-committees.

3.2 Irrigation

During the rainy season, irrigation is not required because rainfall exceeds the evapo-transpiration, but during the dry period (October to March), there is no rainfall or an erratic distribution of rainfall, which causes low soil moisture resulting in drought stress. To avoid drought stress, supplementary irrigation is needed. Around 33% of the farmers have pumps for irrigation. They abstract water for irrigation through shallow tube wells or deep tube wells though a few farmers use low lift pumps (LLPs) and share the water with other farmers. It is estimated that about 5,000 to 6,000 ha is irrigated. Surface water irrigation is limited due to lack of water in canals and beels during the dry season. This situation may change after the implementation of the project, when the



khals/channels have been excavated from silt and permanent water levels will be maintained through regulators to safeguard fisheries and nature.

Table 5: Cropping pattern and cropped area according to land type

Land type and flood

depth

Cropping Pattern

No. of Crop Net area

(ha) Cropped area (ha) Rabi Kharif - I Kharif - II

FO (0 - 30 cm)

Pulses B.Aus T.Aman 3 1,700 5,100

Wheat Jute 2 1,905 3,810

Vegetables Jute 2 1,064 2,128

Mustard T.Aus T.Aman 3 1,173 3,519

HYV Boro LT.Aman 2 1,600 3,200

HYV Boro Jute LT. Aman 3 550 1,650

Temporarily fallow 200

Sub-total 8,192 19,407

F1 (30 - 90 cm)

Wheat Sesame 2 488 976

Pulses Jute 2 400 800

Hybrid Boro 1 590 590


Sub-total 1,578 2,366

F2 (90 - 180 cm)

Mustard LT.Aman 2 217 434


HYV Boro Sesame 2 210 420

B.Aman 1 250 250

Sub-total 827 1,254

F3 (> 180 cm) B.Aman 1 19 19

Sub-total 19 19

Grand Total 10,616 23,046

3.3 Fisheries

The present fish production in Kalidashkhali - Arpara can be distinguished in fish capture in (large) open water bodies, and fish culture in (smaller) ponds and ghers. Captured fisheries cover about 9 times larger area than cultured fisheries but yields only 56% of the total production. The total area under fish production, including floodplains is 1237 ha; the annual fish production is 249 mt and the value from captured and cultured fish amounts to approximately Tk 457 lac (see Table 7 for details).

The production rate /ha/yr of cultured fish in ponds in the area is only 54 % of the national average, mainly because of the absence of improved aquaculture know-how. Inadequate supply of quality inputs (fertilizers, fingerlings, etc.) is another reason.

Major constraints in the subproject area are quality fry and fingerlings, lack of modern fish culture technology, quality feed, credit, fish disease and fish marketing.



Table 6: Fisheries present output

Fisheries

Without project scenario

Area (ha) Production Rate*** Production Value*

(kg/ha) (MT) (Tk. in Lac)

A. Culture

1. Pond 100.00 1776 177.60 195.36

2. Nursery 3.20 2150 6.88 9.63

3. Fish after rice ** 4.50 1050 4.73 5.20

4. FP beel 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

5. Baor 2.50 1650 4.13 4.54

6. Borrow pit 3.20 900 2.88 3.17

7. Canal 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

8. Pen 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

9. Cage 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

10. Khas pond 11.00 1120 12.30 13.55

Total: A 124.40 208.52 231.45

B. Capture

1. Public low land 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2. Canal 42.00 215 9.03 14.45

3. Beel 19.00 280 5.32 8.51

4. Floodplain 1050.00 120 126.00 201.60

5. Baor 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6. Borrow Pit 2.00 550 1.10 1.20

7. Sanctuary 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

8. Beel stocking 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Total: B 1113.00 141.45 225.76

TOTAL: A+B 1237.40 249.97 457.21

* Fish Tk. 110/kg, Fingerling Tk.140/kg, floodplain/ beel and sanctuary fish Tk160/kg.(at 2012 price) ** Only fish *** From FGDs and Upazilla fishery officers

3.4 Gender and livelihood

The project undertook PRRAs in selected sample villages of Kalidaskhali – Arpara through Focus Group Discussions (FGD) to assess the existing socio economic, gender and livelihood situation and options for its improvement within the sub project (for details see Annex F).

The project also conducted a household sample survey in the sub-project area so as to collect

information on selected demographic, gender and social issues. The social economic, gender and livelihood aspects which has been considered for assessment

under the project were population and sex ratio, household size, male and female headed household ratio, age structure, gender disaggregated literacy rate, housing, water and sanitation, occupation and employment, income and expenditure, poverty situation, livelihood assets, gender situation, option for livelihood improvement and promotion of gender equality and women empowerment.



Kalidaskhali-Arpara has a relatively low population density (448) per km2, a sex ratio of 102

males to 100 females and a household size of 4.0. About 62% of people is of the productive age (15-59). Female headed household was recorded as 3% in the HH survey.

The analysis of occupation and employment days show that in the sub project area there exist a

significant portion of the community with farming and labour occupation and with major yearly engagement /employment of more than 200 days. The average literacy rate is approximately 66%, with female and male ratio of 1:1.13. The availability and use of electricity, safe drinking water, hygienic sanitation and modest housing structures is consistent with the national average. The quality of drinking water is good in the sub project area as no arsenic contamination was noted; proper sanitation is present in 623% of the households. The assessment of poverty showed that there is a higher level of poverty in Kalidaskhali-Arpara than normal. The national incidence of rural poverty averages 35%, that in the sub-project 41.5%. The gender situation in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project is characterized by a low women empowerment with gender inequality in most social and economic respects.

4 Key issues and constraints

Based on the implementation of Narail and Chenchuri Beel SPs a number of critical issues were

observed which are valid for Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project as well. They included the following:

Construction and rehabilitation

- The implementation of the Narail and Chenchuri Beel SPs have been constrained by time consuming

procedures and delays in construction and rehabilitation works. The time required for tendering and

contracting may not be shortened, but effectively takes some non-productive 25%of the time of the

project implementation period. This non-productive time may be used for capacity building and training,

but hampers a thorough testing and fine-tuning of the system after completion of the construction and

rehabilitation works. Similarly, the monsoon rains delayed construction and rehabilitation works in

Narail and Chenchuri Beel to a large extent, as no shoring or pumps were used to free the construction

sites of excess rain or flood water. This issue should be addressed in the Kalidaskhali-Arpara and

other SPs. Water Management

- Formation of functional WMGs with strong and genuine leadership willing to provide both time and

resources to implement proper water management is and will be the most important challenge. Also in

Kalisdaskhali – Arpara there is a higher rate of literacy, but farmers have little or no experience with

administering formal organizations. Raising funds for O&M is a new phenomenon for them;

- Maintenance costs are relatively high, and where in the past BWDB was unable to cover the costs, the

envisaged cost-sharing arrangement for Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project, with 80% of the costs to be

borne by the BWDB does not warrant proper maintenance, nor instill responsibility with the WMGs;

- The endorsement of SIPs from WMAs and/or WMGs and District Level Project Evaluation Committee

by incorporating local demands through reaching consensus amongst diverse stakeholders and

communities is very much time consuming; also delays in WMGs/WMAs formation causing delay in

endorsement were experienced in Narail. In Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project the preparation of a SIP

may be substituted by the IWMP which should be endorsed by the JMC.

Agriculture and irrigation

- The impact of the change in flood regimes on the groundwater level and availability of water during the

dry season are difficult to predict at this stage. If the surface water resources decreases the need for

irrigation and thus for groundwater will increase. Considering the high number of small pumps used

now for irrigation and the associated increase in inefficiency and costs of irrigation in the future, the

focus in capacity building of the WMG and WMA should equally address irrigation development;

- Provision of certified seed to the farmers through the DAE is limited as the government agency

Bangladesh Agricultural Development Cooperation (BADC) provides only 5% of the total demand. The

private sector provides for the remaining seed supply, if farmers are using certified seed. Certified seed

is mainly used in the production of high-yielding rice (HYV) and vegetables. For the more traditional

production farmers use often their own stock of seed. Obvious there is scope for improvement



Fisheries - The productivity of cultured fish in ponds in the Kalidaskhali – Arpara area is only 54 % of the national

average, mainly because of the absence of improved aquaculture know-how. Inadequate supply of quality inputs is another reason. The major constraints in the subproject area are the lack of quality fry and fingerlings, lack of modern fish culture technology, quality feed, credit, the presence of fish diseases and poor marketing.

- The major key issue is that under the project most of this floodplain will become permanent cropped area. In the past 37% of the area was subjected to seasonal flooding. It is estimated that most of it will become permanent”dry land”. Compensation measures should be taken to balance capture fishing losses. It is not only the loss of capture fish income that is more important, but also the nutritional balance in the local population’s diet that should be maintained. It is estimated that 56 mt of capture fish (beels and seasonal floodplains) production will be lost by improved flood control.

Gender and livelihood

- The major constraint is the poverty. The assessment of poverty shows that a more than average level

of poverty exists in Kalidaskhali–Arpara sub-project. This may have an impact on the contribution of

funds to establish and register WMGs and later to finance proper O&M.

- Equally important is the relative low literacy rate for both men and women in the sub-project, which will

make it difficult to find suitable people to administer the WMGs.

- Apart from farming there are view opportunities for women to exploit their capabilities. The gender

situation can be characterized as low women empowerment with gender inequality in most social and

economic respects.

Land acquisition and resettlement

- Delay in land acquisition and implementation of a resettlement action plan causing a major setback in

the implementation of civil works was a serious issue in Narail and Chenchuri Beel. In Kalidaskhali -

Arpara sub-project nearly all proposed civil works are improvement to existing infrastructure (apart

from one new 3-vent regulator which will be constructed on public lands) and this may not give much

problems. Soil from channel re-excavations will be dumped on public land along the drainage

channels.

Issues opined by the participants at the workshop on finalization of the report - The draft report was presented before the concerned participants on 02 October, 2013 at CIRDAP

auditorium for their views and suggestions towards finalization of the reports. The general views of the

participants mostly had already been incorporated in the reports based on the experiences of the

ongoing two subprojects, such as, participatory approach, sustainability of the WMOs need follow up

support after completion of project, termed as “after care”, institutional and funding mechanisms for

continuous support for WMOs need to be established within BWDB.

5 Integrated Water Management Plan

To sustain proposed interventions for improved water management the interest of all stakeholders should be considered before the start of a project. Environmental impacts should be assessed and at least mitigated if not improved, if such impact would be negative. In general the stakeholders represent sectors and sub-sectors which make use, dispose or have vested interest in water. These sectors/sub-sectors may comprise agriculture, fisheries, nature, industries, drinking water supply, wastewater and other minor water users. Based on discussions, negotiations and agreements between the stakeholders an Integrated Water Management Plan (IWMP) will than be made and implemented. In Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project the main sectors depending on proper water management are agriculture and fisheries.

The proposed rehabilitation and construction works and operation thereof will affect the flood regime

and to a large extent of capture fisheries and agricultural practices. The interventions will obviously also affect the extent of groundwater abstraction and thus the availability of water for irrigation and domestic use.

The preparation of an IWMP required consultation of the stakeholders. Pre-consultative meetings of

a PRRA nature were organized in June 2012 with representatives of all unions and Paurashava. The purpose of the meetings was to outline the future organizational structure of water management, to delineate the boundaries of the future WMGs and assess the needs for rehabilitation and construction works. The pre-consultative meetings were organized by the BWDB/ISPMC, through SFs and CFs.



The outputs of the meetings were tabelised per union in terms of problems, proposed interventions and priority and eventually summarized. Most of the problems mentioned focused on water management in agriculture and fisheries. Only a few of the water management problems were related to environment. The problems and proposed interventions related to gender and livelihood had mostly no connection with water management, except for domestic water supply. The costing of proposed interventions was an exercise beyond the capacity of the stakeholders. Obvious, at the start of IWMP a clear script of available funding and the impact of specific interventions should be available. Such a script would allow the stakeholders to make rational choices and justified decisions.

In December 2012 a final meeting at district level with the heads of BWDB, and DoA, DoF, DoE, DoC, LGED and DoWA was organized in Faridpur, under which responsibility the sub-project rests. In first instance the meeting was for Sukunia Beel, but the results apply also for Kalidaskhali-Arpara The purpose of the coming together was to simulate a Joint Management Committee meeting. The JMC representing all stakeholders, will, in the future, be the governing body to approve the IWMP. Chaired by the BWDB, the participants were asked to express their views on IWMP and their role they would play in the sub-project, once the system would be operational and water levels would be set according to the plan. Absent in the meeting was the main stakeholder, the WMA, as WMGs still have to be established and registered, a process that may take some 2 years.

The main conclusions of the union and district level meetings were that: - Improving water management and agriculture is widely supported; - The loss of wetlands and nature is not considered a serious problem; - For the loss of capture fisheries compensating measures need to be found; - A WMA would prepare annually through the WMGs an IWMP, including desired internal water

levels, expected use of water for irrigation and schedules for maintenance of the channels; - The JMC, including the WMA, would discuss the plan and endorse it upon agreement; - The BWDB or LGED would provide for an operational schedule of the regulators and oversee

and guide the activities of the gate operators paid by the WMA; - Both WMA and BWDB/LGED report to the JMC and in case of conflict the JMC decides.

Even though Kalidaskhali - Arpara is a medium sized sub-project, the number of farmers is large (> 14,500), the planned engineering works far and apart, and the hydrology such that the division of the sub-project into better manageable sub-units will be beneficial. Preparing plans for the hydrological sub-units (SIPs) will be easier as they can be prepared independently, while farmers will have a better understanding and be more committed when their immediate problems are addressed. The SIPs should be prepared at an early stage and eventually consolidated in the IWMP.



Table 7: Consolidated inventory of problems and solutions, Kalidaskhali Arpara

Union or Upazila Category Problem identified by Stakeholders Potential impact Solution suggested by

stakeholders Priority

1. Shatokhali UP

2. Salikha UP

3. Bunagati UP

4. Arpara UP

5. Talkhari UP

6.Dhaneshworgati UP

Water Management Infrastructure

1. O&M D/I System Siltation of Khals as well as outfall to

rivers Chitra & Fatki. Problem in sluice gate operation due to

damage to structures 2. Flood control Water control difficult due to silted khals

& sluice gates not function properly. Flooding problems

Water logging. Construction / repair of sluice gat &

maintenance. Damage to crops, Drainage problems

Excavation / Re-excavation of khal.

Training on O&M of infrastructure.

Sluice gate, embankment, khal

& bridge recommended. For repair / construction.

Need embankment to check spilling of flood level

High

Agriculture

Lack of quality seeds. Crop damage due to drought / water

logging. Lack of knowledge about modern

technologies.

Crop damage. Financial problem. Low productivity

. Supply of quality seeds & fertilizer.

Training on modern technologies.

High/ medium

Fisheries

Fish production hampered due to Jute rottening which toxicants the beel water.

Lack of farming and good quality fingerlings.

Khal & ponds are not properly maintained.

Low fish production in open waters Fish cultivation could not be done. Problem for fish culture extension.

Awareness training on modern fish cultivation

Ensure supply of good quality fingerlings.

High/ medium

Gender & Livelihood

Women are neglected There are many unemployed women. Lack of skills Lack of knowledge on gender &

development Poor drinking water, arsenic

contamination.

High poverty for destitute women Financial insolvency. Women are not self dependent. Health hazards

Training for women in different subjects.

Financial help to poor women Creation of employment

opportunities. Installation of arsenic free tube

well.

Medium

Water Management Organization

WMO non existent. Inter community unity is lagging.

Development works hampered for true leadership.

Lack of Management works.

Formation of WMO, and provision of skills for leadership & development.

Training on WMO

High



6 FUTURE SCENARIO

In order to improve water management and increase food production the structures, channels and flood protection works will have to be (re)constructed, re-excavated or repaired while support towards agriculture, fisheries and livelihood needs to be given to increase production and justify the investments. In the following chapters an outline of proposed engineering works and interventions in agriculture, fisheries and livelihood is given.

6.1 Engineering works

Based on field investigations and preliminary surveys by BWDB, including consultations with stakeholders and verification by consultants the following summary list of main infrastructure and interventions as well as costing was prepared for the improvement of water management in the area.

Table 8: Proposed engineering works, provisions and costs)

no type of infrastructure quantity new/rehabilitation costs

(Tk. in lac)

1 Structures (Reg, Ck Str, Outlets, Remodeling Box Culvet) 7+1+14+4 739.24 2 Re-excavations 42.45 km 765.51 3 Embankments (existing ) 57.62 km 778.66 4 Other Infrastructure

4a Bridge/Culverts/WRS (New) 2 90.00

4b WMG office (New) 28 196.00

4c Tube Well (New) 28 19.60

Other infrastructure sub-total 305.60

Total engineering works 2,589.01

5 After care/Miscellaneous construction (5%) 129.45

Total 2,718.46

In the project area there are 6 regulators, 12 old pipe sluices, and 4 box culverts to be rehabilitated. There is a need for one new 3-vent regulator at Boira and 2 new 1-vent inlet/outlet regulator. Further 1 bridge culvert, 28 WMG offices and 28 tube wells are proposed. There are 14 khals with a total length of 42.45 km to be re-excavated and 57.62 km of embankment (existing and retired) to be strengthened..Further details are provided in Annex C. Design and costing of the engineering works are elaborated in the appendices.

6.2 Operation and maintenance

The total O & M cost for the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project comes to Tk. 126.387 in lac per year. The maintenance costs are based on the schedule of rates (2012-2013) of Faridpur O & M Circle.

For sustainable operation and maintenance of the scheme, all peripheral infrastructure and the khals connecting the peripheral structures and infrastructure within the sub-project area and having a command area of more than 1,000 ha are considered as public goods. Hence, for Kalidaskhali – Arpara the BWDB will retain ownership of the infrastructure, while the associated WMGs will operate and maintain the system in concession. It has further been agreed that the periodic maintenance of the public goods will be borne by BWDB under the JMC. The preventive maintenance of the public goods plus the preventive and periodic maintenance of other infrastructure within the sub-project will be borne by the associated WMGs.

How and under which conditions the periodic maintenance costs will be released by the BWDB

will have to be specified in the transfer agreement to be signed by both the BWDB and the associated WMGs after completion and trial run of the rehabilitation and construction works. If one of the parties will or can not fulfill their obligations, the JMC will intervene, mediate and make a decision.

It is foreseen that the associated WMGs will employ at least four staff to operate the (5) regulators and that such staff will follow instructions from the BWDB on the time of engagement and setting of gates. The gate operators will be trained under the project and employed on a honorary basis. Their remuneration is estimated at Tk. 2,500/month and their costs are included under operational costs.



The total O&M cost for Kalidaskhali-Arpara comes at Tk 1,191 per net cultivated hectare, of which Tk1,009 or 84.7% will be paid for by the BWDB and the balance, i.e. Tk. 182 or 15.3%, by the farmers or tenants. Actual maintenance responsibilities and cost sharing between the parties will be finalised during the negotiations between the WMGs (associated in a WMA) and the BWDB before handing over and reported in the transfer agreement.

A hydrological analysis was made separately for the sub-project. Basin water levels were calculated after matching river water levels and rainfall. The basin water levels and the opening and closing of gates at different times of the year were determined. With the start of water management operations in the first year i.e. after the completion of all the rehabilitation and construction works, the gates of the regulators around Kalidaskhali-Arpara may be operated as per the gate operation plan prepared for each sub-unit in the project, and presented in the Sub-unit Implementation Plan (SIP). For the second year and thereafter the operation will be fine-tuned. This will be done on the basis of the recommendations of the WMGs/WMA per sub-unit and also on the experience from the first year’s operation.

The operation of the regulators and pipe outlets will, in principle, be rather simple. From July until mid-October the water level in the rivers will rise due to the monsoon rains and the gates will be closed. From mid-October till July, when the river level drops below 2.90 m level the gates may be opened to release water. It is between the dry and wet season that the gates will have to be set to allow water entering or discharging the channels/khals and beels to the desired level.

WMG members shall have to be trained on operation of structure for proper water management of the project. BWDB officials should be given training on the same issue after completion of all works. For proper implementation of the maintenance plan, training on maintenance is also to be imparted to water management groups as well as to the BWDB officials. The training should cover maintenance needs assessment, types of maintenance work, roles and responsibilities of each party, maintenance schedule, budgeting and monitoring.

6.3 IWMP

The interventions as proposed by the stakeholders have been quantified and qualified in detail. For each intervention cost estimates have been made. For engineering works the cost estimates are most precise, for agriculture, fisheries and gender and livelihood the proposed interventions and costs are based on experience in Narail and Chenchuri Beel. The interventions are elaborated in the various annexes of this feasibility study. The plan, as elaborated in Annex A, incorporates a schedule of implementation and an outline of responsibilities.

Of importance is the inclusion of a trial run and after care period, which allows for fine-tuning the system, additional capacity building and proper handing-over of water management responsibilities. To that extent part of the budget would be allocated for trial run and after care activities and WMGs (and its umbrella WMAs), once established, would be responsible for identification and implementation of additional works. Further to the general IWMP, which focuses on water management in the sub-project, a SIP and Collective Action Plans (CAP) will have to be prepared. The SIP will be prepared by the chairpersons of WMGs and WMA in consultation with the committee members and focus on the interventions to be undertaken at sub-unit level, the CAP will be prepared in close consultation with the members of the WMGs and focuses on interventions at WMG level.

The CAPs per SIP will have to be prepared during and after formation of WMGs in consultation with the WMG members. The related agricultural, fishery, O & M, environment and gender and livelihood information for the CAP will have to be collected by the SF and CFs through Focus Group Discussion (FGD) from the WMG members. Further, additional information will be collected through “Walk Throughs” jointly by the Project Management Office (PMO), ISPMC, Facilitators and the WMG members. After collection and analyzing the data the SIPs will be prepared.

The CAP may, amongst others, include activities to be undertaken on the following topics: General:

i) financial administration and bookkeeping; ii) establishment of LCSs; iii) reporting;

Agriculture: i) the need for soil tests for acidity, alkalinity and PH and water test for arsenic. These tests can be

done by the WMG through DAE or other sources; test kits may be provided through the project;



ii) procurement of quality seeds and fertilizers; iii) demonstrations on compost preparation, IPM, variety selection; iv) infrastructure development such as minor khals and check structures to improve drainage and

retain water for irrigation; v) training on cooperative development, marketing and chain added value;

Fisheries: i) the need for basic training on improved fish farming technology, including production of high value

fish; ii) training on ways and means to procure quality fry / fingerling from the reputed hatchery; iii) the use of compost and cow dung as organic fertilizer in fish ponds; iv) demonstrations on the use of pesticides and antibiotics to improve production; v) training on ways and means to improve marketing

O & M: i)training of the WMGs on O&M of the sub-unit, including scheme walk-throughs;. ii)practical training of gate operators on O&M of the regulators;

6.4 Agriculture

The rehabilitation of the flood protection and drainage infrastructure, together with support to the agricultural sector will change the extent of land types and thus the possibilities for improved agricultural production. In Table 9 the expected cropping pattern is given. In the “with” project situation, the annual production of cereals (rice, wheat and maize) has been estimated at 62,934 tons of which rice will be 50,784 tons, wheat 3,750 tons and maize will be 8,400 tons. Thus, the annual cereal production of the sub-project has been estimated to increase by 24,710 tons as well as cropping intensity is estimated to increase by 23% to 240% as compared to the without project situation.

Table 9: Cropping pattern, “with project” scenario

Land type and flood depth

Cropping Pattern No. of Crop Net Area (ha)

Cropped area (ha) Rabi Kharif - I Kharif - II

FO (0-30 cm)

Mustard Maize 2 700 1,400

HYV Boro Jute T.Aman 3 900 2,700

Wheat Jute 2 1,070 2,110

Vegetables Jute T. Aman 3 700 2,100

HYV Boro Jute T. Aman 3 1,576 4,728

Mustard T.Aus T. Aman 3 850 2,550

Hybrid Boro T. Aman 2 1,744 3,488

Pulses T. Aman 2 2,050 4,100

Temporarily fallow 50 0

Sub-total 9,640 23,176

F1 (30 – 90 cm)

Wheat Jute 2 430 860

HYV Boro Sesame T. Aman 3 224 672

Mustard T.Aus T. Aman 3 120 360

Hybrid Boro T. Aman 2 90 180

Sub-total 864 2,072

……F2 (90-180 cm)

Pulses B.Aman Cont'd 2 60 120

HYV Boro Jute 2 38 76

Sub-total 98 196

F3 (> 180 cm) B.Aman 1 14 14

Sub-total 14 14

Grand total 10,616 25,458



In Table 10 the projected yields and production of different crops in the “with project” situation are given.

Table 10: Estimated yields and production of crops in “with project” scenario

Name of Crop Cropped area

(ha) Average yield

(mt/ha) Total production

(mt)

HYV Boro 2,738 5.0 13,690

Hybrid Boro 1,834 5.5 10,087

B.Aman 74 1.5 111

T. Aman 8,254 3.0 24,762

T.Aus 970 2.2 2,134

Maize 1,400 6.0 8,400

Jute 4,014 2.5 10,035

Pulses 2,110 2.5 5,275

Mustard 1,670 1.5 2,505

Sesame 224 1.3 280

Wheat 1,500 2.5 3,750

Vegetables 700 28.0 19,600

Total 25,458 100,629

6.5 Fisheries

Several interventions are proposed such as restoration and improvement of habitats, enhancement of management skills especially for culture fish. A relatively new intervention is the proposal for stocking of fingerlings by poor fishermen/landless people in order to sustain fishing in the beels and khals. This approach can also be used to mitigate the bio-diversity concerns by stocking endangered species, if any, in the sanctuaries and/or dug-out water bodies thereby increasing the possibility of their survival and propagation. Furthermore, to develop fisheries different types of training such as basic training, advanced training, motivational tours, demonstration on different culture technologies and fisheries field school should be included in the capacity building programme.

Due to improved flood control there will be a loss of capture fisheries. In the past 1069 ha were subjected to seasonal flooding (with beel) yielding some 131 mton of fish. Most of this floodplain will become permanent cropped area. It is estimated that 734 ha (source: hydrology section) will become permanent ”dry land”. Compensation measures should be taken to balance capture fishing losses. It is not only the loss of capture fish income, that is more important, but also the nutritional balance in the local population’s diet that should be maintained. It is estimated that 41 mtons of capture fish (from beels and seasonal floodplains) production will be lost by improved flood control.

Thus, the compensation would be to develop at least a) 105 ha of existing fish ponds by increasing the production; b) 15 ha area of fry stocking in beels / floodplains; c) 2 ha area of fish culture in beels, and; d) 12.00 ha area of canals. Besides, handing over of borrow pits to affected people for increasing fish production should be done. The incremental production of 227 mton / year from fisheries can only be attained if optimal inputs are given and proper training imparted. The total production value will than come to Tk.555 in lac, an increase of 21 %. In Table 11 the “with project scenario” is elaborated. Table 11: Fisheries, with project scenario

Fisheries

With project scenario

Area (ha) Production

Rate**** kg/ha/yr

Production (MT)

Value* (Tk. in Lac)

A. Culture

1. Pond 105.00 3000 315.00 346.50

2. Nursery 3.50 3200 11.20 15.68

3. Fish after Rice ** 5.00 1400 7.00 7.70

4. FP beel 2.00 1200 2.40 2.64

5. Baor 2.50 2500 6.25 6.88

6. Borrow pit 3.50 2200 7.70 8.47



Fisheries



Rate**** kg/ha/yr

Production (MT)

Value* (Tk. in Lac)

7. Canal 12.00 1200 14.40 15.84

8. Pen 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

9. Cage 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

10. Khas pond 11.00 2500 27.50 30.25

Total: A 144.50 391.45 433.96

B. Capture

1.Public low land 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2. Canal 30.00 430 12.90 20.64

3.Beel 12.00 280 3.36 5.38

4. Floodplain *** 306.00 120 36.72 58.75

5. Baor 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6. Borrow Pit 1.50 550 0.83 0.91

7. Sanctuary 2.00 1050 2.10 3.36

8. Beel stocking 15.00 1150 17.25 18.98

9.Excavated low depth water bodies/ khas

4.00 3000 12.00 13.20

Total: B 370.50 85.16 121.22

TOTAL: A+B 515.00 476.61 555.18

* Fish Tk. 110/kg, Fingerling Tk.140/kg, floodplain/ beel and sanctuary fish Tk160/kg.(at 2012 price) ** Only fish *** Floodplain will be reduced due to project intervention and this land will be used for agriculture production especially for rice. **** Target below the average national level (3285 kg/ha/yr)

Table 11 shows that culture fish production will increase from the present 208 mt to 391 mt

coming mainly from pond fishery. In the capture fishery, production will decrease from 141 mts to 85 mt due to the reduction of the inundated areas and early drainage, though the production through fingerlings stocking in beels, and fish culture in excavated areas as well as fish culture in canals will increase gradually with improved water management and culture techniques.


Following the analysis of the socio-economic conditions in the sub-project an action plan was prepared (see Annex F and Table 12). The estimated total costs for implementing the program is Tk 53 in lac.

Targeting the number of households with inadequate asset and low income, selection of market and employment oriented feasible income generating activities, enhance capacity building through skills and business training with the inclusion of gender, financial support through attachment with NGOs/MFIs, marketing or wage employment linkage, involvement of women with the project activities, placing WMGs as focal point for the institutional arrangement of GLEP implementation and the programme implementation through outsourcing NGOs are the main strategies proposed for the Gender and Livelihood Enhancement Programme (GLEP) within the project framework.

Table 12: Proposed interventions and costs for the gender and livelihood program

Target/output Main Activities Responsibilities Support Needed Time Frame

NGO for outsourcing the programme implementation selected

Select NGOs, provide ToR issue work order, provide administrative and financial support to implement the GLEP

PMO of BWDB Financial support from PMO and technical support from relevant technical expert from consultant firm

Within 2 months project inception

897 (10% of total HH) beneficiary from poor household

Finalize beneficiary selection criteria

PMO Relevant technical expert from consultant firm

Within a weeks after selection of NGO



Target/output Main Activities Responsibilities Support Needed Time Frame

selected for project support

Select households to be supported through KI survey from each village

NGO under the supervision of PMO and consultant

Within two months after criteria finalization

Form beneficiary group under WMG

NGO under the supervision of PMO and consult

Within two months after beneficiary selection

Orientation /training for 180 WMG committee (15) members on gender dimension /action organized

Training delivery on gender dimension

NGO/Resource person

Financial support from PMO and technical support from consultant

Within month of formation of WMG

Orientation for 30 beneficiary groups (each group 30 beneficiaries with 50% women) on gender dimension organized

Orientation of beneficiaries in groups for awareness raising on gender dimension

Partner NGO with collaboration from WMGs


Continue for 6 month after formation of beneficiary group and WMG

ToT for 30 skills, business and marketing trainers (20 skills and 10 business and marketing trainers conducted

Deliver ToT for skills and business trainers (if it is done for other sub project, not necessary for this sub project)

Resource person to / NGO in coordination with PMO

Financial support by PMO and technical support by consultant

Within 1 month after selection of skills and business trainers

Skills, business and marketing training for 897 beneficiaries (each group 30 beneficiaries with 50% women) organized

Conduct skills, business and marketing training

NGO in coordination with PMO


1 year after completion of orientation on gender dimension

Provide certificate to trainees NGO Own initiative of NGO

At the end of training

Assess post training support/financial support for starting IGA or employment linkage

NGO Own initiative of NGO

Within 4 weeks after training completion

Livelihood support to 100 vulnerable/destitute households

Identify vulnerable/destitute households for support through grant with livelihood asset

NGO with WMG’s involvement

Project grant After identification of vulnerable households

Follow up and monitoring of livelihood improvement process

PMO monitors/NGO

Own initiative of NGO

Continue till end of project

7 INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

The results and impact of proposed interventions for the sub-project have to comply with the environmental rules/regulation and guidelines for attaining sustainable development. The Department of Environment (DoE) has introduced several various rules, regulations and guidelines to carry out activities related to the implementation of and O & M of FCD/I sub-projects. The governing legislation comprise a) the National Environmental Policy of 1992; b) the National Environmental Management Action Plan (NEMAP) of 1995; c) the Sustainable Environment Management Program (SEMP) of 1998; d) the Environment Conservation Act of 1995 (and the subsequent amendments made in 2000 and 2002); e) the Environment Conservation Rules of 1997 (plus subsequent amendments made in 2002 and 2003) as well as ADB environmental guideline (2009) applies.

Climatically the Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project has a sub-tropical monsoon climate. The soils belong to the fertile calcareous Ganges alluvium. The hydrology of the area is mainly governed by the Fakti and Chitra rivers connecting the subproject presently with numerous khals, which have been silted up. There are various seasonal water bodies (beels); borrow-pits along the embankment are also important seasonal waterbodies. Ground water is the dominant source of water for irrigation during the dry season, which shows a lowering in level during March-April in some areas. HTWs of different depths supply the drinking water most if not all free from arsenic contamination.



7.1 Biodiversity and environment

Biodiversity of both terrestrial types and aquatic types are mostly affected, although some timber trees and fruit trees having higher economic returns show increased plantation and growth, although there is neither a natural forestry nor any environmental critical area within the subproject area. Detailed lists are provided in the appendices.

7.2 Identification of Environmental Impacts

Environmental and social components associated with the subproject activities have been identified, the environmental components considered include physical, ecological and socio-economic environment. Environmental qualities have been evaluated in terms of the subproject intervention during pre-construction, construction and post-construction phases. The pre-construction activities include land acquisition and resettlement. Several parameters can be used for assessment of environmental impacts in the pre-construction, construction and operation and maintenance stages such the air quality, water (surface/groundwater), wetlands, flora and fauna, and socio-economic parameters (gender equity, employment, health and hygiene etc.).

The anticipated various environmental hazards/risks are, payment for land acquisition, reduction

of open water fish, conflicts among stakeholders, disposal of earth, air and dust pollution and disposal of spoils, problems associated with poor construction, degradation of soil and water by increased use of fertilizers and insecticides and lowering of ground water table.

The economic impact of the subproject implementation includes the scope of employment of local people during implementation, the income from enhanced agricultural production and culture fish production, an income increase from LCS earthwork as well as from gender and livelihood activities (mainly women).

7.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

An EMP was prepared for all the identified environmental impacts during pre-construction, construction and O&M stages as caused by various subproject activities and associated development following issues like mitigation, compensation, enhancement for each of the potential impacts/risk. The important mitigation/enhancement measures of EMP during pre-construction, construction and O&M phases include the following issues: - Environment clearance and approval (if necessary) - Land acquisition and resettlement compensation - Payment for cost of land clearing - Quality of machineries/plants/vehicles - Avoidance of valuable agricultural land - Maintenance of soil, water, air and noise qualities. - Proper waste disposal - Control damage of biodiversity including wildlife - Worker/labour accident/facility for first aid - Natural flow of water and other aquatic species including fish - Drinking water/Sanitation disease hazard - Creation of employment scope for local people including the poor

7.4 Environment Monitoring Plan

Environment monitoring deals with effective implementation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to safeguard environmental conditions in the changing environmental situation compliance that includes verification of compliance of environmental and social monitoring issues like compensation and resettlement measures, effectiveness and adequacy of proposed mitigation measures.

Monitoring indicators for air, noise, water and soil qualities have been indicated for compliance. Monitoring measures for fishery, soil quality, drainage from work site, biodiversity and workers’ health and safety have been mentioned for compliance.

Capacity building of various project related stakeholders like BWDB, WMOs etc. to be done along with employment of an Environmentalist, who would be responsible for compliance of environmental issues in the light of EMP and would remain involved in creation of environmental awareness through training.



Environmental auditing needs to be performed to determine gap of environmental compliances in the light of DoE’s environmental regulations and policies. It has to be carried out on the basis of compliance level of the issues mentioned in EMP. Public consultation and information disclosure is an important issue including environment-related complaints/grievances from WMOs to the project implementer on various environmental issues of the area. A summary analysis of the environmental impact of sub-project implementation is given in Table 13.

Table 13: Summary analysis of the environmental impact in With and Without Situation

Component Sub-component Without project With project

Physical environment River hydraulics +- +-

Flooding -- ++ Drainage -- ++ Irrigation +- ++ Erosion and siltation --- +++ Wetlands + - Groundwater +- +- Water pollution - +-

Biological environment

Terrestrial habitat +- +-

Aquatic habitat +- - Culture fisheries +- ++ Capture fisheries - --

Human and economic development

Land use and settlement/ resettlement

- --

Agricultural land +- ++ Agricultural productivity +- +++ Safe water supply +- ++- Navigation/boat movement +- ++- Road transport +- +-

Quality of life values Education & health +- +

Employment and economic activities

+- ++

Poverty -- ++- Migration - + Status of women +- ++ Equity +- ++

+- = no significant benefit - = small negative benefit --= medium negative benefit ---=large negative benefit

+=small benefit ++=moderate benefit +++=large benefit

8 SOCIAL SAFEGUARDS AND RISKS

Social safeguard issues have been assessed according to the ADB guidelines, “Handbook on Poverty and Social Analysis”. The following social safeguard issues have been considered: - resettlement; - indigenous people; - labor affordability; - other risks/vulnerabilities.

Resettlement is not an issue in the sub-project, since land acquisition or loss of land property will not take place. The rehabilitation and construction of regulators and pipe outlets will take place on government land and this applies for the re-excavation of khals as well. The excavation of the fully silted khals in the north-eastern part which will be extended may have a negative impact as these are now cultivated, but the land is public property and may be used for fish cultivation later on.

There are no indigenous people living in the area. There are seasonally migrant workers in the

area who are engaged in harvesting and transplanting, but their livelihood in terms of employment opportunities will rather improve than deteriorate with an anticipated increase in cropping intensity

Where labor is concerned, neither labor displacement nor job loss is expected, on the contrary, it

is likely that the project with its construction activities will generate additional employment. No relation was found between the proposed rehabilitation works and poor and other vulnerable group access to goods and services. Affordability issues are therefore not implied to the sub project. There are poor and vulnerable communities in the sub project. However, no negative effect is foreseen for these



communities because of the project’s rehabilitation works. Rather, the project is expected to reduce poverty through the proposed agriculture, fisheries and livelihood enhancement programmes.

One issue which would require attention in the future is the change in water balance. With the

flood protection in place it is expected that there will be an increasing demand for irrigation water during the dry season. Further, during the monsoon the risk of inundation remains due to excess rainfall and lack of pumps. To remedy this will come at a cost. In view of the numerous little pumps now used during the dry season for about 60% of the area, it is advised to include in the project a pre-feasibility study on the costs involved to develop large-scale irrigation (and drainage) in the sub-project.

9 ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

The objective of economic and financial analysis is to quantify the costs and benefits resulting from “Kalidaskhali-Arpara Sub-project” implementation in order to evaluate the impact of the project on agricultural income, government investment cost and the overall economy. The sensitivity of the results of the analysis to variations in key factors is discussed in detail. A multi-criteria analysis is also presented and potential risks facing the project implementation are discussed.

The Costab Program introduced by the World Bank has been used both for the analysis of project costs and for generating project economic costs. Expected agricultural benefits of the project have been analyzed using Farmod Program. However the output of the FARMOD models has also been used as a basis for estimating project benefits providing irrigation facilities, removal of drainage congestion and optimum flood management. Costs estimation has been done for engineering solution. Moreover the benefits have been analysed taking into account the facilities providing agricultural activities of the proposed project.

- The life of the project has been considered for 30 years. - All costs and benefits are updated to market prices of 2012. Parity prices of major traded

commodities are calculated based on World Bank Commodity Price Projections. - Financial prices on non-traded goods and services are adjusted by using a Standard

Conversion Factor (SCF) of 0.902. - A conversion factor of 0.83 has been used for farm labour computing. - The discount rate of 12% has been taken into account in the project analysis which is used by

the Government of Bangladesh. - The implementation period of the project has been considered for four years. - It has been assumed that 40%, 70% and 100% benefit of the project will be achieved in the

fifth, sixth and seventh year respectively.

- In order to estimate the investment cost, physical contingency and price escalation have been taken into account at the rate of 5% respectively.



01 Project Investment Cost (BDT Lakh) : Financial Cost 5008.51

: Economic Cost 3357.27

02 O & M Cost (BDT Lakh) : Financial Cost 126.387

: Economic Cost 87.99

03 Project Area (Hectare) : Gross Area 13197

: Net Area 10616 04 Total Paddy Production (Metric Ton) : With Project 51,075

: Without Project 31,063

: Incremental 20,012

05 Cropping Intensity (%) : With Project 240

: Without Project 217 06 Agricultural Benefit - Financial

(BDT Lakh) : With Project 10235.29

: Without Project 7813.52

: Incremental 2421.77

07 Agricultural Benefit - Economic

(BDT Lakh) : With Project 10756.99


: Incremental 2610.33

08 Fisheries Benefit - Financial (BDT Lakh) : With Project 371.79


: Incremental 8.97

09 Fisheries Benefit - Economic (BDT Lakh) : With Project 335.35


: Incremental 8.09

10 Employment (Million Man/Day) : Agriculture 0.0458076

: Construction 0.723548

: O & M 0.0384176

11 One Hectare Farm Benefit – Owner Farmer

(BDT) : With Project 96,414


: Incremental 22812

12 One Hectare Farm Benefit – Tenant Farmer

(BDT) : With Project 84,480


: Incremental 20696

13 IRR (%) : Financial 25.33

: Economic 34.64 14 NPV (BDT Lakh) : Financial 6503

: Economic 8820 15 BCR : Financial 1.00:2.45

: Economic 1.00:3.91

10 Implementation arrangements

10.1 Project implementation

BWDB will be the executive agency for the project. BWDB has an approved setup for the implementation of integrated water management. Executive Engineers are in-charge of field divisions. Field divisions will be responsible for implementation of the project. The Executive Engineer is responsible to Chief Engineer through Superintending Engineer. Project implementation will be coordinated through the sub-divisional office in Magura.



Local representatives of line departments, local governments, and beneficiaries will also be involved in the project implementation, particularly those of DoAE and DoF, which will be responsible for guiding demonstrations and FFS/FSF. Stakeholders will be involved following the Guidelines of Participation Water Management.

The Executive Engineer of Magura O&M Division will be responsible for implementation at the project level. Regarding all policy issues, strategies and guidelines for implementation of various programs under the project, the Executive Engineers concerned will be responsible to the Superintending Engineer, Faridpur O&M Circle. Monitoring of progress and quality control of construction works including necessary co-ordination will continue through the routine line function arrangement of the usual O&M set-up command. A Project Management Office in BWDB will be established to plan, execute and monitor the project implementation.

10.2 Participatory planning and WMO formation

Project planning will start with the WMG formation and preparation of Sub-unit Implementation Plans (SIP) through a participatory approach, see Annex H. Community organizers will be engaged by the PMO to start with formation process of water management organizations and consultation with the stakeholders. Subject Matter Specialists will directly consult with the local people and will obtain their reactions and sentiments towards the proposed river/ khal/ re-excavation, regulator, regulator-cum-boat pass, embankment construction etc. The opinions thus received should form the basis of the proposed interventions related to the water management infrastructure, agriculture, fisheries, and livelihood enhancement. The SIPs will outline the detail planning for sub-unit project implementation.

Once the works have progressed substantially BWDB will initiate the dialogue with the WMAs

for handing over the water management infrastructure. To enable a smooth handing O&M plans will be prepared, WMAs will receive the required training, O&M handing over agreements will be discussed in detail. Through an after care programme WMAs will receive support after handing over. Simultaneous with the implementation of civil works collective action plans will be developed with the stakeholders to enable them amongst others to build up sufficient funds for O&M after handing over.

10.3 Institution building and project management

In order to sustain improvements and manage the sub-project properly the beneficiaries will have to be trained in necessary areas like: drafting of bylaws for WMGs, registration procedures, book keeping/accounting, O&M of the infrastructure, improved agricultural practices, improved fishery technology, gender and livelihood enhancement activities (such as compost preparation, seed production, vegetables gardening, poultry, cattle and goat rearing, and beekeeping). Further the value chain approach, the concept of environmental protection, the Collective Action Plan, SIP and implementation thereof will be incorporated. WMG members shall have to be trained on the operation of structures for proper water management of the project. BWDB officials and officials of line agencies should be given training on the same issues through the training of trainers program (ToT). For proper implementation of the maintenance plan, training on maintenance is also to be imparted to water management groups as well as to the BWDB officials. The training should cover maintenance needs assessment, types of maintenance work, roles and responsibilities of each party, maintenance schedule, budgeting and monitoring. A list of training courses with costs and implementation arrangements for WMO training, staff training, demonstration, FFS, FSF, motivational tours/excursions are elaborated in Annex I. The cost of capacity building and training for Kalidaskhali – Arpara sub-project has been estimated as Tk. 665 lac. A summary of the training activities, number of trainees and costs are given in Table 15. To support project implementation, consultants will be engaged for project management and quality control of construction, while NGOs will be engaged for WMO formation and development.



Table 15: Summary of capacity building and training

Sl. No.

Component Person involved

Costs (Tk. in Lac)

a. Staff Training 780 128.87

b. WMO Training

b.1 Class room training

WMO Formation , Development and O&M 2100 60.00

Agriculture development 1960 56.00

Fisheries development 1960 56.00

Gender and Livelihood Development 1820 52.59

Environment 525 15.00

O & M 1680 48.00

Total for Class room training 10045 287.59

b.2 Demonstration(agriculture and fisheries)

Demonstration(agriculture ) 1680 25.74

Demonstration( fisheries) 1680 42.00

Total for Demonstration(agriculture and fisheries) 3360 67.74

b.3 Farmer’s Field School / Field School for Fishermen

Farmer’s Field School (Agriculture) 1680 56.00

Field School for Fishermen 1680 56.00

Total for FFS / FSF 3360 112.00

b.4 Advanced training / refresher course for fishermen/fish farmers 60 2.00

b.5 Motivational tour/excursion for fishermen/fish farmer 60 2.20

b.6 Motivational tour/excursion for Agricultural farmer 90 3.00

b.7 Agricultural fair/workshop 3.00

b.8 Dissemination activities including training materials 59.45

Total for WMO Training 16975 536.98

Total for capacity building and training (Staff Training and WMO Training)

17755 665.85

10.4 Schedule of implementation

Based on experience gathered in Narail and Chenchuri Beel, together with proposed changes with regard to after care and trial run the schedule of implementation for Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project was prepared. The project duration is set for four years. Loan negotiations, tendering and mobilization or pre-construction phase will take at least one year, the construction phase two years and the O&M/trial run & after care phase one year. The various activities to be undertaken are presented in Table16.

10.5 Monitoring

The project will be monitored according to the Project Design and Monitoring Framework/DPP. The DPP lays out the proposed results to be achieved by the project for its different components and the indicators to be used to measure the achievement of these results. While the DPP lays down the overall results to be achieved under the project, an overall Project Plan, based on the DPP, and the subsequent Project Annual Plans will disaggregate and specify the results to be achieved on an overall and annual basis.

The PMO will establish a Project MIS linked to project indicators outputs and outcomes. The Project MIS design will be based on the Project DPP consisting of modules for physical, financial and performance monitoring of all the different components and activities implemented under the Project.

Project implementation progress will be monitored monthly by the project implementing offices that will include the PMO, and other offices of BWDB (Faridpur Division) involved in the implementation of project activities. The various offices will compile their monthly progress information



and upload it into the Project MIS. The PMO will be responsible for coordinating this exercise and ensure that regular monthly updating is done by the concerned SMO offices.

Based on the information loaded into the Project MIS, the PMO will generate the Monthly Progress Reports for the various users such as the MOWR and ADB. Quarterly and annual progress reports will also be generated from the MIS by the PMO.

The MIS will monitor the physical and financial progress of the project against its Annual Plan to assess the timeliness of project implementation. Additionally, the MIS will also monitor the project against the result indicators listed in the DPP and the Annual Plan to assess the performance of the project against its outputs and outcomes. A review of the progress and performance monitoring reports will become the basis of guiding decisions for improving project planning and implementation.



Table 16: Implementation schedule, Kalidaskhali - Arpara

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 WMG establishment

1,1 awareness raising

1,2 formation executive committee

1,3 registration

1,4 WMG training and capacity building

1,5 demonstrations, FFS (agriculture / fisheries)

1,6 IGA, CAP activities

1,7 SIP preparation

1,8 formation LSCs

1,9 establishment WMA

1,1 JMC formation

2 Construction works

2,1 pre-construction (tender, design, work order)

2,1 rehabilitation and construction regulators

2,2 rehabilitation embankment

2,3 re-excavation existing khals

2,4 excavation new khals

2,5 construction adjustments main system (optional)

3 handing-over

3,1 O&M plan / cost-sharing

3,2 scheme walk-through / inventory infrastructure

3,3 transfer agreement

3,4 handing over

3,5 final handing over ceremony

4 Trial Run

4,1 integrated water management plan WMA

4,2 JMC endorsement

4,3 operational schedule regulators BWDB

4,4 on the job training gate operators

4,5 gate operations

4,6 scheme walk through

4,7 maintenance main system

4,8 construction / excavation secondary system

4,9 performance assessment

investment schedule 15% 30% 35% 20%

Phase

month

(III) trial run and after care(II) capacity building and construction

(I) pre-construction &

awareness raising




SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex A – Integrated Water Management Plan

ANNEX A

INTEGRATED WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex A – Integrated Water Management Plan 1

1 INTRODUCTION

Integrated water resources management planning (IWRMP) is a systematic process for the sustainable development, allocation and monitoring of water resource use in the context of social, economic and environmental objectives. It contrasts with the sectoral approach that applies in many countries. When responsibility for drinking water rests with one agency, for flood control and irrigation water with another and for the environment with yet another, proper management of the water resources is required. Lack of cross-sectoral linkages leads to uncoordinated water resource development and management, resulting in conflict, waste and unsustainable systems. Where there is a limit to the amount of available water resources the sectors normally include:

- Agriculture - Fisheries - Industries - Environment

- Tourism - Navigation - Drinking water - Waste water

Stakeholders of these sectors have a direct interest in the availability of water, in quantity and

quality, and will defend their rights. IWMP offers the prospect of greater efficiencies, water conservation and demand management equitably shared among water users. IWRM means a structured and regular dialogue between the stakeholders, assignment of responsibilities, planning, resource reservation and allocation and monitoring and evaluation, to achieve meaningful results.

In Bangladesh the National Water Policy, the Guidelines for Participatory Water Management as well as the Guideline for Integrated Planning for Sustainable Water Resources Management have to be implemented if a project is to be endorsed by the Ministry of Water Resources. The guidelines offer a road map towards sustainable water management, including a description of the process on how to achieve this. In practice the formulation and implementation of a IWMP may differ between projects, though the principle of a participatory approach amongst the stakeholders will be leading.

For the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project a change in water management is foreseen when the infrastructure will be rehabilitated and improved. During the last 2 decades the system suffered from floods and inundation, due to nonfunctional structures, making proper water management practically impossible. The underlying problem was a lack of funds to maintain the system properly. With the proposed construction and rehabilitation interventions the system will be restored into a manageable state. The O&M responsibilities of the infrastructure, including regulators and main drainage system will, after a trial run period, be handed over to the WMGs or its representative WMAs, while the ownership of the system will remain with the BWDB.

The challenge in the future will be, that with the new infrastructure and ability to control water

levels to a large extent, the various demands of the sectors and stakeholders will be properly accommodated. The control over internal water levels in the sub-project will, for the time being, not be complete as during the monsoon heavy rainfall will provoke run-off and inundation that cannot be drained in a natural way due to high river water levels. At present there are no drainage pumps installed or planned to be installed. During the winter (boro) season the water levels in the channels will drop (due to natural drainage, irrigation and evaporation), and will not be recharged in a naturally way as river water levels will be lower than the internal water levels. In order to prepare and implement an IWMP some prerequisites are needed including:

- A description of the nature and use of water resources in the sub-project area; - An outline of the water management infrastructure; - An inventory of the stakeholders involved in water resources; - Results of consultative, participatory and interactive meetings with the stakeholders about

experienced problems, possible solutions, interventions, costs and prioritization; - Preparation and endorsement of the IWMP proper, including preparation of CAPs and SIPs to

make IWM possible; - A plan for capacity building and training and implementation thereof prior to executing the

plan; - Implementation, monitoring and follow-up of the plan.



1.1 Scope of interventions (6. Kalidashkhali-Arpara: Annex-A-IWMP)

Whereas the proposed interventions on infrastructure appear, at first sight, adequate to avoid flooding and improve water management, it will not avoid runoff of heavy rainfall and prevent inundation of the lower parts of the sub-project. In fact, the flood protection works will most likely create water shortages in the upper part (F0) of the scheme during the dry season, including a lowering of the groundwater levels in the long run (Figure A1). For that, a more refined and elaborated network of interventions in the secondary khals of the more elevated parts of the sub-project may be needed. For that a reservation in the budget (Tk. 129 in lac) is made under the O&M/after care program. The budget (about 5% of the total) would be allocated for minor works which would be implemented by the WMGs and WMA proper, subject to a –by the JMC - approved IWMP. It would enhance the feeling of ownership amongst WMGs. In addition a part of the after care costs will, upon demand of the WMGs, be allocated to training courses, agricultural and fisheries demonstrations and FFSs.

Whereas the scope of interventions may be broadened and refined, priority should be given by the WMAs to the operation and maintenance of the main system and ensuring basic financial resources with the BWDB to do so.

For better water management, interventions like Inlet/outlet structures along the periphery and footbridge/culverts over the khals inside will be required as necessary to meet the demand of the stakeholders for carrying their produce to markets/growth centres

2 NATURE AND USE OF WATER RESOURCES

Excluding rainfall, there are two sources of water utilized in Kalidaskhali-Arpara, i.e. groundwater and surface water. Although the abstraction rate of groundwater is not known, it probably does not affect significantly the seasonal regime of groundwater and surface water levels at present. The annual water balance of rainfall and evaporation shows that on average some 543 mm surplus water is generated, part of which will percolate into the aquifers, if not drained. There are, as yet, no complaints from the farmers that groundwater levels are lowering. However, in the future it is expected that more groundwater will be abstracted for irrigation and that groundwater levels will lower, like in the Narail sub-project.

2.1 Groundwater

Groundwater is used for domestic purposes and for irrigation. The exact number of tube wells installed for drinking water is not known, nor the level of arsenic contamination of the abstracted water. The HH survey showed that all interviewees had access to clean water. Nevertheless, a study carried out by DPHE in 2000 revealed that 35% of the tube wells were contaminated with arsenic in the south-west region. Arsenic contaminated tube wells are marked with red color. The LGED has been monitoring the groundwater since 2001. The deep tube wells (> 60 m) produce clean, arsenic free water. Under the project at least all WMGs (15) will be provided with a tube well. Installation of such wells will be under guidance of the DPHE to make sure that arsenic-free water will be used. Aspects of drinking water, contamination and health will be part of the awareness raising and training program under the project.

Irrigation from groundwater is practiced during the dry (boro) season in the more elevated part

(F0) of the sub-project, when there is practically no rainfall and water is needed for seed bed preparation and crop production. Small, mostly shallow tube well pumps are used by individual farmers and by farmers groups (Irrigation sub-committees). According to HH data it is estimated that in Kalidaskhali-Arpara some 33% of the farmers have irrigation pumps, part of them sharing their water with other farmers. The available pump capacity is sufficient to irrigate the whole area. However, some land is left fallow or cultivated without irrigation (F3 land) and it is estimated that some 57% or 6,000 ha in total is irrigated in winter.

The use of groundwater for irrigation in the future, after rehabilitation of the channels and construction of flood protection works, will probably increase. More of F0 and part of the F1 area will be free from flood and be more exposed to drought. Part of this potential problem may be contained with compartmentalization of the F0 and F1 land, placing simple check structures in secondary khals. Based on the hydrological calculations the F0 area will increase with over 1448 ha, needing irrigation. The total irrigated area would thus increase from 57% to 70%.



To what extent the use of groundwater should be incorporated in the IWMP of the WMGs cannot be predicted, though the status of drinking water and irrigation should be monitored and elaborated in their plans.

2.2 Surface water

Surface water comprises the balance of captured annual rainfall, flood, evapo-transpiration and drainage over time. During the monsoon the rain and floods inundate the area (gross 13,197 ha) to over 37%, with less flooding in the western part. Farmers have adapted their cultivation practices to that extent and grow deep water rice in the lower parts (F2 and F3) and high yielding varieties in the upland (F0) area. The seasonal flooding also has its impact on nature. Apart from fertilizing the land, it also recharges the beels (depressions) and boars (ox-bow lakes), re-stocking it with fish and creating a specific eco-system for water fowl, fish and flora. During the monsoon season some 1,050 ha of the floodplain is used for capture fishery. During the dry season the inundated area gradually decreases, the old channels and some beels fall dry and farmers cultivate 2

nd and 3

rd crops on the residual moisture. Surface water in khals is limited.

After the implementation of the project the floods will not affect the area, though inundation will remain due to excess rainfall that cannot be drained in a natural way. The excavation of the channels will facilitate drainage, if the river water level is sufficiently low, and create water bodies and thus storage that may be used for irrigation by adjacent farmers. Overall, the impact is that more agricultural land can be utilized for HYV rice and other cash crop growing, but that seasonal wetlands and capture fisheries will disappear.

3 INFRASTRUCTURE AND WATER MANAGEMENT

The scope of all rehabilitation and construction works, costing, and O&M, including general water management principles for Kalidaskhali-Arpara are dealt with in Annex C. For the purpose of preparing a consolidated IWMP which focuses on internal water management arrangements within the sub-project, the WMAs have to prepare SIPs for their own sub-units and in each of those plans there should be a specification of what kind of water management infrastructure there is, its status and the requirements for proper O&M. The division of the sub-project in sub-units is primarily done to facilitate implementation of the project. Both the executing agency – BWDB - and the WMGs will have a better grip on how and when contracts will be implemented in their sub-units.

3.1 Infrastructure

Based on the hydrological analyses, the Kalidaskhali-Arpara has been divided in four (4) independent catchment areas, or hydrological units, divided by roads and build-up areas. All four units drain on both the Begabati-Fakti river and Chitra river. Each unit will be maintained by WMGs, eventually associated in a WMA. In Table A1 the four units are elaborated in terms of number of WMGs and the infrastructural works to be implemented per WMA as well as costs. It should be noted that in the table only water management infrastructure is included. The costs allocated to WMG offices, tubewells, bridges (Tk. 305 in lac) and after care (Tk. 129 in lac.) are not directly considered to impact management responsibilities of the BWDB and WMAs during the construction phase.

Table A 1: Inventory of water management infrastructure per WMA/sub-unit

WMA (gross area

ha)

WMG (gross area

ha) Infrastructure Reconstruction

Estimated costs

(Tk. in lac)

I (3962 ha) 1( 422 ha) Regulators /sluices

2 (567 ha) Kathalbaria regulator (2-Vent) rehabilitation 22.068

3(784 ha) Boyra regulator (2-Vents) rehabilitation 27.737

4(392 ha) Boyra regulator ( 3-Vents) proposed new 333.625

5 (802 ha) Kalidaskhali Ck Str (8-Vents) rehabilitation 43.828

6(493 ha) Remodelling Box Culverts 1 no rehabilitation 18.392

7 ( 502 ha) Khals

Kalidaskhali khal 5.10 km 130.495

Kalidaskhali Branch-1 1.25 km 18.104

Kalidaskhali Branch-2 1.60 km 23.172



Kathalbaria Khal 2.75 km 59.262

Kathalbaria Branch Khal 1.15 km 24.782

Hajarkhali Khal 0.70 km 10.138

Embankment (resectioning) 11.00 km 148.651

Sub-total: 23.55 Km 860.254

2 (3468ha) 1(411 ha) Regulators /sluices

2 (393 ha) Kuatpur regulator (1-Vent) rehabilitation 9.675

3(402 ha) Kuchiamara regulator (3-Vents) rehabilitation 27.737

Nalia,South

Saborti,Saborti,Hatbaria,Kuchimara,

Anandanagar,Anandanagar,Burikhali

,Dorisha & Purbapara pipe inlets /

outlets

10 nos 59.356

4 (447 ha) Re modeling of Box Culverts 1 no 18.392

5 (291 ha) Khals

6(404 ha) Kuchimara khal 4.30 km 110.025

7(562 ha) Kuatpur Khal 3.70 km 94.673

8(558 ha) Kalidangal khal 0.75 km 10.862


Sub-total:28.37 km 595.865

3 (3477 ha) 1 (417 ha) Regulators /sluices

2(388 ha) Chukinagar regulator (3 vents) rehabilitation 27.737

3(432 ha) Remodelling of Box culverts 1 no 18.392

4(557 ha) Khals

5(487 ha) Kanuda khal 12.70 km 183.930

6(307 ha) Embankmen (resectioning) 12.00 km 162.168

7(360 ha) Sub-total:24.70 km 392.227

8(317 ha)

9(212 ha)

N.B: Cost for small utility structures like foot bridges, wmg offices and tube wells have not been included.

3.2 Scope of interventions

Whereas the proposed interventions on infrastructure appear, at first sight, adequate to avoid flooding and improve water management, it will not avoid runoff of heavy rainfall and prevent inundation of the lower parts of the sub-project. In fact, the flood protection works will most likely create water shortages in the upper part (F0) of the scheme during the dry season, including a lowering of the groundwater levels in the long run (Figure A1). For that, a more refined and elaborated network of check structures in the secondary khals of the more elevated parts of the sub-project is

4(2290 ha) 1 (599 ha) Regulators /sluices

2(582 ha) Digholgram regulator (2 vents) rehabilitation 22.068

3(367 ha) Chukinagar (4 vents) pipe rehabilitation 22.143

4(542 ha) Vatagram & Digholia Inlet/outlet rehabilitation (2 nos) 58.626

Digholgram pipe inlet/outlet rehabilitation 11.061

Remodelling of Box culverts 1 no 18.392

Khals

Digholgram khal 5.70 km 67.50

Digholgram Branch 1 0.90 km 10.657




Sub-total:23.45 km 435.064

Grand total 2283.42



needed. The check structures would retain water within the compartments of WMGs to desired levels and contribute to a recharge of the groundwater and facilitate surface and groundwater irrigation. For the sub-project Narail a similar compartmentalization was advocated. There are no data about the extent of minor khals within the territories, nor on the locations and number of check structures needed for Kalidaskhali – Arpara though from the aerial pictures, maps and field visits it can be concluded that the hydrological network is very complex. A reservation in the budget (Tk. 129 in lac) is made under the O&M/after care program. The budget (about 5% of the total) would be allocated for minor works which would be implemented by the WMGs and WMA proper, subject to a –by the JMC - approved IWMP. It would enhance the feeling of ownership amongst WMGs. In addition a part of the after care costs will, upon demand of the WMGs, be allocated to training courses, agricultural and fisheries demonstrations and FFSs.

Whereas the scope of interventions may be broadened and refined, priority should be given by the WMAs to the operation and maintenance of the main system and ensuring basic financial resources with the BWDB to do so.



Figure A 1: The extent of normal flooding in Kalidaskhali-Arpara



3.3 Water management

3.3.1 WMGs

To operate and maintain the entire system WMGs will be established. In consultation with union and village leaders the territories of the WMGs have been established in principle. The boundaries of the 28 potential WMGs are based on both administrative and hydrological cohesiveness, whereby administrative (village/union) boundaries were favored. These boundaries are preliminary and may be changed during WMG formation. The WMG may even split in smaller, more manageable units if required. With respect to the implementation of rehabilitation and construction works and the engagement of LCS this is advocated.

After the formation and registration of the WMGs a WMA should be established in each of the sub-units who will represent the WMGs in the JMC and who will have to produce SIPs and a combined IWMP for endorsement. The process of establishing and registering WMGs may take some 2 years, as is the experience in Narail. The major problem there is to enlist the required 70% of farmers as members and establish sufficient financial resources, before registration can take place. During this period WMG committee members will receive classroom training on basic water management principles and may visit other sub-projects where proper water management is conducted.

3.3.2 Operations

Operating the system concerns mainly setting the gates of the renovated and new structures. To that extent a 5 gate operators will be employed in Kalidaskhali-Arpara on a part-time, honorary basis. The WMAs will employ the gate operators and pay them their dues. BWDB will train and guide the operators during the trial run phase. It is nor foreseen that operating the regulators will be a complicated or time consuming issue. In general, with the onset of the rains in May, the gates may be opened to release drainage water if needed, but in July the gates will have to be closed to prevent flooding. By the end of October, when the river water level has dropped below the calculated 2.90 m, the gates may be opened again to release excess drainage water. In between July and October there is little that can be done to remove accumulated run-off of rainfall in the lower inundated parts of the sub-project. The gates will be closed and there are no drainage pumps. However, there may be years that the rainfall and flood pattern may be different and gates have to be operated more frequently to secure proper inland water levels. More details about the operational aspects and gate settings are given in Annex C.

3.3.3 Maintenance

Maintenance arrangements Maintenance of the system is at present negligible. Some regulators are still operational, but all

need maintenance or complete overhaul. The upper parts of the khals are silted up and overgrown with weeds. In the future, after handing over, the WMGs will have to operate and maintain the system under a cost sharing arrangement. The operation and maintenance of the structures may be a reasonable simple arrangement between the BWDB and the WMA, in terms of actual work, work force involved, payment and verification of output. For the maintenance of the khals and embankment the organization of works will be considerably more complicated. Although maintenance may not have to be conducted every year, once it is done it involves the engagement of a high number of labour force, proper organization and planning of the WMGs and the WMA in particular. Imparting those skills and establishment of functional LCSs will be imperative for the success of proper maintenance. The BWDB and WMA will have to establish a detailed list, specifying per structure, embankment and per individual khal the maintenance requirements. This list should be included in the documents for handing over.

Cost sharing The maintenance of the construction works, khals and embankment will be done under a cost

sharing agreement and is based on what WMGs actually can contribute in terms of skills and labor. For the main structures it will be limited to painting and greasing jobs; for khals more workforces is needed for cleaning, while for embankment reinforcement a substantial work force is needed.

The total annual costs of maintenance for Kalidaskhali-Arpara have been calculated at Tk. 126 lac per year of which Tk 182 or 15.3 % will have to be borne, in skills and labor, by the WMGs. The total O&M cost for Kalidaskhali-Arpara comes to Tk. 1191 per net cultivated hectare, of which



Tk.1,009 or 84.7% will be paid for by the BWDB and the balance, i.e. Tk. 182 or 15.3%, by the farmers or tenants. Actual maintenance responsibilities and cost sharing arrangements between the parties will be finalised during the negotiations between the WMAs and the BWDB before handing over. The O&M costs appear high, but than there is a relative high number of water management structures per unit area.

4 CONSULTATION OF STAKEHOLDERS

A pre-consultative meeting with the representatives of the unions and Paurashava was held in the Salikha Upazila auditorium in June 2012, whereby the objectives of the project, the organization as well as the methodology of consultation were explained, in order to facilitate follow-up meetings and data collection. The stakeholders were also asked to discuss and write down the problems, the possible solutions, the priorities and estimated costs with regard to water management for infrastructure, flood protection, agriculture, fisheries, environment, gender and livelihood. The results are summarized on categories in Table A 2. At the time of the meeting little was known about the actual needs and costs. Further investigations and calculations by BWDB and consultants led to the cost estimates elaborated in this feasibility study.

Obvious the demand for improving water management infrastructure, flood control and drainage

was strongest and got the highest priority. The problems mentioned in agricultural and fishery are typical for development projects, while those mentioned under the category environment are limited (mainly lack of trees), The problems mentioned under gender and livelihood relates mainly to the inequality and lack of training, most of them not directly related to water management.

The costing and prioritization of works was, indeed, an exercise too complicated for the participants to yield sound results. This issue should be addressed in the capacity building and training of WMGs. In fact, the inventory of problems where it relates O&M of the drainage system should be based on a scheme walk-through by the WMGs, accompanied by knowledgeable staff of BWDB or LGED.

Awareness raising of the stakeholders on environmental issues and gender and livelihood in the context of water management obviously needs special attention. Further to this pre-consultative meeting FGDs and PRRAs were organized at village level, so as to chart the problems and wishes of the stakeholders.

In Table A 3 the various sectors, their potential and actual interest in water resources management as demonstrated by the stakeholders of Kalidaskhali-Arpara is given. Only agriculture and fisheries have, as far as the stakeholders are concerned, a real stake in integrated water management. Table A 3: Potential and actual interest per sector in IWM in Kalidaskhali-Arpara

No sector potential actual Remarks

1 Agriculture +++ +++ Significant increase of production, with impact on irrigation

requirements

2 Fisheries +++ +++ Decrease capture fisheries, compensation needed

3 Industries + + One of significant size near the sub-project; otherwise only in the

periphery and in Magura

4 Environment +++ ± Valuable wetlands will disappear, but there is no interest, except

for some reforestation

5 Tourism + 0 Non-existent at present

6 Navigation + ± May have potential if khals will become navigable

7 Drinking water ++ + Ground water levels may drop in the dry season; quality needs to

be addressed

8 Waste water ± 0 No significant changes expected, except for an increase in

polluted water due to jute retting

9 Gender and livelihood ± ± No direct interest



Table A 2: Consolidated inventory of problems and solutions, Kalidaskhali Arpara

Union or Upazila Category Problem identified by Stakeholders Potential impact Solution suggested by

stakeholders Priority

1. Shatokhali UP

2. Salikha UP

3. Bunagati UP

4. Arpara UP

5. Talkhari UP

6.Dhaneshworgati UP

Water Management Infrastructure

1. O&M D/I System Siltation of Khals as well as outfall to

rivers Chitra & Fatki. Problem in sluice gate operation due to

damage to structures 2. Flood control Water control difficult due to silted khals

& sluice gates not function properly. Flooding problems

Water logging. Construction / repair of sluice gat &

maintenance. Damage to crops, Drainage problems

Excavation / Re-excavation of khal.

Training on O&M of infrastructure.

Sluice gate, embankment, khal

& bridge recommended. For repair / construction.

Need embankment to check spilling of flood level

High

Agriculture

Lack of quality seeds. Crop damage due to drought / water

logging. Lack of knowledge about modern

technologies.

Crop damage. Financial problem. Low productivity

. Supply of quality seeds & fertilizer.

Training on modern technologies.

High/ medium

Fisheries

Fish production hampered due to Jute rottening which toxicants the beel water.

Lack of farming and good quality fingerlings.

Khal & ponds are not properly maintained.

Low fish production in open waters Fish cultivation could not be done. Problem for fish culture extension.

Awareness training on modern fish cultivation

Ensure supply of good quality fingerlings.

High/ medium

Gender & Livelihood

Women are neglected There are many unemployed women. Lack of skills Lack of knowledge on gender &

development Poor drinking water, arsenic

contamination.

High poverty for destitute women Financial insolvency. Women are not self dependent. Health hazards

Training for women in different subjects.

Financial help to poor women Creation of employment

opportunities. Installation of arsenic free tube

well.

Medium

Water Management Organization

WMO non existent. Inter community unity is lagging.

Development works hampered for true leadership.

Lack of Management works.

Formation of WMO, and provision of skills for leadership & development.

Training on WMO

High



5 IWMP

It is obvious that in the context of IWMP there are only two sectors which have a substantial stake in proper water management in the sub-project, which is agriculture and fisheries. Fisheries has to be compensated for losses in captured fish through project supported development of ponds, sanctuaries, beels and channels, as well as through training, demonstrations and Farmer/Fisheries Field Schools. Balancing the water needs for both sectors and, later, also for the drinking water and the irrigation sub-sector will only be possible when WMGs and the umbrella WMAs are established and functional. The stakeholders within these WMGs, representing the various sectors will have to agree on how to share the water. The BWDB may be helpful in operating and setting the regulators, but the internal regime of water levels will have to be determined by the WMGs. To enable proper planning, operations and maintenance of the system funds are required. The funds have to be generated by the WMGs and deposited in an account. The funds may come from membership fees, but also from income generating activities (IGAs) such as from executing Collective Action Plans (CAPs).

5.1 Collective Action Plans

Collective Actions are recurrent/ seasonal activities undertaken by groups of members of the WMGs aimed at increasing their financial resources. Being vital for the sustainability of the WMOs and the participatory O&M with cost sharing, the objective is that after the second year of project implementation at least half of the members of each registered WMG and a quarter of the members of the WMGs yet to be registered will take part in any form of collective activities. Farmers Field Schools and Field Schools for Fisheries, supported with inputs of the project and lease by WMGs of public lands and water bodies will take-up a prominent role in Collective Action Plans. But also the extension of loans to individuals as done in Narail and Chenchuri Beel are an important tool to raise revenues. CAPs should be considered as an initial undertaking, a catalyst, to establish a sound financial footing prior to be engaged in the real business, that is water management and cooperative development.

5.1.1 Sub-unit Implementation Plans

In each sub-unit WMGs will be established for which SFs and CFs will be engaged. Progress made in the formation and development of WMGs will be easier on a sub-unit by sub-unit base. Also the tendering and implementation of construction and rehabilitation works, and later on monitoring of water management will be easier and transparent on a sub-unit base. In Narail Sub project (19,362 ha) the sub-project was split into 7 sub-units with 43 WMGs, in Kalidaskhali-Arpara (13,197 ha) there will be 4 sub-units with in total 28 WMGs. The boundaries of the sub-units in Kalidaskhali-Arpara are provisional as the sub-units were in fact to a large extent geographical determined and defined by roads, often with open culvert connection between one unit and another.

After formation of the WMGs the foundation committee or executive committee should prepare, with assistance of the ISPMC, their SIPs. The SIP would indicate the status of the water management infrastructure, but also which water levels in the khals will have to be maintained, and what kind of actions will be undertaken to maintain the system. Sub-committees for the smaller compartments should be formed. A proper inventory of the status of infrastructure, including minor works, khals, crossings and the requirements can only be done through a scheme- or sub-unit walkthrough. This scheme walkthrough should be practiced by the WMGs, their sub-committees and PMO/ISPMC at an early stage.

The plan would also include an account on the status of agriculture, fisheries, groundwater and it use for domestic and irrigation purposes and what kind of interventions are needed. The departing point for the formulation of the SIPs will be the proposed interventions described in this feasibility study. As was done for the infrastructure, also the interventions for agriculture, fisheries, gender and livelihood have to be specified for each sub-unit. By doing so, the WMGs will know what kind of works and activities will be implemented in their sub-unit.

The plan, it its simplest form would comprise the following elements (see Table A4 as well as Table A1 for water management infrastructure).

The plan would further contain information on how the WMGs (later the WMA) intends to solve observed problems, if there are problems, indicating the resources needed, a time frame and a financing



plan. The SIPs would be prepared on an annual base and, once established, discussed in the WMAs meeting and consolidated into one IWMP to be submitted to the JMC for endorsement.

Regarding the implementation period of SIPs and IWMP, the first two years will be dedicated to the formation, training and registration of WMGs and ultimately the WMA. Also the rehabilitation and construction works will need 2 years before completion and handing over can be effectuated. This time frame is based on the experience gained in Narail and Chenchuri Beel sub-projects. As such, during the first 2 years the IWMP and SIPs will follow the interventions as proposed in the feasibility. During the 3

rd

and 4th year the WMGs and WMAs would make their own plans.

Table A4: Elements of a WMG/WMA integrated water management plan.

WMG / WMA – ………………………..

Location:……………………

Reporting period …………………..

Category Problems / status

Proposed interventions

Justification/ Priority

Estimated costs

(Tk. in Lac.)

Implementation arrangements

Water management General

Description of current O&M practices; indication of water levels

If and when required; training or hardware

Depending on the urgency

Operational budget; special resources

Time frame, responsibilities

Structures 1. 2.

Channels/ khals 1. 2.

Embankment 1. 2.

Agriculture 1 2.

Fisheries 1. 2.

Irrigation 1. 2.

Environment 1. 2.

Domestic water supply

1.

Miscellaneous 1. .

6 AFTER CARE

Often sub-projects nearing completion or being completed suffer delays in handing over because WMOs are in disagreement over the quantity/quality of works. As a result crops are sometimes lost. One possibility for overcoming this problem is to make the sub-project as soon as possible operational by carrying out the most urgent rehabilitation work and extend or carry forward a part of the less important rehabilitation works into the after- care period. This will allow contractors to operate more efficiently and focus on the main works and give the farmers the opportunity to extend their involvement and take the initiative themselves to improve and fine-tune water management. The moment at which the sub-project can become operational could be determined by the JMC, when it is felt that the major part of the works are completed and that water can be managed in all parts of the sub-project. This then should be tested through the Trial Run.



To apply the proposed deferred rehabilitation, a more systematic approach in construction planning and sequencing of rehabilitation implementation has to be developed. Firstly a guideline on priority ranking of rehabilitation works within a sub-project has to be made. The guideline and ranking should distinguish works which are essential for making the sub-project operational, and works which contributes marginally to the proper functioning of the sub-project. 1. Of first priority in the ranking are the major works. The status of regulators, pipe outlets and major

khals as well as embankment affects water distribution of the whole sub-project. These works should be carried out first, during the dry but also wet season. It has been stated that for Narail, the construction of certain regulators could have been completed in 4 months instead of now 2.5 years if proper shoring and drainage pumps at construction sites would have been used. Now the monsoon rains inundate sites and hamper progress. Engaging good quality contractors is a prerequisite to accomplish works within the set time frame. It is understood that finding good quality contractors has been a problem and may remain a problem in the sub-projects.

2. Of second priority are the secondary drainage channels, and associated structures within the sub-

project . The status of these channels and structures are important, but only locally affect water management. These facilities could be constructed after completion of the first category of works are completed. Part of these category works could be earmarked in the planning as deferred rehabilitation to be carried out during the after-care period. As observed earlier, the focus of this sub-project is on rehabilitation of the main system to prevent flooding and improve drainage, all in a participatory way, but the internal drainage and in particular the problem of inundation due to run-off is not really addressed.

3. Of third priority are the field drains, roads and small khal crossings. The status of these facilities

affect the sub-project's water distribution system to a lesser extent. The latter category of (minor) works could be implemented during the after-care period, under the WMA”s own direction, but with the guidance of the BWDB or LGED.

Both for the second and third priority works an inventory list have to be made by the WMGs. This should be done through a scheme walk-through in the third year, after completion of basic training and registration of the WMGs and establishment of the WMA. For the after-care activities a reservation of 5% in the budget is made.


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex B – Climate and Hydrology

ANNEX B

CLIMATE AND HYDROLOGY


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali - Arpara – Annex B – Climate and Hydrology 1

1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Kalidaskhali - Arpara sub-project is located in the Southwest region of Bangladesh and is bounded by the Begabati-Fatki river on the north and east, Chitra river on the southern side of the project area and on the west is bounded by local katcha roads running from Simakhali on the Chitra river to Garibpur, then north to Baral and north-east to Khilgati on the Begabati-Fatki river. The sub-project is located in Shalikha Upazila of Magura district and partly or fully in the Arpara, Bunagati, Dhaneswargati, Shatakhali and Talkhari unions to constitute a gross area of 13,197 ha. To protect the area against flooding dikes were constructed along the right bank of Begabati-Fatki and Chitra river in the 1980s. In addition, to discharge accumulating run-off from monsoon rainfall, channels were excavated and (5) regulators and (13) pipe inlet/outlet regulators were constructed at different locations to facilitate proper water management within the sub-project. Whereas in other sub-projects tide may have a significant impact on the river water levels and thus also on flooding, in Kalisdaskhali-Arpara the tidal effect is about ±08 mm and does hardly influence the drainage regime when drainage is required in the area after the monsoon.

Due to lack of funding, O&M of the system, operated by the BWDB, left to be desired and at present most of the regulators are not functioning, while most of the drainage channels have silted up.

At the south-west periphery and in the middle of sub-project, there are some depression areas, where a 3-vents regulator on the embankment to remove water logging of these areas is not sufficient. It is not adequate to drain the water from the beel area, preventing proper control of water levels within its command area and thus affecting agriculture.

In order to assess the impact of climate and hydrology on flooding and to determine the requirements for proper water management (flood and drainage control) secondary data, including topographic, hydrological and hydrometric data, were collected from BWDB, checked and processed.

A detailed topographic survey was conducted within the project area during November and December, 2011 and the results reported and submitted to the project authority. The scope of the survey was to:

assess the alignment and crest level of existing embankment ; assess the alignment of existing Khals/Channels ; geo-reference and make an inventory of the existing infrastructure; make cross-sections of the embankment; establish a network of Benchmarks (BM) ; develop topographical maps

2 CLIMATE

Basic climatological factors are not considered that important at this stage as the sub-projects are all existing ones and those data must have been taken into account during planning and design stages. Nevertheless, complete flood protection will have an impact on the water balance and the need for irrigation in the sub-project. In Table B 1 below the major climatic parameters for Faridpur are presented. The total average rainfall comes to 1,828 mm. In the monsoon period May – October rainfall exceeds evaporation by some 809 mm, while in the dry winter season evaporation exceeds rainfall with some 266 mm. The annual balance of total rainfall over evaporation is 543 mm. Table B 1: Major climatological data Faridpur

Items Jan. Feb. Mar. April May Jun. July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

Temperature (0C) High 27.2 30.4 34.5 36.1 34.9 33.9 32.2 33.0 33.0 32.4 30.5 28.0

Low 9.5 13.4 18.1 21.9 22.8 25.0 25.5 25.8 25.2 22.7 15.8 10.3

Average 18.2 20.9 25.7 28.4 28.7 28.7 28.4 28.6 28.6 27.3 23.6 19.2

Rainfall (mm) 17 23 53 92 232 324 344 272 256 180 30 5

Evaporation (mm) 49 58 94 110 110 88 77 77 74 78 66 56

Balance (mm) -34 -37 -43 -58 4 191 218 148 189 59 -45 -49



2.1 Rainfall

The nearest rainfall station to the study area is located at Salikha (CL-462) maintained by the section Hydrology of BWDB. Daily rainfall data are available from 1991 to 2010. The yearly cumulative rainfall in the project area is shown in Figure B 1. The average rainfall comes to 1,828 mm per year. Other data, including 5-day rainfall analyses tables are presented in the appendices.

Figure B 1: Annual rainfall (station CL-462, Salikha, Magura)

3 HYDROLOGY

Daily water level data, ranging from 1990 to 2010 of the Begabati-Fatki river for the station at Arpara (SW-21) were collected from the Hydrology section, BWDB and subsequently processed and analysed. The 20 years flood hydrograph generated for the Begabati-Fatki river, is shown in Figure B 2. It shows that, after rehabilitation, in the periods June-July and October-November the focus will be on regulating the water levels, while in the remaining periods in between the regulators will be closed or open. The processed data and analyses of the water levels are presented in the appendices (Volume 2). In Figure B 7 the extent of flooding in a normal year is illustrated. About 37% of the agricultural land was flooded in August 2011. Flooded areas are shown on maps as follows: Figure B8 shows the floods in an extreme year, and Figure B9 presents the water logged areas in a normal year.

0.00

1.00

2.00

3.00

4.00

5.00

6.00

Janu

ary

Feb

ruar

y

Mar

ch

Apr

il

May

June

July

Aug

ust

Sep

tem

ber

Oct

ober

Nov

embe

r

Dec

embe

r

Month

Wat

er L

evel

(m

PW

D)

Maximum ( year 1 in 2.33) WL Minimum average WL

Mean average WL Internal WL (2.905 mPWD) after rehabilitation

Internal WL (3.30 mPWD) before rehabilitation

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

19901991 19921993 199419951996199719981999200020012002 20032004200520062007 2008 20092010

Year

Rainfall (mm)

Yearly cumulative rainfall (mm)



Figure B 2: Begabati-Fatki river water levels at Kalidaskhali - Arpara SP area (station WS-21, Arpara, Magura)

3.1 Topographic data

Proper topographic data are a prerequisite for the assessment of inundation patterns and areas during and after the monsoon in the sub-project area. Accurate topographic data are also needed for the delineation of land types as well as land classification. The topographic data that were used in this study were collected from secondary sources. The existing basic project map was updated by incorporating contour lines taken from the topographical maps prepared by SOB. The map was further updated incorporating features such as alignment of the khals, location of the beels and infrastructure. The company CEGIS analysed satellite images of flooding during the monsoon and dry season and prepared other thematic maps on e.g. flooding, settlements and land use.

The area generally slopes from the north towards south and have some depressions in the south-west and the middle part. The landscape otherwise appears flat with elevations ranging from 5.60 m PWD near ridges to 2.00 m PWD near beels. There are several scattered small depressions/beels from the central to the southern part of the area as is shown in the project map. Figure B6 presents the detailed land use in the area.

3.2 Internal water level data

A survey on the internal water levels was carried out during the monsoon period August, September and October 2012 and the results were reported to the project authority. From this report and the daily water level observations of Gauge SW-21, Arpara, Magura of the Begabati-Fatki river, the internal reference water level during the monsoon within the project was calculated at 3.30 m PWD, while the basin water level during the monsoon was calculated at 2.90 m PWD. The generated hydrograph for internal and river gauge water levels is shown in Figure B 3.

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

1-A

ug

8-A

ug

15-A

ug

22-A

ug

29-A

ug

5-S

ep

12-S

ep

19-S

ep

26-S

ep

3-O

ct

10-O

ct

17-O

ct

24-O

ct

31-O

ct

Date

Wate

r le

vel m

PW

D

SW-21, Arpara, Magura,Begabati-Fotki river, 20 years average WL (mPWD)Internal Gauge (mPWD)Internal WL (2.90 mPWD) after rehabilitationInternal WL (3.30 mPWD) befor rehabilitation

Figure B 3: Monsoon water levels

4 HYDROLOGICAL DESIGN AND ANALYSIS

The hydrological analysis for the sub-project is complicated, due to the interdependency of the hydrological sub-units. In particular the hydrology of the sub-unit-1 and sub-unit-3, located at the south-west and middle part of the project area, is influenced by adjacent sub-units. Indeed, the whole sub-project area is interconnected by a criss-crossing of internal khals/channels and low-lying areas. As such, careful and realistic catchment delineation is of primary importance before starting the actual hydrological analysis for individual sub-catchments.



4.1 Catchments delineation

The objective of the catchments delineation for the existing and the future new structures is to divide the sub-project area into smaller hydrological units of manageable size so as to ensure local people’s participation in the implementation process and O&M of the small schemes under management of the WMGs. In the process of catchment delineation single or multiple structures were grouped together to form a single hydrological unit.

The delineation of catchments area was made using the Google Earth images together with the available topographic maps. Extensive field visits and meetings with the local people were also made for ground-truthing of the delineated sub-catchments boundary before finalisation of the catchment delineation of different sub-catchments

There are four hydrological units as is shown in Figure B 10. The south-west and middle part of the sub-project area form an individual hydrological unit, unit-1, Kalidaskhali and Kathalbaria khals/channels are the main drainage arteries of this unit. Most of the runoff of the sub-project area drains into the Chitra River through these khals/channels. The north-east part, with a comparatively lower elevation forms unit-2, this area has a 3-vents regulator over Kuchiamura khal, most of the runoff of the area drains into the Chitra River.

Kanuda khal/channel is the main drainage artery of unit-3 in the south-west and also middle part of the sub-project area. Most of the runoff of this area drains into the Begabati-Fatki River through this khal/channel. At the north-west part, with a comparatively lower elevation, is unit-4. Most of the runoff of this area drains into the Begabati-Fatki river through a 2-vents regulator over Dighal gram khal. To remove the drainage congestion caused by accumulation of local rainfall runoff, the drainage network will have to be improved by re-excavation khals or channels, and by rehabilitation of drainage regulators. The locations of the proposed interventions are indicated in Figure B 5.

4.2 Estimation of ventage for investigation of existing drainage performance

The drainage performance of the study area was investigated to determine the adequacy of the existing drainage structures. The Kalidaskhali, Kuchiamura, Kanuda and Dighal gram khals/channels are the main drainage routes of the sub-project as mentioned earlier. Considering the existing topographic patterns of khals, the drainage discharge and required ventage were calculated separately for the north-east, south-west & middle and north-west catchments of the khals. Subsequently, the total number of vents of structures needed to discharge the total drainage flow to the outfall Chitra and Begabati-Fatki River were estimated and compared with the new and existing structures. The discharges of the entire catchments of existing Khals/channels were calculated and found to be adequate.

5 IMPACT OF PROPOSED INTERVENTIONS

The expected benefits of the proposed interventions have been estimated using the findings of the hydrological analysis in terms of anticipated change in cropping patterns coverage in the study area. The benefit that has been found from the land type analysis seems to be very significant and encouraging. The anticipated change in land use patterns of the area is given in Table B 2 and graphically shown in Figure B 4.

The importance of these data lays not so much in the area that will be protected from seasonal flooding (estimated at some 4,873 ha) as well as in the change of cropping pattern that will affect the whole area. Deep water paddy may be changed to higher yielding short-stem varieties, planting of 2

nd

and third crops may be considered, leading to significant production increases. Table B 2: Land Types

Land Type Pre-project area (ha)

Post-project area (ha)

Change (ha) Change (%)

F0 (d<0.3m) 10,198.58 11,646.50 1447.92 14%

F1 (0.3m<d<0.9m) 1,929.25 1,215.15 -714.10 -37%

F2 (0.9m<d<1.8m) 1,050.02 321.31 -728.71 -69%

F3 (d>1.8m) 19.15 14.04 -5.11 -27%

Gross Area 13,197.00 13,197.00



0 .00

20 00 .00

40 00 .00

60 00 .00

80 00 .00

1 00 00 .0 0

1 20 00 .0 0

Hectares

Pre-pro ject area (h a) 10 19 8.5 8 1 92 9.2 5 10 50 .02 1 9.1 5 12 1.3 0 2 2.0 0 1 06 9. 17

Pos t-p roject area (ha) 11 64 6.5 0 1 21 5.1 5 32 1.3 1 1 4.0 4 12 1.3 0 2 2.0 0 3 3 5.3 5

F0 F1 F2 F3 Lo w N on -

cu lt .

Permanen t

w ater

F/p fish

h abi tat

Figure B 4: Change of land use types



Figure B 5: Location of existing and proposed structures



Figure B 6: Detailed land use map, Kalidaskhali-Arpara



Figure B 7: Normal flooding, Kalidaskhali- Arpara



Figure B 8: The extent of severe flooding in 10

th September, 1998



Figure B 9: The extent of water logging in a normal year



Figure B 10: Hydrological unit delineation


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Chatler Fukurhati – Annex C – Water Management Infrastructure and O&M

ANNEX C

WATER MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE AND O&M


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali - Arpara – Annex C – Water Management Infrastructure and O&M 1

1 INTRODUCTION

The Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project covers a gross area of 13,197 ha, of which 10,616 ha is cultivated. Administratively the sub-project is part of the Salikha Upazila of the Magura district. The sub-project area is covered by (6) six unions namely Talkhari, Dhaneshworgati, Arpara, Shatokhali, Salikha & Bunagati of Salikha Upazila.

Following the consecutive floods of 1954 and 1955, flood control was viewed as the most viable means to enhance agricultural production in the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project. Considering its good agricultural potential the area was identified for development planning in 1980s. To prevent the overspill of flood waters into the area, it was planned to empolder the area by constructing embankment along the surrounding rivers. To remove the drainage congestion caused by accumulation of local rainfall runoff, the drainage network was to be improved by excavation and re-excavation along with the installation of drainage regulators at suitable locations.

The project was completed in 1992-93, the engineering works comprised amongst others the

reconstruction of an embankment of 57.62 km along the right bank of the Fatki river, the excavation of about 42 km of khal for drainage/irrigation improvement within the project area and the rehabilitation of six (6) regulators , 1 check structures within the project area.

As usual with most of FCD projects of BWDB, this project is also expected to have performed as

per stipulation in the early years after implementation. At least there is no report of under-performance. All planning studies categorically emphasized the need of O&M during construction as well as

afterwards. Emergency apart, annual routine maintenance has always been stressed, but unfortunately budgetary allocation was never commensurate. The concept of stakeholder participation, now an integral part of the project cycle, was not known either. As a consequence, FCD projects started losing their effectiveness gradually with time through deterioration of the project infrastructure. The most common problems are:

- loss of embankment dimensions due to natural wear or river erosion ; - malfunctioning of regulators due to mechanical trouble or siltation; and - siltation of khals reducing conveyance capacity. In 2008, during the pre-feasibility study the BWDB assessed that most of the structures were in

need of rehabilitation. Rehabilitation of 7 regulators,6 irrigation inlets, re-excavation of 40 km drainage channel, construction of 4 new drainage regulators and construction of 5 new inlet/outlets were proposed at the study. The total costs of rehabilitation were estimated at Tk. 1070 in lac. The EIRR for the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project was computed at 28%.

Due to a lack of funds maintenance over the last decades left to be desired and the condition of the

infrastructure detoriated to the extent that now most structures are not properly functioning any longer, dikes have degraded and drains have silted up. At present the area is regularly flooded and proper water management is impossible.

For the preparation of the feasibility study several field trips were made to the sub-project area.

Data about the infrastructure were collected from the Executive Engineers Office and verified in the field. On the basis of these data the following plan for construction, rehabilitation and O & M for the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project was drafted.

2 PRESENT INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING WORKS

At present there are 6(six) regulators namely Digolgram, Chukinagar, Kuchimara, Kathalbaria, Boira & Kuatpur and 1 8-vent check structure at Kaitoly. The regulators are not functioning properly; gates are broken, hoisting arrangement in some gates are not properly functioning, and civil works in some regulators are damaged. There are 14(fourteen) numbers khals with a total length of 42.45 km length and



all these khals are silted up for which proper drainage is disrupted within Kalidaskhali-Arpara project. The sub-project has 57.62 km of embankment (22.57 km earthen top & 35.05 km top carpeted). The condition of the embankment is more or less good except in few places where repairs are required.

Hydrological units

The command area under Chatler Fukurhati has (4) four distinct hydrological units, see Annex B. The northern part of the area drains through Digholgram channels to Digholgram regulator. The central portion drains through Kanuda khal to the Chukinagar regulator. The eastern portion drains through Kuchiamara khal and Kuatpur khals respectively to the Kuchiamara and Kuatpur regulators. The southern portion of the area drains through Kalidaskhali and Kathalbaria khals respectively to the Boyra and Kathalbaria regulators.

3 ENGINEERING STUDIES

The total number of vents required for Kalidaskhali- Arpara sub-project was assessed at different flow conditions. It was concluded that the number of vents of the existing (6) six regulators are not sufficient to drain the entire command area and as such a new 3-vent regulator at Boira are proposed to drain the entire area. Furthermore, to solve a local drainage problem, 2 numbers of 1-vent 900 mm pipe sluices are proposed respectively at Dorisha & Burikhali.

The detailed water management infrastructure of the sub project including design and cost estimates based on field investigations and preliminary surveys by BWDB, including consultations with stakeholders and verification by consultants are given in a separate appendix and include:

new sluice/regulator structures rehabilitation of the existing structures design of existing khals long section of khals cross section of khals rehabilitation of khals location map of new established bench mark pillars cross section of embankment yearly preventive & periodic maintenance costs of embankment yearly preventive & periodic maintenance costs of khals yearly preventive & periodic maintenance costs of structures

4 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE

The following list of main infrastructure and interventions as well as costing was prepared for the improvement of water management in the sub-project (Table C1).

The table also lists the offices for the WMGs and tube wells (HTW) for areas affected by arsenic in

the ground water. (This activity proposed under the livelihood enhancement component of the project). The location of the proposed rehabilitation and new construction works is indicated on the map, Figure C1.



Table C1: Proposed FCD/I infrastructure and costs

No Type of infrastructure Quantity Justification Specification New/rehabilitation costs (Tk in lac)

1 Structures

Digolgram Regulator 1 rehabilitation 2-vent 1.50 m x 1.80 m 22.068

Chukinagar Regulator 1 do 3-vent 1.50 m x 1.80 m 27.737

Kuchimara regulator 1 do 3-vent 1.50 m x 1.80 m 27.737

Kathalbaria regulator 1 do 2- vent 1.50 m x 1.80 m 22.068

Existing Regulator at Boira 1 do 3-vent 1.50 m x 1.80 m 27.737

Chek Structure at Kaitoly 1 do 8-vent 1.50 m x 1.80 m 43.828

Additional Propose reg at Boira 1 new 3-vent 1.50 m x 1.80 m 333.625

Kuatpur regulator 1 rehabilitation 1-vent 1.20 m x 1.20 m 9.675

Inlet/outlet regulator at Dorisha, Burikhali, Ananda Nagor, Anandanagor Purbapara, Kuchimara, Hatbaria, Sabori, S Sabori, Nalia & Batagram

10 rehabilitation 1-vent 900 mm dia pipe 59.356

Inlet/outlet regulator at Digolgram 1 rehabilitation 2- vent 900 mm dia pipe 11.072

Inlet/outlet regulator at Chukinagar 1 rehabilitation 4- vent 900 mm dia pipe 22.143

Inlet/outlet regulator at Dorisha & Burikhali 2 new 1- vent 900 mm dia pipe 58.626

Box Culvert to WCS @ Tk 18.392 lac each 4 re-modelling 73.568

Sub- total 739.24

2 Re-excavations Channels khals : total (km) 42.45

All silted up for which needs excavation to design level

i) bed width 3m - 10 m. ii) 91 nos brick masonry lining for easy earthwork. iii) canal refuge (50 m x width of canal x 1 m depth ) @ 500 m for flora & fauna

Kanudia Khal 12.70 183.930

Kuchiamora Khal 4.30 110.025

Digolgram Khal 5.70 67.500

Digolgram Branch-1 Khal 0.90 10.657



Kuatpur Khal 3.70 94.673

Kathalbaria khal 2.75 59.262

Kathalbaria Branch khal 1.15 24.782

Kalidaskhali Khal 5.10 130.495

Kalidaskhali Branch-1 Khal 1.25 18.104

Kalidaskhali Branch-2 Khal 1.60 23.172

Hajrakhali Khal 0.70 10.138

Kalaidangal Khal 0.75 10.862

Sub-total 765.507

3 Embankments

Embankment (existing) 57.62 km

28% re-sectioning/upgrad

22.57 km earthen, 35.05 km top carpetted & HBB

778.66

Sub-total 778.66

4 Other Infrastructure

Bridge/Culverts/WRS (New) 2 Better access 90

WMG office (New)

28 Better performance

196

Tube Well (New)

28 Arsenic free water

19.6

Sub-total 305.600

Total 2589.01

5 After care/Miscellaneous construction (5%) (5 % on Tk 2589.01 lac) 129.45

Grand Total 2718.46



Figure C1: Existing and proposed water management infrastructure, Kalidaskhali-Arpara Project



5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

5.1 Organization of O & M

The operation and maintenance of Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project is entrusted to the Executive Engineer,Magura O & M Division. The Executive Engineer has two sub divisions under his authority, e.g. Magura Head Quarter and Langalbandh sub-division. The Sub-divisional Engineer Magura will take care of Kalidaskhali- Arpara Sub project. Under the Sub Divisional Engineer there are few sectional officers on the payroll for field work. At present the concerned Executive Engineer, the Sub-divisional Engineer and the sectional officers spent about 10, 70 and 80% of their respective time on Kalidaskhali - Arpara sub-project. In the BWDB Magura there were, until recently, no accurate reports or data of the scheme status, only oral accounts, backed up by information from incidental field visits. Otherwise, hydrological and rainfall data are still collected by the BWDB. As all existing regulators are not functioning any more, proper water management is presently not existing and the organization thereto has to be established.

At present the formation of WMGs in the sub-project area is being considered. These WMGs will eventually take over the O&M of the system. The identification of potential WMGs has been done under the SAIWRM project following field visits, discussions with farmers and in consultation with the 6 unions of Salikha Upzila. There will be 28 WMGs of which territories will be based on hydrological and administrative boundaries (see attached map). On average each WMG will have some 400 members. Eventually the WMGs will be united in a WMA.

5.1.1 Trial run, handing over and after care

In view of the experience gained in the Narail and Chenchuri Beel sub-projects it is proposed that, based on the practical constraints encountered, the time frame and approach towards water management transfer will be adapted.

Firstly there is the bottleneck of establishing functional WMGs, which takes some 1 year or more before they are registered. Getting the required 70% of farmers to become member is a cumbersome process. Few farmers do see the advantages of becoming member and pay contribution, as they have adapted to the situation of flooding or do not even experience the problem of flooding.

Secondly is the educational level of the WMG members– often not more than primary school - and their occupation which is in most cases full time farming and not water management. Running a WMG with some 400 members and a multitude of tasks, including water management on a professional basis without proper remuneration is not attractive. The short (classroom) training courses may only contribute marginally to instill the practical skills needed.

Thirdly were the extended delays experienced with excavation and construction works, which were mostly provoked by cost-sharing problems and site inundating monsoon rains and floods.

In view of these potential constraints it is proposed for the Kalidaskhali- Arpara sub-project to: a) Focus on the rehabilitation of main channels and regulators first, without any cost-sharing

arrangements. Eventually the BWDB, as government appointed owner of the works, cannot make the farmers responsible for its own negligence. These works should and could be completed in 1 year. During this period WMGs can be established and registered and trained on some basic subjects such as book-keeping and organization of paid work as LCSs in the rehabilitation of the sub-project. Further demonstrations on agriculture and fisheries at each WMG may be organized by the respective departments. By the end of second year a WMA should be established, which can take up her position as equal partner in the JMC.

b) Start, after completion of the rehabilitation and construction of the main – government owned – system a trial run period of 1 year, whereby the system will be tested on its performance and the BWDB trains and guides the WMA in operating and maintaining the system. During this period any malfunctioning should be addressed and corrected by the BWDB. This period will also be a test for the cost-sharing arrangements on O&M of the main system. In case of conflict the JMC will mediate and make a decision (it should be considered to appoint an official of local government as impartial chairman). Further, a transfer agreement, O&M manual, list of assets and valuation will be drafted and endorsed by the JMC. After a successful trial run the O&M will be formally handed over.



c) During the same 1-year period the after-care program will be started. By that time the WMGs should be functional and convinced that proper water management is paying off. To enhance the impact it is proposed that part of the project budget (5%) will be allocated to after-care activities which would, amongst others include:

i. Undertaking minor construction works for improved water management within the WMGs territories. The WMGs will propose works, the WMA selects and the JMC approves. The WMA will organize and execute the works, the BWDB will monitor and report to JMC.

ii. Undertaking demonstrations and Farmer Field School activities for and in consultation with each WMG directly through the DoA and DoF. The results will be reported to the JMC.

iii. If needed, refresher or new (such livelihood) training courses can be organized, all on the initiative of the WMA and the approval of the JMC.

Monitoring and evaluation will be the task of the WMA, BWDB and JMC.

5.1.2 O&M Plan

The organizational structure to operate and maintain the structures and channels will be rather simple. There will be seven (7) regulators and one 8-vent check structures to be operated, for which eight (8) gate operators on a part-time basis will be employed by the WMA. From July until mid-October the water level in the Fatki river will rise due to the monsoon rains and the gates will be closed. Form mid-October till July, when the river level drops below ground level the gates may be opened to release water. It is between the dry and wet season that the gates will have to be set to allow water entering or discharging the channels/khals and beels to the desired level.

The gate operators will receive a short basic (classroom) training on O&M, followed by an on-the-job training during the trial run of the system. The trial run will be for 1 year, during which the BWDB will train the operators on-the-job.

As the WMA and more in particular the gate operators will not be too familiar with gate settings (and keeping water in the channels and beels to agreed upon levels in the sub-project), the BWDB will prepare a plan before the start of each rainy season. The plan – in fact the IWMP - will have to be discussed and approved by the JMC in which the major stakeholders, i.e. the BWDB, DoA, DoF, DoE and the WMA will be present. After approval of the plan the BWDB will issue instructions regarding the gate settings and monitor implementation and overall maintenance of the structures. Once trained, the gate operators will keep records on the gate settings and further report to the WMA on a monthly basis on the condition of the channels, beels and use of water (e.g. for irrigation).

5.1.3 Operational plan of regulators

A hydrological analysis was made separately for the sub-project. Basin water levels were calculated after matching river water levels and rainfall. The basin water levels and the opening and closing of gates at different times of the year were determined. With the start of water management operations in the first year i.e. after the completion of all the rehabilitation and construction works, the gates of the regulators around Kalidaskhali- Arpara may be operated as per the schedule shown below. The WMGs/WMA will be informed that the level has been fixed on a long-term hydrological analysis and should be operated on this basis. Obviously, in case of unexpected changes in flood regime the settings per hydrological unit may be changed. For the second year and thereafter the operation at schedule will be fine-tuned. This will be done on the basis of the recommendations of the WMGs/WMA and also on the experience from the first year’s operation. While preparing the recommendations the WMA / WMG will have threadbare discussion with the stake holders of the sub-project. Accumulated basin storage, water level and probable date of gate opening of Kalidaskhali- Arpara are given in the following table.



Table C2: Accumulated basin storage, water level and probable date of gate opening

Date River WL (m PWD) Gate position Basin condition

WL (m PWD) Storage (ha-m)

July 3.30 closed -

1-August 3.30 Closed 2.82 1062

15-August 3.30 Closed 2.84 1113

29-August 3.18 Closed 2.56 578

15-September 3.12 Closed 3.12 1922 26-September 3.35 Closed 3.30 2578

10-October 3.35 Closed 3.09 1820 31-October 2.90 Open 2.03 98

5.1.4 Maintenance schedule:

A yearly maintenance schedule is to be prepared at the beginning of the each financial year which should be strictly followed to achieve regular and effective maintenance. Maintenance schedule is to be prepared by BWDB in consultation with the WMOs. A draft maintenance program is to be prepared by BWDB before 30

th June for the works of the next year. Necessary steps like budget allocation, design

drawings for the maintenance work, work authorization, tendering processes are to be initiated at the proper time by the BWDB by 31

st May.

5.2 Operation and maintenance costs

The total O & M cost for the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project comes to Tk 126.387 Lac per year. The maintenance costs are based on the schedule of rates (2012-2013) of Kushtia O & M Circle.

For sustainable operation and maintenance of the scheme, all peripheral infrastructure and the khals connecting the peripheral structures and infrastructure within the sub-project area and having a command area of more than 1,000 ha are considered as public goods. Hence, for Kalidaskhali-Arpara the BWDB will retain ownership of the infrastructure, while the associated WMGs will operate and maintain the system in concession. It has further been agreed that the periodic maintenance of the public goods will be borne by BWDB under the JMC. The preventive maintenance of the public goods plus the preventive and periodic maintenance of other infrastructure within the sub-project will be borne by the associated WMGs.

How and under which conditions the periodic maintenance costs will be released by the BWDB will have to be specified in the transfer agreement to be signed by both the BWDB and the associated WMGs after completion and trial run of the rehabilitation and construction works. If one of the parties will or can not fulfill their obligations, the JMC will intervene, mediate and make a decision.

The yearly maintenance cost for different water management infrastructure under the sub-project is given in Table C3 and the cost sharing in the infrastructure are given in the Appendix. .

It is foreseen that the associated WMGs will employ at least three staff to operate the (7) regulators & 1 check structure and that such staff will follow instructions from the BWDB on the time of engagement and setting of gates. The gate operators will be trained under the project and employed on a honorary basis. Their remuneration is estimated at Tk 2,500/month and their costs are included under operational costs.

The total O&M cost for Kalidaskhali- Arpara comes at Tk 1191 per net cultivated hectare, of which Tk 1009 or 84.70% will be paid for by the BWDB and the balance, i.e. Tk 182 or 15.30%, by the farmers or tenants. Actual maintenance responsibilities and cost sharing between the parties will be finalised during the negotiations between the WMGs (associated in a WMA) and the BWDB before handing over and reported in the transfer agreement.



Table C3: Annual O&M costs

no Item of Works

Type of Maintenance Cost

(Tk in Lac) Operational

costs

(Tk in Lac)

Total costs

(Tk in Lac) Preventive Periodic

1 Drainage channel/Khal 0.424 33.01 33.434

2 Structures + brick sections 2.28 46.443 2.4 51.123

3 Embankment 8.07 33.76 41.830

Total 10.774 113.213 2.40 126.387

5.3 Training on O&M

WMG members shall have to be trained on O&M of the structures for proper water management of the project. BWDB officials should be given training on the same issue after completion of all works under the sub-project. The training will be done in accordance with the O&M plan as described in Section 5.1.2.

For proper implementation of the maintenance plan, training on maintenance is also to be imparted to WMGs as well as to the BWDB officials. The training should cover maintenance needs assessment, types of maintenance work, roles and responsibilities of each party, maintenance schedule, budgeting and monitoring.

Training is required to be imparted to the gate operators of the respective WMA/WMG of all the infrastructure (regulators, sluices and water control structures) of the sub-project. The capacity building and training requirements on O&M are specified in Annex I.

Table C4: Summary of training on O & M and costs

Sl. No.

Name of Training Courses/Topics No of Events

No of WMG members

Costs (Tk. in lac)

1 O & M of infrastructure through participatory water management(scheme walk through)

12 12 x 35 = 420 12.00

2 LCS (Formation, rules, wages, measurement and accounting)

12 12 x 35 = 420 12.00

3 Quality Control 12 12 x 35 = 420 12.00

4 Participatory Monitoring

12 12 x 35 = 420 12.00

Total 48 1680 48.00


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex D – Agriculture

ANNEX D

AGRICULTURE


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara– Annex D – Agriculture 2

1 GENERAL

1.1 Location and features

Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project, with a gross area of 13,197 ha, is located in Shalikha Upazila of Magura district. The area is bounded by the Fatki river on the north-east and Chitra river on the west. There are several scattered depressions/beels from central to south-east part of the Sub-Project, and is subject to seasonal flooding. The area falls within the agro-ecological zone (AEZ- 12 (Lower Ganges River Floodplain). The land is intensively cultivated with rice, jute, wheat and pulses. There are some 14,780 households and the average farm size is 0.718 ha. The present cultivable area has been estimated at 80.44% of the gross area, the calculated cultivable area is 10,616 ha with a present cropped area of 23,046 ha, resulting in a cropping intensity of 217%.

1.2 Climate and cropping seasons

The area has a sub-tropical monsoon region with an annual rainfall ranging from 1,250 mm to 2,120 mm. The average monthly minimum temperature is 9.2

0C in January and the average monthly

maximum is 36.80C prevailing in May to June. The monthly average relative humidity ranges from a

minimum of 75% in March to a maximum of 88% in September. The winter (Rabi) growing period is from November till March (95-115 days), with low

temperatures (<100C) prevailing for 15-25 days which affects the germination of Boro rice and

potatoes. The Kharif-I transition period from March till June is 80-90 days and Kharif-II (June-November) growing period is 160-180 days. During the Kharif-I period the temperature is high and rainfall is low, and seedlings of Aus rice and Jute may face drought to some extent in the early growth stage.

1.3 Soils

The region has a typical meander floodplain landscape of broad ridges and basins. General soil types predominatly include silty loams and silty clay loams on ridges and silty clay loams to heavy clays on lower sites. General soil types predominantly include Calcareous Dark Grey and Calcareous Brown Floodplain soils. The organic matter content is low in ridges and moderate in the basins. The soils are calcareous in nature having neutral to slightly alkaline reaction. General fertility level is medium.

1.4 Land use

The gross area of the sub-project is 13,197 ha. About 80 % of the land is net cultivable area, around 13 % is used as homestead including home gardens and trees, 3 % is for embankments, roads and khals and around 4 % is occupied by permanent water bodies including ponds. Areas by land use for the study area are presented in Table D1. Table D 1: Areas by land use

Land use Area (ha) Percent of total land

Homesteads 1,700 12.88

Embankments/roads 274 2.08

Rivers and Khals 99 0.75

Ponds + other perennial water bodies 508 3.85

Agricultural land 10,616 80.44

Total 13,197 100

1.5 Land types and flood depth

The land types as they are at present existing, and after project rehabilitation, and based on anticipated flooding depth during the monsoon season with gross and net cultivated area, and in proportion to the total area are presented in table D2. Land type F0 may be temporary flooded up to 0.3 m for a short duration during the rainy season and may experience drought during the dry season. F1 type may be flooded up to 0.9 m and F2 up to 1.8 m during the monsoon. F3 is permanently flooded, even during the dry season. It comprises beels and ghers.



Table D 2: Land Type, Elevation and Area of Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project

Land Type

Without project With project

Gross area (ha)

Cultivable area (ha)

Percent of total area (%)

Gross area (ha)

Cultivable area (ha)

Percent of total area (%)

F0 (d<0.3m) 10,199 8,192 62.08 11,647 9,640 73.05

F1 (0.3m-0.9m) 1929 1,578 11.95 1215 864 6.54

F2 (0.9m-1.8m) 1050 827 6.26 321 98 0.74

F3 (d>1.8m) 19 19 0.14 14 14 0.11

Total 13,197 10,616 80.44 13,197 10,616 80.44

1.6 Land holdings and sizes

Most of the families of the Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project are small to landless (84% of total household). The majority falls in the category of small farmers and marginal farmers Less then 3% of total households have more than 3 ha land. The land holding category, household and their cultivable lands are presented in Table D3.

Table D 3: Farm categories and area

Land holding category

Size (ha)

House hold Cultivable land (ha) No. %

Large Above 3.0 361 2.44 2,067

Medium 1.0-3.0 2,001 13.54 4,433 Small 0.20-1.0 5,220 35.32 3,251 Marginal 0.02-0.20 4,701 31.81 829

Landless Below 0.02 2,497 16.89 36 Total 14,780 100 10,616

2 CROPS

2.1 Crops, cropping patterns, yields and production

Cereals and jute are the most important crops of the area. Among cereals, rice is cultivated on 50% and wheat 10% of the area, and pulses and oil crops (18%) followed by jute on 17% and other crops (5%) The total cropped area is 23,046 ha which corresponds with a cropping intensity of 217%.

The present production of major crops (cereals) has been calculated as 38,224 tons of which

31,063 tons of rice and 7,179 tons of wheat is produced annually. Crop wise yields, cultivated area and production are presented in Table D 4 below.

Table D 4: Yields and production of commonly cultivated crops

Name of Crop Average Yield

(t/ha) Cultivated area

(ha) Production (tons)

HYV Boro 4.5 2,360 10,620

Hybrid Boro 5.0 740 3,700

B.Aman 1.5 269 404

T. Aman 2.5 2,873 7,183

LT.Aman 1.8 2,367 4,261

T.Aus 2.0 1,173 2,346

B.Aus 1.5 1,700 2,550

Jute 2.5 3,919 9,798

Pulses 2.5 2,100 5,250

Mustard 1.0 1,390 1,390

Sesame 1.0 698 698

Wheat 2.5 2,393 5,982

Vegetables 17 1,064 18,088

Total 23,046 72,270



During the colder Rabi growing season, different pulses, chili, oil seeds and vegetables are cultivated on F0 land but during Kharif-I season, when the rains start, jute is the major crop. During the monsoon season F0 type land is also inundated to some extent. The inundation depth of F0 land is minimal and does not affect the yield of HYV T. Aman. For this reason, during the Kharif-II transplanted Aman is dominating the F0 land in the sub-project area. Flooding depths of F2 and F3 land are higher and affect the yield of Aman rice. HYV Aman is more sensitive to flood depths than local transplanted Aman (LT. Aman) or local broadcasted Aman (B. Aman). Thus, LT.Aman and B.Aman is usually grown on F2 and F3 land during the Kharif-I season and continue to the Kharif-II season. HYV/Hybrid Boro is cultivated mainly in F0, F1 and F2 type lands. Some land remains fallow for reasons of flooding, lack of irrigation water or lack of farmers’ interest. Different cropping patters according to land type and flood depth adopted in this area are presented in Table D 5. Table D 5: Cropping pattern and cropped area according to land type

Land type and flood

depth

Cropping Pattern

No. of Crop Net area

(ha) Cropped area (ha) Rabi Kharif - I Kharif - II

FO

(0 - 30 cm)

Pulses B.Aus T.Aman 3 1,700 5,100

Wheat Jute 2 1,905 3,810

Vegetables Jute 2 1,064 2,128

Mustard T.Aus T.Aman 3 1,173 3,519

HYV Boro LT.Aman 2 1,600 3,200

HYV Boro Jute LT. Aman 3 550 1,650


Sub-total 8,192 19,407

F1 (30 - 90 cm)

Wheat Sesame 2 488 976

Pulses Jute 2 400 800



Sub-total 1,578 2,366

F2 (90 - 180 cm)

Mustard LT.Aman 2 217 434


HYV Boro Sesame 2 210 420

B.Aman 1 250 250

Sub-total 827 1,254

F3 (> 180 cm) B.Aman 1 19 19

Sub-total 19 19

Grand Total 10,616 23,046

2.2 Irrigation

During the rainy season, irrigation is not required because rainfall exceeds the evapo-transpiration, but during the dry period (October to March), there is no rainfall or an erratic distribution of rainfall, which causes low soil moisture resulting in drought stress. To avoid drought stress, supplementary irrigation is needed. Supplementary irrigation is practiced by the farmers of this sub-project. The average cultivable land is 0.48 ha and average irrigated land is 0.28 ha (or 58% of the total land is irrigated during the dry season). They abstract water for irrigation through shallow tube wells or deep tube wells and a few farmers use low lift pumps (LLPs) during the dry season (Table D6). Surface water irrigation is limited due to lack of water in canals and beels during the dry season. This situation may change after the implementation of the project, when the khals/channels have been excavated from silt and permanent water levels will be maintained through regulators to safeguard fisheries and nature.



Table D 6. Average cultivated land and use of irrigation Name of Union No. of

Household surveyed

Average Cultivated land (ha)

Low lift pump Shallow/Deep tube well

No. of farmers

Average area (ha)

No. of farmers

Average area (ha)

Talkhori 15 0.45

Dhoneshworgati 13 0.49 - -

Arpara 18 0.42 3 0.15 1 0.22

Satokhali 20 0.61 - 5 0.41

Shalikha 10 0.47 14 0.23 4 0.31

Bonagati 11 0.49 10 0.11 12 0.25

Kola 30 0.51 - 13 0.25

Joharpur 35 0.43 - 15 0.31

Total 152 0.48 27 (18%) 0.16- 50 (33%) 0.28

2.3 Inputs

Among the fertilizers, urea (for N) is widely used in large amounts though at lower splits compared to the recommended dose. Also other fertilizers are generally used in smaller amounts than recommended. Pesticides are rarely used and are limited to Boro rice, T. Aman, mustard, onion and some vegetables. Actual inputs use varies from place to place and from farmer to farmer. Crop wise average used inputs are presented in Table D 7. Table D 7. Average inputs per crop

Name of Crop Fertilizer (kg /ha) Number/duration of

irrigation Herbicides/ Insecticides

(kg or litre/ ha) Urea TSP MP Gypsum

HYV Boro 150 80 40 20 Whole growing season 0.50

Hybrid Boro 160 100 40 20 Whole growing season 0.75

B. Aman 30 20 Rainfed

T. Aman 60 70 20 Rainfed 0.30

LT. Aman 60 50 20 Rainfed 0.25

T. Aus 40 30 10 Rainfed 0.25

B.Aus 30 30 20 Rainfed

Jute 60 40 10 Rainfed

Pulses 20 10 Rainfed

Mustard 40 30 10 Rainfed 0.50

Wheat 80 40 20 2 nos.

Vegetables 60 40 20 3 nos. 1.0

2.4 Production costs per ha

The production costs of crops cultivated under irrigated condition are higher as compared to rainfed cultivation. The items wised production costs of different crops are presented in Table D 8.



Table D 8. Production costs (labour, inputs) per ha

Name of Crop

Se

ed

s

Se

ed

bed

p

rep

ara

tio

n

(Tk

.)

La

nd

p

rep

ara

tio

n

(Tk

.)

Fe

rtil

ize

rs*

(Tk

.)

Tra

ns-

pla

nti

ng

We

ed

ing

Pe

sti

cid

es

(Tk

.)

Pe

st

co

ntr

ol

(Tk

.)

Irri

gati

on

Ha

rve

sti

ng

(T

k)

Th

res

hin

g/

pro

ce

ss

ing

To

tal

pro

du

cti

on

c

os

t (T

k.)

Pro

du

cti

on

(t

/ha

)

Fa

rm g

ate

p

ric

e

(Tk

/To

n)

Ma

rke

t p

ric

e

in o

ff-s

ea

so

n

(Tk

/To

n)

To

tal

pri

ce

o

f m

ain

p

rod

uc

ts

(TK

.)

Pri

ce

of

by

p

rod

uc

t

(Tk

.)

Gro

ss

inc

om

e

Ne

t b

en

efi

t

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13=sum of (2-12)

14 15 16

17= (14x15)

18 19= (17+18)

20= (19-13)

HYV Boro 40kg= 160Tk

2,500 9,000 5,400 10,000 (40)

11,250 (45)

500 1,500 (6)

18,000 7,500 (30)

5,000 (20)

70,810 4.5 17,500 20,000 78,750 9,000 87,750 16,940

Hybrid Boro 30kg= 300Tk

2,500 9,000 6,020 10,000 (40)

11,250 (45)

750 1,500 (6)

18,000 7,500 (30)

5,000 (20)

71,820 5.0 17,500 20,000 87,500 10,000 97,500 25,680

B.Aman 45kg= 180Tk

3,000 930 8,750 (35)

3,750 (15)

5,000 (20)

21,610 1.5 17,500 20,000 26,250 4,500 30,750 9,140

T. Aman 35kg= 140Tk

2,500 6,000 2,970 8,750 (35)

7,500 (30)

300 750 (3)

6,250 (25)

5,000 (20)

40,160 2.5 17,500 20,000 43,750 5,400 49,150 8,990

LT.Aman 35kg= 140Tk

2,500 6,000 2,550 7,500 (30)

5,000 (20)

250 750 (3)

5,500 (22)

3,750 (15)

32,940 1.8 17,500 20,000 31,500 4,000 35,500 2,560

T. Aus 35kg= 140Tk

2,500 6,000 2,550 7,500 (30)

5,000 (20)

250 750 (3)

5,500 (22)

3,750 (15)

32,940 2.0 17,500 20,000 35,000 4,000 39,000 6,060

B.Aus 35kg= 140Tk

3,000 1,430 11,250 (45)

3,750 (15)

3,750 (15)

23,320 1.5 17,500 20,000 26,250 5,500 31,750 8,430

Jute 7.5kg= 1,500Tk

3,000 2,190 22,500 (90)

6,250 (25)

8,750 (35)

44,190 2.5 30,000 40,000 75,000 7,700 82,700 38,510

Pulses 30kg= 300Tk

3,000 570 5,000 (20)

6,250 (25)

2,500 (10)

17,620 2.5 35,000 60,000 87,500 3,700 91,200 73,580

Mustard 10kg= 600Tk

3,000 1,450 500 750 (3)

6,250 (25)

2,500 (10)

15,180 1.0 60,000 70,000 60,000 2,100 62,100 46,920

Sesome(Til) 10kg= 600Tk

3,000 1,450 500 750 (3)

6,250 (25)

2,500 (10)

15,180 1.0 60,000 70,000 60,000 2,100 62,100 46,920

Wheat 130kg= 3,900Tk

4,000 2,740 6,000 6,250 (25)

3,750 (15)

26,640 3.0 20,000 25,000 60,000 6,400 66,400 39,760

Vegetables 10 kg= ((5,000)

7,000 2,500 10,000 (50)

1,000 1250 (10)

15,000 30,000 (75)

5,000 (20)

76,750 17.0 17,000 45,000 289,000 212,250

* Urea @ 20 Tk/kg, TSP @ 21 Tk/kg, MP @ 15 Tk/kg and Gypsum @ 6 Tk/kg. Numbers within the parentheses indicate labour input in man days

.



3 INSTITUTIONAL ASPECTS

3.1 Agricultural extension services

There are many agencies which provide extension support to the farmers of Bangladesh. These include government agencies, for example, the Department of Agricultural Extension, Bangladesh Rural Development Board, Bangladesh Water Development Board, Bangladesh Agricultural Development Corporation, Forest Department, Department of Livestock Services and Department of Fisheries. There are also many non-government organizations, commercial traders and input suppliers (manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers) operating in rural areas of the country. Together, all these partners can be seen as comprising the National Agricultural Extension System (NAES).

The Government is committed to the continuous development of agriculture and its sustainability to maintain food security of a progressively increasing population and socio-economic emancipation of its people through high value agriculture and value addition through agro-industrialization. In this endeavor, the New Agricultural Extension Policy (1996) is updated as National Agricultural Extension Policy (2012). The National Agricultural Extension Policy (NAEP) is built on nine (9) key principles:

1. Increasing production (horizontal and vertical) and productivity as a whole; 2. Cost effective efficient decentralized demand responsive extension services; 3. Targeting and mobilizing farmers group (FG) and their federations (FO); 4. Bottom-up planning and implementation; 5. Coordinated and integrated extension services through NAES; 6. Development of agri-business and contract farming for export promotion; 7. Adoption to climate change and development of specialized extension service for climatically

distressed areas; 8. Broad based extension support (in-time input support and subsidies, credit, price

enhancement etc.); and 9. Digitalized agricultural extension services (e-agriculture).

It is mandatory for the DAE to disseminate modern and appropriate agriculture technologies through different training programs and farmers’ field school (FFS) as well as demonstrations of new agricultural technologies. However, the numbers of such activities are not sufficient for the stakeholders. In addition to the on-going extension activities by DAE, the SAIWRPMP will take initiatives to undertake and support above programs in the sub-project area with the cooperation of DAE. Thus, agriculture extension activities and programs will be strengthened.

3.2 Marketing

The overall communication and marketing channel of Bangladesh is improving day by day. This can also be observed in this area. Most of the cases farmers sell their products in local markets where middle men and small traders are the common buyers. From the project initiatives, some new marketing channels will be developed by organizing producers to facilitate the producers of different agricultural commodities for higher price of their products.

4 CONSTRAINTS

4.1 Flooding and drought

Due to siltation the conveyance capacity of the channels has been reduced, resulting in water logging and crops damaged of low land area during the monsoon rains. Aman rice in low areas frequently faces severe flooding during monsoon season. During the pre-Kharif period the temperatures are high and rainfall is low and the seedlings of Aus rice and Jute may face drought to some extent in early growth stage.

4.2 Agricultural production

During field visits and discussions with farmers and local DAE- officials; following problems were identified and listed down:

- Water logging during the monsoon - Embankment erosion causes flash flooding - Lack of awareness on modern technology of agriculture development



- High price of inputs - Lack of good quality seeds - Proper water management - Scarcity of water for irrigation during the Boro season and for jute decomposing. - Market instability and low price of agriculture commodities

4.3 Services

The DAE conducts different training programs and farmers’ field school as well as demonstration of new agricultural technologies. The numbers of such activities are, however, not sufficient for the stakeholders. In general, services of DAE are not satisfactory which are effectively limited to the large farmers. Farmers do not get quality seeds because the public sector producer (BADC) provides only 5% of the total demand although there is a seed production farm of BADC in the south-west project area. Most farmers use their own seed or low quality seeds procured from local open markets or collect from neighbours

5 DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

5.1 High value crops

Demonstration is an important method for rapid extension of improved agro-technology of various crops. Major objective of the demonstration is to introduce new crops and improved technology with a view to increasing productivity and thereby income generation of farmers. In such way different high value crops like maize, summer vegetables, aromatic rice and others may be adopted and become popular. However, as mentioned in the previous paragraph, quality seed supply is a bottleneck.

5.2 Improved crop husbandry practices

Farmers can minimize their production cost as well as increase the total production by using improved crop husbandry practices like dram seeding, relay cropping of jute with onion, using zero tillage for maize cultivation and using organic manure (green manuring) for soil improvement. Also the use of the Leaf Color Chart (LCC) for urea application (top dressing), Guti Urea (Urea Super Granules) instead of crystal urea, border crops like Napier grass for animal feeds, okra (for vegetables), dhaincha (for fuel and animal feeds), colorful vegetables or flowers (for minimizing pest) may be recommended to increase incomes. Under the project Fertilizer Recommendation Cards (FRCs) may be provided by the soil research development institute on the basis of soil test result. FRC helps farmers to determine the right doses of fertilizers for different crops and different types of soil. Farmers can use ribbon retting method for jute processing which helps to reduce water pollution as well as increase open water fisheries.

5.3 Role of cooperatives and/or WMGs

In order to become a sustainable organization and finance O&M the respective WMGs will have to undertake other activities apart from water management and maintenance works. The following (agricultural) activities may be undertaken, amongst others, by the WMGs as a cooperative organization:

- Cultivation of high value crops and joint marketing - Quality seed production/procurement and sales thereof - Compost/organic fertilizers preparation and sales thereof - Fertilizer procurement and sales thereof - Procurement of a Guti Urea machine and sales of Guti Urea-ultra super granules - Honey production and marketing thereof - Nursery development

6 CAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING

The causes of the large gap between potential and actual yields in Bangladesh are the lack of knowledge, use of low quality seeds, non practicing of improved crop husbandry, lack of irrigation water, natural calamities etc. For minimizing the yield gap, farmers’ capacities should be strengthened through class room training, Farmers’ Field School, demonstration of technologies/new varieties, agricultural fairs and motivational tours. Capacity strengthening of the WMG members/ beneficiaries will be made through imparting training in the following topics/components/areas:



- Compost Preparation - Vegetables Gardening - Integrated Crop Management (ICM) - Quality seed production and processing - Production of high value crops - Post-harvest Technology - Use of modern tools in agriculture

Table D 9. Events, numbers and participants of different capacity building programs

Components No. of events Participants in each event

Training 56, on mentioned topics 35 WMG members

Demonstration 56

FFS 56 25-30 WMG members

Agricultural fairs/Workshops 03 (01 in each year) All beneficiaries

Motivational tour 03 30 (3 members from each WMG)

7 COSTS

Detailed Cost estimations for increasing the agricultural production through capacity strengthening of the beneficiaries are presented in Table D 10, D11, D 12 and D 13.

Table D 10. Costs of training

No. Component No. of events

Costs (Tk.) Remarks

1. Training on basic agriculture including compost preparation, vegetables gardening, high value crops production, and quality seed production, processing and preservation

28 2,800,000 a. Cost for each event (considering 35 participants) has been taken as Tk. 100,000 only. b. Course duration has been considered as 3 days (2 days class room, 1 day field visit)

2. Use of modern tools/technologies in agriculture viz. IPM, ICM, use of LCC for urea application, Alternate wetting and drying, ribbon retting method for jute processing etc.

28 2,800,000

Total 56 5,600,000

Table D 11. Costs of demonstrations

Technology Units

Farmers Number

Unit Cost

Costs of field day

(Tk.)

Remuneration Supervising

Officer (Tk.)

Cost per

demo. (Tk.)

Total Cost

(Tk.)

No. Area Male Female

(Tk.) Demo. on compost preparation

20 0.007 ha 10 10 14,500 10,000 per field day

7,000 per demo 31,500 630,000

Demonstration of new varieties

24 0.136 ha 20 04 36,000 10,000 per field day

8,000 per demo 54,000 1,296,000

Demonstration of new technologies

12

0.136 ha 06 06 36,000 10,000 per field day

8,000 per demo 54,000 648,000

Total 56 36 20 2,574,000

Table D 12. Costs of Farmers’ Field School

Budget item Cost per FFS No. of FFS Total costs (Tk.)

Study plot Demonstration plot 56 -

Logistic of FFS 50,000 56 2,800,000

Honorarium 20,000 56 1,120,000 Training allowance 30,000 56 1,680,000

Total 1,00,000 56 5,600,000



Table D 13. Total cost of different investment and capacity building programs

Component No. of each component Total costs (Tk.)

Training 56 5,600,000

Demonstration 56 2,574,000

Farmers’ Field Schools 56 5,600,000

Agricultural fairs/Workshops 03 300,000

Motivational tour 03 300,000

Test kits 08 sets 80,000

Total 14,454,000

8 PROJECT OUTPUT UNDER “WITH AND WITHOUT PROJECT”

8.1 “Without project” scenario

The present agriculture in the sub-project is hampered by poor drainage, resulting in water logging in the lower areas during the monsoon. In contrast, the higher areas suffer from water shortage especially during the pre-monsoon season. From the gathered data, it is known that 50-60% of the lands are being irrigated through STWs and LLPs during dry season.

Agriculture in this area is dominated by rice (50%) and pulses and oil (18%) cultivation followed by jute (17%), and other crops (5%) of total cropped area 23,046 ha with the cropping intensity of 217%.

The present production of major crops (cereals) has been calculated 38,224 tons of which 31,063 tons of rice and 7,179 tons of wheat is produced annually. The results are presented in Table D4 and D5.

8.2 With project scenario

Table D 14 presents the changes in area per land types in the “with project” scenario. Table D 14: Changes in area per land type

Land Type With project

Gross Area (ha) Cultivable Area (ha) Percent of total Change (ha)

F0 (d<0.3m) 10,198 9,640 73.05 +1448

F1 (0.3m<d<0.9m) 1,929 864 6.05 - 714

F2 (0.9m<d<1.8m) 1,050 98 0.74 - 729

F3 (d>1.8m) 1,915 14 0.11 - 5

Total 13,197 10,616 100

Under the “With project” scenario the cropping plan will be:

- cereal crops (rice, wheat and maize) - 63% - jute - 15% - pulses and oil crops - 15% - others - 7%

with an estimated cropping intensity of 240% and total cropped area of 25,458 ha. The future cropping pattern and cropped areas are presented in Table D 15.





Table D 15: Cropping patterns and cropped areas in “with project” scenario

Land type and flood depth

Cropping Pattern No. of Crop Net Area (ha)

Cropped area (ha) Rabi Kharif - I Kharif - II

FO (0-30 cm)

Mustard Maize 2 700 1,400

HYV Boro Jute T.Aman 3 900 2,700

Wheat Jute 2 1,070 2,110

Vegetables Jute T. Aman 3 700 2,100

HYV Boro Jute T. Aman 3 1,576 4,728

Mustard T.Aus T. Aman 3 850 2,550

Hybrid Boro T. Aman 2 1,744 3,488

Pulses T. Aman 2 2,050 4,100

Temporarily fallow 50 0

Sub-total 9,640 23,176

F1 (30 – 90 cm)

Wheat Jute 2 430 860

HYV Boro Sesame T. Aman 3 224 672

Mustard T.Aus T. Aman 3 120 360

Hybrid Boro T. Aman 2 90 180

Sub-total 864 2,072

……F2 (90-180 cm)

Pulses B.Aman Cont'd 2 60 120

HYV Boro Jute 2 38 76

Sub-total 98 196

F3 (> 180 cm) B.Aman 1 14 14

Sub-total 14 14

Grand total 10,616 25,458

Table D 16: Estimated yields and production of crops in “with project” situation

Name of Crop Cropped area

(ha) Average yield

(mt/ha) Total production

(mt)

HYV Boro 2,738 5.0 13,690

Hybrid Boro 1,834 5.5 10,087

B.Aman 74 1.5 111

T. Aman 8,254 3.0 24,762

T.Aus 970 2.2 2,134

Maize 1,400 6.0 8,400

Jute 4,014 2.5 10,035

Pulses 2,110 2.5 5,275

Mustard 1,670 1.5 2,505

Sesame 224 1.3 280

Wheat 1,500 2.5 3,750

Vegetables 700 28.0 19600

Total 25,458 100,629

In the “with project” scenario, the annual production of cereals (rice, wheat and maize) has been

estimated as 62,934 tons of which rice will be 50,784 tons, wheat 3,750 tons and maize will be 8,400 tons. Thus, the annual cereal production of the sub-project has been estimated to increase by 24,710 tons as well as cropping intensity to be increased by 23% as compared to the without project situation.



9 COLLECTIVE ACTION PLAN (CAP)

Beneficiaries of the sub-project will be organized to form WMGs through which they will be able to undertake some collective actions for improving their economic and social development. After forming WMGs, they can discuss, decide and plan a number of collective actions to maximize income.. By preparing and implementing collective action plans (CAP), the WMGs will become cohesive and in a better position to pay for O&M costs. The increase of non-flooded land, the introduction of high yielding varieties (HYVs0 of different crops and the cultivation of high value crops (HVCs), will lead to a higher agricultural production through which farmers can increase their income.

The following activities may be undertaken by the WMG-members as collective action plans (CAPs), part of them to be financed under the project.

Sl.

No. Issues Problems Solutions Remarks

01 Soil testing for

acidity and

alkalinity.

Farmers generally do not

go for soil testing for crop

production.

WMG can take the initiatives for

soil testing from DAE and other

sources.

02. Procurement

of quality

seeds and

fertilizers.

Farmers purchase seeds

and fertilizers individually

from open market.

WMG can procure quality seeds

and fertilizers from the dealers

and distribute the same to the

beneficiaries centrally.

A dealership

provision could be

organized for the

WMG.

03. Shortage of

organic matter

in soil.

There is acute shortage

of organic matter in soil.

Green manuring can be

practiced. Adequate amount of

compost need to be provided to

the soil.

Demonstrations on

compost preparation

could be practiced at

the farmers’ field.

04. Scarcity of

irrigation

water

Adequate quantity of

water for irrigation is not

available.

Excavation of khals and

drainage facilities required for

partial solution.

Infrastructure

development needs

to be planned.

05. Massive use

of Pesticides.

Farmers normally use

pesticides during pest

attacks without caring of

doses and quantity.

Use of high doses of pesticides

need to be discouraged through

practicing IPM/ICM.

Training on IPM/ICM

need to be imparted

to the farmers.

06. Establish

demonstration

plots.

Learning by doing is

more effective-which is

not always practiced.

Farmers need to have practical

training through establishment

of demonstration plots on

different crops and varieties.

07. Training Farmers lack adequate

knowledge on modern

methods of crop

production.

Rigorous training need to be

imparted on different aspects of

agricultural production.

08.. Cultivation of

High Value

Crops(HVCs)

Farmers have limited

knowledge on HVCs.

Farmers need to be provided

with information and know-how

on cultivation of HVCs.

09. Marketing

facilities

Farmers sell their

produces at nearby

markets individually.

WMG can take initiatives to sell

their produces collectively to big

business centres.

South-west Area Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project - BWDB

SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidashkhali-Arpara – Annex E – Fisheries

ANNEX -E

FISHERIES


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidashkhali- Arpara – Annex E – Fisheries 1

1 GENERAL

1.1 Introduction

The Kalidashkhali - Arpara sub project has a good potential for fish production. Both captured and cultured fish production is practised though capture fishery is presently in the decline. The fishery resources in the scheme area consist of khals, beels, floodplains, inundated paddy fields, and fish ponds which are mainly used for Indian and exotic fish production. There are more than 41 species of fresh water fish, and six species of exotic carp, two species of tilapia, and exotic cat fish have also been introduced in the local water bodies. Shell fish is represented by several species of fresh water prawns, including Golda chingri. The common fishes are Jat puti, Chuna puti, Khalisha, Gura Icha, Guchi, Baim, Mola, Chela, Pabda, Faisa Gulsa, Tengra, Taki, Aor, Boal, Kachki, Chela, small Prawn, Magur (catfish) , Koi and Sing fish. Fish culture ponds are privately owned and mostly located in the household area. Both capture and culture fishery play a vital role to improve the socio economic status of the people, generate employment and provide a large portion of protein needed.

People of the sub-project catch fish from the khals and floodplains from July to November when monsoon rains and flood inundate these areas. During floods, riverine fish and other indigenous fish can enter the sub-project area through khals and floodplains for food, shelter, breeding and rearing purposes. Fish ponds, beels, khals and inundated floodplains compose the total area under fish production covering an approximate area of 1237 ha. People, especially fishermen, catch fish from peripheral rivers during December to mid July each year. The highest catch is recorded from the month of October when water recedes from the floodplains. The total annual fish production value from captured and cultured fish amounts to appr. Tk.457 lac.

1.2 Constraints

Silting up of rivers, beels and canals reduces the depth as well as water volume negatively impacting fish production. In the canals of the project, the exploitation pressure is very high. No care is taken as to the future of fish stock. Fishermen use sometimes nets with too small mesh gear to catch as much fish as possible gradual bringing many species to extinction. There is no effective enforcement of the fish conservation act.

The water demand for agriculture and fisheries is often at odds and even within one sector the demands are not similar everywhere in the system. Agriculture requires certain dry periods for harvesting, while fisheries needs water throughout the year.

The main conflict related to beels is between the leaseholders of the beels for fishery and agriculture farmers. During the monsoon, the leaseholders and fishermen want to flood the beels and surrounding floodplain while farmers want to keep their land flood free for agriculture. Flood protected agriculture and open water capture fisheries are in principle conflicting systems as far as water requirements are concerned.

In the FCD/I system, not only the fish stock and yields of captured fish declined, but access to this traditionally common property has profoundly changed. In the past, fishermen and particularly subsistence fishermen were free to fish in the beels and in the floodplains. At present, the right to fish in government beels / khas ponds are frequently obtained through the auctioning of leases by the Deputy Commissioner (DC), although under the new Fish Legislation this practice is not allowed. The leaseholders are usually rural elite or businessmen who allow fishermen to fish in their leased water bodies. This change in the access regime also has profound effects on water management conflicts centering on the beel, as leaseholders are influential members of the society. Hence they often determine the drainage and resulting water levels in beels.

There is a gradual decline in the natural production of fry and fingerlings in open waters during the last three decades. Many commercial fish species are adversely affected in their surrounding due to the occurrence of severe fast and undesirable changes which are detrimental to their survival and viability.

1.3 Policies

The main policy of the Government is to fulfill the demand of food before the end of 2013, to speed up development of rural life in every sectors and create employment opportunities, to decrease the poverty and unemployment, and to develop social security for the poorest peoples. To achieve the target of this policy, the following steps have been taken by the fisheries sector:


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidashkhali-Arpara – Annex E – Fisheries 2

- Introduction of the best management system in fish culture; - Enhancing environmental friendly shrimp culture and export of shrimp and fisheries

producing; - Revision of the Government rules and regulation on wet lands to be leased out to genuine

fishermen for more sustainable production, introducing new management system; - Ensuring the involvement of genuine fishermen, poor peoples and poor women in open water

fisheries to increase fish production and better management; - Creation of employment opportunities in the fisheries aquaculture program to boost up fish

production (25% more )and income (20% more ) ; - Establishment of “one house one farm model “per stakeholder introducing modern culture

technology in small ditches and surrounding household.

2 FISHERIES IN THE SUB-PROJECT

2.1 Fishing community

The fishing community which is widely spread throughout the project area mainly belongs to lower cast Hindu community, about four hundred (400) fishermen households live at Shalica, Borogram, Halbaria and Digigram village under the project area. Most of households live in and around the surrounding villages of the beel and river area. The socio-economic condition of the fishing community is very poor. They are the neglected people in the society and are deprived of health and education. They are engaged in this profession since long but due to lack of fishing facilities (lack of fish habitat, fish, fishing gear, fishing craft, credit etc.) at present, they have started leaving this profession and switching over to other profession like earth-cutting, day labourer, fry producers, fry seller and fish seller etc. They also harvest fish from private ponds on a share basis or on a hire basis. Full time fishermen gain access to fishing in beels and floodplain etc by making payment of rents or fees of the owners or lease holders. The left-over fishing households present the area are living from hand to mouth. The average family size is about 4-6. Whatever income they earn out of fishing they cannot maintain their family. According to the field survey, the average fish catch in peak period varies from 3.5 to 5 kg/day of miscellaneous fish worth of estimated Tk. 300 - 400/-, while their income in the off season is only Tk. 95-130.

2.2 Culture fisheries

In culture fisheries, pond fishery is considered as the most important fisheries to increase significantly the total fish production and also to offset any adverse effect of FCD/I activities on natural floodplain fish production. About 17% of the household have culture ponds with an average size of of

0.15 - 0.18 ha. Total area is estimated at 100 ha. In the Kalidashkhali -Arpara sub project, the average fish production rate is1,776 kg/ha, which is much lower than the national average of 3,285 kg/ha. There is a significant scope to increase the production rate. No formal Beel culture is practiced although with individual initiatives pockets of low areas in the beels have completely been transformed into ‘ghers’ (4.50 ha) or impounded water bodies.

Development of an array of local nurseries catering to the needs of the increasing local demand for quality (healthy and of required size, from 0.13 to 0.16 ha) fingerlings is now becoming a pre-requisite for the local culture fisheries to have a strong footing. Supply of fingerlings from local sources is not adequate because local people do not know how to rear the fingerlings and also are not aware about the profit of fingerlings culture.

Next to pond culture, rice-fish aquaculture is the next important culture fishery in the sub-project as far as area and beneficiaries are concerned. The production rate is reasonable (1,050 kg/ha /yr) with scope for further improvement. This type of fishery can be a pro-poor activity if introduced in the share croppers’ rice field.

2.2.1 Inputs

A small number of fish farmers use inputs like fertilizer and feed but do not follow the recommendations. They use urea, TSP and Potash as fertilizer and wheat bran, rice bran and mustard oil as a feed and some times they supply pellet feed/ ready feed from the market though not in the right quantities. The majority of the fish farmers do know about antibiotics. During the FGD and field surveys, no farmers to be found to have applied antibiotics in their ponds for diseases control.



2.2.2 Production costs and returns

The input costs for carp production are described in detail in the Table E-1. Inputs and costs for other species may vary. The total potential production of culture fish in fish ponds is estimated at 5 mton /ha/yr and with a market price of Tk. 110/kg the gross income would come at Tk. 550,000 and the net income at about Tk. 247,560 per ha. Table E1: Inputs and costs of carp production

Sl. No

Items Quantity in Kg (per ha)

Cost in Tk. (per ha)

1 Lime 500 7,000 2 Organic Fertilizer (Cow dung) 7,400 11,100

3 Urea 500 11,000

4 TSP 240 5,280

5 MP 120 2,160

6 Pond dewatering / Rotenone powder 6 3,000

7 Rice bran / Wheat bran 4,200 50,400

8 Mustard Oil 2,100 52,500

9 High Protein feed 600 30,000

10 Fish fry (10-12 cm) 10,000 30,000

11 Fish harvesting LS 18,000

12 Labour LS 15,000

13 Culture Materials LS 3,500

14 Medicine LS 2,500

15 Lease value LS 55,000

16 Misc. LS 6,000

Total 302,440

Source: From Focus Group Discussion (FGD) and Upazila Fishery Officer

2.2.3 Major constraints

Hatcheries There is no government and 3 small private hatcheries in and around the sub-project. About

100 ha of ponds are in the sub project which means that about1.0 million numbers of quality fingerlings are required to achieve the target. The quality brood fishes for fry production in hatcheries also faces major problems in private hatcheries. Private hatcheries are maintained / operated by non-skilled persons. They are not familiar with the use of chemicals and timing of doses and operating procedures. Difficulties are also observed with regard to various supplies including quality feed, inducing hormones (HCG, PG, LRHA etc), fisheries pesticides and various other chemicals. Nursery farmers of sub project purchase hatchling from local hatcheries and Jessore area and sometimes purchase from local supplier which is also being collected from Jessore.

Nurseries About 5 small farmers are involved in fry rearing though they do that without using the proper

technology. They purchase hatchlings from surrounding local hatcheries, and culture the hatchlings for 15 - 30 days and after that they sell their fingerlings to fish farmers around their ponds. Some nursery operators collect the hatchlings from Jessore district head quarter because of the quality fry and the comparatively cheap rate. Some middle men supply fingerlings to fish farmers directly.

Extension and training DoF provide extension services during the year through projects (NATP, Union level fisheries

extension program and others) to a limited number of farmers. Some activities were continued although, again, in limited number due to the lack of manpower and availability of funds. NGOs like ROVA, AKK , CNRS, World Fish centre and SDC etc are also working in and around the sub-project. Most of the NGOs are working with a few numbers of fish farmers. But to achieve the production target, all ponds are to be covered for aquaculture under this project.

Most of the farmers follow the traditional culture technology. They have no knowledge on modern fish culture technology. DoF and NGOs have conducted a training on carp culture only. To proper utilize fishery resources and to increase fish production, training on carp nursery management,



value fish culture (thai, sing, & koi),Thai pangus, GIFT culture, cage culture, pen culture, fry stocking management and sanctuary management are essential.

Feed Quality feed is a pre requisite for rapid growth of fish at present. There is a lack of raw materials

for the feed processing factory to prepare the quality feed preparation and this is gradually increasing the price of fish feed. It is a main obstacle for more fish production in this area as fish farmers are not capable to purchase quality feed for their fish ponds.

Fish diseases Generally during winter season fish is attacked by different diseases like white spot disease, tail

rotten disease, alceratic syndrome disease and dropsy disease. Most of the farmers do not follow modern fish culture technology, they run into problems. Lack of quality medicines to control diseases is another problem facing the fish farmers.

Credit Many farmers do borrow money at high interest rates from surrounding money lenders and

NGOs like Grameen Bank, BRAC and others local NGOs. They have no access to a national bank for credit having a lower interest rate due to lack of information, awareness and communication.

2.3 Capture fisheries

In case of capture fisheries, the floodplain fisheries is area-wise (1050 ha) the most important. The production rate (120 kg/ha) is, however, low and lower than the national average (284 kg/ha) due to over fishing, migration problems, scarcity of breeding and feeding ground, and lack of brood fish. There are canals with some potential productivity, but most of the canals are silted up and require re-excavation not only as a measure to facilitate drainage/ irrigation but also to allow natural fishes to grow.

2.3.1 Major constraints

Beel/ floodplain Due to early drainage, the fish production of beels/ floodplains is decreasing as most of the fish

will be harvested before reaching marketing size. Heavy drought also create a major problem for fisheries. Floodplain / beel area are being reduced, ultimately reduce the shelter, feeding and rearing grounds of fish and hampered their life cycle for migration. As a result some species are threatened or endangered. Ultimately the production will decrease. Further in the project area, only water is found in low land and deep part of the area which was used for fish shelter but nowadays this area is used to jute rottening by commercial farmers. The fish can not survive in this pollutant water due to jute rottening, causing toxicity of water. In the end, mainly the beel resident species will fall as the critical condition.

Government and BWDB properties Most of government wet land, khas land and borrow pits are now under local elite or

muscleman/ influential person control.

Marketing Generally fish farmers and fishermen sell their fishes to the surrounding fish markets or

middleman / faria at cheap prices because they have no alternative option. Ice is not sufficiently available to preserve their harvested fish. The price is increased from farm gate (farmer level) to the retail markets with about 70% to 80%.

3 INSTITUTIONAL ASPECTS

3.1 Department of Fisheries

The Department of Fisheries (DoF) is the sole authority of Government of Bangladesh for all types of fisheries activities. From the beginning, DoF is conducting extension and training services but still it is not adequate. DoF started a number of program to increase fish production and sustainable activities of fisheries resources. The following actions are being taken through the execution of different development projects/ programmes.

- An awareness raising program for sustainable fish production; - An awareness raising program for mass population to apply proper technology in fishery

development activities;



- An awareness raising program utilizing water resources properly to meet both fishery requirement along with agriculture production;

- Publicity for introducing new fish species and its culture technology; - Establishment of intervention wise demonstrations to disseminate new technologies; - Introduction of sanctuaries and a fry stocking program to save indigenous species and

increase production; - Provision of training and motivational tours in successful projects in the country and abroad; - Develop the linkage between stakeholders and related officials mainly at Upazila and district

level; - Distribution of awareness posters and flyers; - Broad casting consciousness raising program on TV and Radio; - An awareness raising program to follow the Govt. rules and regulation on fisheries;

Due to shortage of skilled manpower, the Department provides new technologies only to a few stakeholders. To fulfill the demand of local people, international NGOs, national NGOs(CNRS) and local NGOs(ROVA) are conducting a number of activities on a small scale like training, extension, sanctuary development and credit supply.

DoF has started a number of fisheries programs including the Union level fish culture project, Extension and Training project in greater Faridpur district, the Poverty alleviation and Income Generating Activities (IGA) program in the less developed areas and the National Agriculture

Technology Project (NATP). Under these projects, DoF is implementing training, demonstrations; sanctuary development and fish culture in borrow pits, amongst others. National and international NGOs are also working on aquaculture extension and training like carp –polyculture, fresh water shrimp and GIFT culture in ponds. Some NGOs are working in quality fry and nursery development, value fish culture and sanctuary development to save aquatic flora and fauna.

3.1.1 Department of Fisheries Extension

One Fishery Officer and One Assistant Fishery Officer are posted at each Upazilla (according to government rules). The Upazilla Fishery / Assistant fishery officers, who are under permanent set up of the DoF are responsible for fisheries extension services. They motivate and train fishermen in new modern methodology on carp- polyculture in ponds and how to control the fish diseases in cultured ponds. They also train farmers and interested people in establishing fish hatcheries and nursery management. To achieve extension service, they have been conducting demonstration activities on different intervention. Recently they introduce sanctuary development, a community based wetland and a management fry stocking program. Besides these, they are implementing Fisheries Acts, Rules and Regulation for effective management.

3.2 Marketing

Much of the catch, particularly from fresh water both from culture and capture, is consumed locally within the same thana or district. However there are areas which consume less than they produce and therefore the surplus (20-25% of cultured fish) is exported to other areas of the country. Almost all fish traded internally passes through private channels. The market structure varies from area to area. Fish farmers usually get only about 60 -65% of the market retail price. Marketing channels can be divided into four stages; primary market, secondary market, higher secondary market and final consuming market, each with its added value.

The primary market:

Here the fisherman sells to a mobile collector, who may be known as a merchant (mahajan), a supplier (jogandar) or a stockbroker (faria)

The Secondary market:

The assembler sells the fish in a wholesale market to local retailers (nickaries). Local whole saler or distributors transport the fish to other districts. The sale is normally carried out through a commission agent (arotdar) who conducts public auctions.

The higher secondary market:

Fish consumed at a distance from the secondary market is transported by distributors (bepari or chalan) to other distribution markets, usually whole sale markets in district towns. Here they sell to local retailers (nickaries) and whole sellers (paikers) through local aratdars.



4 DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS AND INTERVENTIONS

4.1 Culture fisheries

To increase fish production from ponds and other closed water bodies, the following prerequisites should be fulfilled

- Renovation of seasonal / derelict ponds to make them suitable for culture; - Introduction of a semi-intensive fish polyculture system in all cultured and culturable

ponds; - Arrange resource based trainings; - Arrange credit support for semi intensive fish culture; - Train WMG executive members in financial management to ensure transparency to

all members.

4.2 Capture fisheries

The objectives of the component would be to promote improved fisheries management in the floodplains by supporting stocking interventions which are managed by and affordable stake holders. The guideline stocking density would be 18 kg/ha/yr of mainly carp species. The recommended species composition would be rui (30%). Catla(30%), Sorputi (10%),Mrigel (15%) and Carpio (15%). The overall management of the component should be with the water management association (WMA) supported by BWDB / DoF/NGOs. A selection of stocking sites should be made by DoF and participants of the WMG members. Seasonal credit should be provided, through NGOs, to fund the community contribution towards the cost of fingerlings. The proposed community based floodplain stocking intervention would be the first of its kind in the project area which will provide benefit to fishermen, poor peoples and other living in the area.

The basic principle of participatory stocking is the gradual transfer of responsibility to local community. But transfer can not be done quickly since development of a well controlled and efficient stocking programme is a tough task. Support will be needed to be initiated by DoF over the preliminary years before the beneficiaries are able to develop the necessary technology and organizational skill to design, manage and implement programmes themselves of the khas floodplains / ponds.

Government open and closed water bodies (river/canal/ beels and ponds/dighi) should be transferred or leased to WMGs. DoF shall ensure that the lease fee of the water bodies are paid by the community on a regular basis when the community takes over the management responsibility

themselves.

4.3 Interventions

In this feasibility study, a number of interventions for capture fisheries are being proposed, based on the following consideration:

a) Restoration and improvement of habitats: the life cycle of the floodplain fish community is adjusted to the seasonal connections between different habitats which allow free movement of fish between rivers and floodplain for breeding and feeding and growth which is essential for sustainable productivity and maintenance of biodiversity. This can be accomplished through construction of fish passes and other structures of special fish friendly design, desiltation of channels, regulation of fishing in canals during peak migration, and fish friendly operation of regulators.

Under the Fisheries Department, there is no such program such as construction of fish pass and fish friendly design of regulators, desiltation of channels, regulations of fishing in canals during peak migration.

b) Fish sanctuary / Wintering Refuge: The entire fish populations pass a very crucial time in the dry season when most of the fish habitats are dry or near to dry condition. Fishing pressure goes up during this period, while the water quality degrades and water abstraction peaks up. All these factors collectively make the fish vulnerable to a higher natural and fishing mortality. To address these issues, the dry season refuge area needs to be retained. There, a mix of diverse species in reasonable quantities that can survive and attain maturity. The dry season refuse areas can be created through re-excavation of beels (4 ha at the cost of 48 lac) and canals. Development of small fish sanctuaries in river pools and beels with brush shelters can enhance the habitat to preserve parent stock of fish and prawns. The project will motivate and implement these activities with the direct involvement of WMG members and line agencies.



c) Sustainable fishing: Sustainable fishing is an important element to maintain the productivity, other wise sooner or later the natural fisheries area risk to collapse. Sustainable fishing does not mean complete stoppage, it should be a flexible fishing regulation which the communities can adapt and practice. For example, fine mesh net fishing should be stopped for two months at the beginning of the monsoon flooding which would allow many species to breed and large number of young fish to be put on quick for early growth. Use of current (monofilament nylon gill net) should be stopped.

Fish conservation acts and rules restrict catching under sized fish by seine net, especially in monsoon period. Use of current nets is restricted by laws.

d) Fish Friendly Operation of Regulators: Generally, the regulators are operated as per the needs of agriculture. The fisheries aspects are rarely taken into consideration when the regulator and sluice gates are operated. However, it is very well possible to operate the gates in a fish friendly manner and this without causing too much damage to the crops. If all the regulators and sluice gates are kept open for 1 to 2 weeks at the onset of monsoon, even at a cost of minor flooding by which substantial natural increase of fish can be achieved, which would enhance fish production and biodiversity.

Regulators should be kept open in early monsoon to allow migration of spawners and recruitment of spawn for feeding and growth. For this an understanding should be reached between concerned parties (agriculture and fisheries). There should be some mandatory provision for operation of regulators in the interest of both agriculture and fisheries, based on them agreed decision on agriculture and fisheries.

e) Stocking in semi closed water bodies: The affected fisher folk can be organized and assisted to do small scale stocking of semi closed water bodies with carp fingerlings to enhance the productivity.

f) Management of khas / govt. water bodies: Public water bodies in the project area or in any FCD/I project belongs to BWDB and those are under their management. They lease out the water bodies by auction to the highest bidders and the poor fishers can not complete. Public water should be leased out only to the genuine fishers who catch fish in these water bodies.

The khas water bodies should be leased out by auction annually for a period of one or more by district committee headed by Deputy Commissioner (revenue). Khas water bodies (11.00 ha) which exist within the FCD project manage and leased out by the community. It should be leased out to registered WMGs involving unemployed fishermen and WMG members.

g) To ensure the availability of quality fish seed in the area, hatcheries should be operated through skilled person. If necessary, hatcheries should be renovated in these areas and quality brood fish should be arranged in hatcheries to avoid the inter breeding problem. Training of operators, quality feed for brood fish and different chemicals should be ensured. Good liaison between pond owners, middleman and hatchery owners should be established to achieve the target of the sub project.


The training components that will be incorporated in the project concern capacity building and training of officials, NGO supervisors, facilitators and specially WMG members with stakeholders. The training courses will be programmed for a short and tight schedule of 2-3 days period. In the training session explanations, examples and discussions of each topic, followed by individual group exercise on subjects, related to their work in particular, are emphasized, rather than on definitions or class room like lectures. The courses will be designed and conducted in such way that there will be a continuous two way dialogue between resources persons and the participants for each topic during the session. Field exercises and fish farm visits will be an essential part of the training programme.

5.1 Basic training

A total of 1050 farmers, fishermen and others are planned to be trained (Basic training for 980 and advanced training for 70). There are a number of female pond owners who do not take active part in aquaculture as they are not trained. They are willing to take training and many of their family members are infavour of this move.

There are some activities that will specifically suit the very poor people in providing them with

special employment opportunities. These are borrow pit aquaculture, compost preparation, fish processing, beel stocking, and sanctuary development. Suitable training modules will be prepared as and where necessary for the purpose.



Table E 2: Basic training

Trainee Topics Number

Duration Male Female Total

1. Fish Farmer Carp-Galda mixed culture and Rice-fish culture

240 180 420 3 days

2. Fish Farmer Nursery operations & Mono-sex GIFT Tilapia culture

75 100 175 3 days

3. Fish farmer Value fish (Thai /Sing/Magur) in borrow pit & fish culture in cage

120 160 280 3 days

4. Fishers/ farmer Beel stocking , sanctuary management and fish culture in canals

70 00 70 3 days

5. Fisher & WMG members

Fish processing, marketing and net making

30 05 35 3 days

Total 535 445 980

5.2 Advanced training

This will form a strong part of the strategy for sustainable fisheries overtime. Once the project duration comes to an end, fisheries activities are supposed to continue as useful economic activities. However, technology keeps on changing, new farmers come in, geo-physical conditions of the water bodies keep changing and the nature of consumer demand varies. All these require even more effort to keep fisheries activities going on to meet the ever changing challenges. To meet the challenges one most important factor would be to develop sufficient quality farmers who can also act as local extension agents for the local new and old farmers maintaining close liaison with the Upazila Fisheries Offices (DoF). With an aim to developing such local supporting hands, the project should provide further training (advanced training) in some of the more useful subjects to the best farmers/fishers. It is expected that they will carry the advanced/up-to-date knowledge to the fellow farmers as well as apply to their own water bodies. This way, even after the completion of the project period, there will be some competent persons (about 56 nos.) to carry on the task of knowledge dissemination. To enhance and test approach trained fishermen from Narail / Chenchury sup project will be engaged in the training program.

5.3 Demonstration

The fisheries programme include some demonstrations of fisheries technologies with the expectation that the messages will reach not only to the direct project beneficiaries, but indirectly to many more. Project will bear all the inputs cost while the farmer will provide the suitable water body and do the field works. One demonstration for each WMG is planned for duration of the project. A total of 56 demonstration ponds have been planned for implementation in the sub project.

5.4 Field School for Fisheries (FSF)

FSF is a fish farmers education system, where farmer will enhance and educate each other among the farmers and fisheries workers to develop their knowledge and expertise on improved modern technology by doing in field, experimental and practical learning activities. Quite a large number of fish farmers have been imparted traditional training since last 2 years in Narail and Chenchury sub project. For effective and practical training to the farmers of sub project, also FSF will be conducted “one field school” in each WMG surrounding demonstration activities. The number of FSF will be similar to the demonstration, i.e. one FSF for each WMG for the duration of the project. A total of 56 FSF have been planned in the surrounding demonstration ponds for implementation in the sub project.

5.5 Excursions / motivational tours

Sharing of experiences can be a good means of getting better ideas and confirming the used ones. Exchange visits by the best performers to other places can enrich and consolidate their knowledge base. It also works as good and positive incentive for the better and hard workers. The project should include exchange visits in its programme. Not only the farmers and fishers but also the concerned officials will be exposed to excursion / motivational tours. A total of 56 best farmers (2 participants / WMG) both males and females are proposed to participate in the visits. The excursion / motivational tour will be organized each year.



6 PROJECT COSTS

Financing of the fisheries activities would entail both beneficiary and project contributions. Beneficiaries will be responsible for all direct inputs cost required for fisheries production, both culture and capture because they will manage the activities through CAPs and sharing benefit will go to them. The project will bear the cost of demonstration, training and investment. The training costs exclude training modules preparation. The costs are as follows:

Table E 3: Capacity building and investment costs

Cost item No. of events / units Costs (Tk. in lac)

1. Capacity building

1.1 Basic training 28 28.00 1.2 Advanced training/ refreshment training 2 2.00 1.3 Demonstration 56 42.00 1.4. Motivational tour / excursion 2 2.20 1.5. Field School for fisheries 56 56.00 Sub-Total 1 130.20 2. Investment / Interventions costs 2.1 Borrow pit renovation / repair Lump sum 4.00 2.2 Beel stocking 15 ha 3.75 2.3 Sanctuary 3 nos 4.50 2.4 Re excavation of khas land / common property 4 ha 48.00 Sub-Total 2 60.25 TOTAL (1+2) 190.45

A major part of the program will be focussed on re-excavation of silted beels, sanctuary development, borrow pit renovation etc. This will overcome the gradual reduction of capture fisheries production and the destruction of the aquatic flora and fauna due to flood control and drainage projects, over fishing, use of insecticides and dewatering of water bodies. To sustain aquatic flora and fauna, brood fish stocking in low land area of Moilar beel, Hizlar beel, Kumaria beel, Zablar beel and other deeper part of khas area will be excavated about 4 ha with direct involvement of WMG members and local low land owners through contractual agreement among BWDB, WMGs and low land owners.

7 PROJECT OUTPUT “WITH AND WITHOUT PROJECT”

7.1 Without project scenario

As apparent from the table below (Table-E4), culture fishery is the dominating one as far as production rate and total production is concerned although area wise capture fishery occupies more area than culture fisheries. Nursery production areas (3.20 ha) are mentioned and its production is also remarkable (6.88 MT). Local people have also started fish culture in borrow pit. About 3.20 ha of borrow pits are now under the local people for fish production. The present total annual fish production in the sub unit is estimated at 349.97 MT. Table E4: Fisheries, without project scenario

Fisheries




A. Culture

1. Pond 100.00 1776 177.60 195.36

2. Nursery 3.20 2150 6.88 9.63

3. Fish after rice ** 4.50 1050 4.73 5.20

4. FP beel 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

5. Baor 2.50 1650 4.13 4.54 6. Borrow pit 3.20 900 2.88 3.17



Fisheries




7. Canal 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8. Pen 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9. Cage 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10. Khas pond 11.00 1120 12.30 13.55

Total: A 124.40 208.52 231.45

B. Capture

1. Public low land 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2. Canal 42.00 215 9.03 14.45

3. Beel 19.00 280 5.32 8.51

4. Floodplain 1050.00 120 126.00 201.60

5. Baor 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6. Borrow Pit 2.00 550 1.10 1.20

7. Sanctuary 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8. Beel stocking 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Total: B 1113.00 141.45 225.76

TOTAL: A+B 1237.40 349.97 457.21

* Fish Tk. 110/kg, Fingerling Tk.140/kg, floodplain/ beel and sanctuary fish Tk.160/kg.(at 2012 price) ** Only fish *** From FGDs and Upazilla fishery officers

7.2 With project scenario

Considering the prevailing local situation and the potential opportunities that the project can create, a number of measures have been proposed for the production increase both in culture and capture fisheries (Table E5). An overall annual increase of 226.64 MT of fish, worth Tk. 249.30 lac, is achievable once the proposed fisheries activities are in place, at the end of the project period. As expected, most of this annual incremental production, about 87%, will come from culture fishery alone. Now this production increase is largely dependent on the supply of quality inputs in appropriate quantities. A sudden exorbitant increase of prices of the inputs may significantly deter the process thereby affecting the production rate. This type of price climb may severely constrain the farmers in using necessary inputs.

Some parts of the beel area can be used for the introduction of Daudkandi styled community based fisheries management practices in the area which can significantly increase fish production by organizing local people into an effective fish producing team. If properly organized, this can also be turned into an enterprise sort of effort where even a poor man can have his/her share. Both the Department of Fisheries and the NGOs have to take great initiatives for this to happen. This is a proven, time-tested practice. Production can gradually reach as high as 1200kg/ha.

Areas under borrow pits should be brought under culture and in the process poor people, especially the WMG Fisheries Members, should be given the borrow pits on lease as a special case. This is also a demand of the local people expressed during the Upazila Level Consultation Meeting (ULCMs) and Focus Group Discussion (FGD). The project may support this effort by extending support in the form of physical development (earth work in excavating silted up borrow pit) and training.

Canal productivity is expected to increase as a result of canal rehabilitation processes. Participants in all the ULCMs have demanded re-excavation of various canals criss-crossing their unions. An increase in canal productivity is also expected to help floodplain production further which is very low at the moment.

Recently, fish sanctuary has established itself as an important fishery activity contributing significantly both to the fish bio-diversity and fish production. Development of an effective community



management system is the key to success of this potential effort. Department of Fisheries has consolidated its techniques. Therefore, Upazila Fisheries Offices coupled with the NGO presence in the project is bound to help develop the system in a sustainable manner. Fish sanctuary must be developed. The project would support the local fishermen by providing financial assistance for the development of the sanctuary and by providing management and maintenance training. It will be the responsibility of the fishermen to bear the maintenance costs once it is fully developed and put into operation.

Beel stocking is meant to support subsistence fishing by many local poor people that ensure their access to natural fishes. The production will be boosted and sustained by fingerling stocking. No such effort was made earlier in the area and in the project a modest proposal has been included to introduce this type of fisheries activity. The experience of the Fourth Fisheries Project (DoF) would be immensely useful here. Compared to the total beel area, the beel stocking area under the project may look very small.

Table E 5: Fisheries, with project scenario

Fisheries



Rate**** kg/ha/yr

Production (MT)

Value* (Tk. in Lac)

A. Culture

1. Pond 105.00 3000 315.00 346.50

2. Nursery 3.50 3200 11.20 15.68

3. Fish after Rice ** 5.00 1400 7.00 7.70

4. FP beel 2.00 1200 2.40 2.64

5. Baor 2.50 2500 6.25 6.88

6. Borrow pit 3.50 2200 7.70 8.47

7. Canal 12.00 1200 14.40 15.84

8. Pen 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9. Cage 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10. Khas pond 11.00 2500 27.50 30.25

Total: A 144.50 391.45 433.96

B. Capture

1.Public low land 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2. Canal 30.00 430 12.90 20.64

3.Beel 12.00 280 3.36 5.38

4. Floodplain *** 306.00 120 36.72 58.75

5. Baor 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6. Borrow Pit 1.50 550 0.83 0.91

7. Sanctuary 2.00 1050 2.10 3.36

8. Beel stocking 15.00 1150 17.25 18.98


4.00 3000 12.00 13.20

Total: B 370.50 85.16 121.22

TOTAL: A+B 515.00 476.61 555.18

* Fish Tk. 110/kg, Fingerling Tk.140/kg, floodplain/ beel and sanctuary fish Tk.160/kg.(at 2012 price) ** Only fish *** Floodplain will be reduced due to project intervention and this land will be used for agriculture production especially for rice. **** Target below the average national level (3285 kg/ha/yr)

Table E 4 and F 5 indicate that culture fish production will be increased from present 208 MT to 391 MT covering mainly from pond fishery. In capture fishery, the production will decreased from 141 MT to 85 MT due to reduction of the inundation areas and early drainage of water but production through fingerlings stocking in beel and fish culture in canal will be increased gradually with improved water management and culture techniques.



8 COSTS AND BENEFITS

Table E 6 provides information on the costs to be be incurred and the benefits to be gained from the fisheries activities in the final year of the project. Fisheries activities are broadly divided under two categories, i e culture and capture.

The project investment will cover the costs for earth works for borrow pits and beels culture, and construction of sanctuaries. All the maintenance and operational costs are to be borne by the

beneficiaries.

Due to the project interventions, the area of the floodplain will be reduced but production through floodplain,/ beel fish culture, canal fish culture and fry stocking in beel will be increased gradually. The economic return is mainly attributable to the big floodplain beel area, where production cost is almost nil. Table F6 reveals that increment net benefit Tk.9 lac both from culture and capture fishery (Tk.362 lac at present to Tk. 371 lac in the future).

Table F6: With and without scenario, fisheries

Fisheries


Value (Tk. in Lac)

Cost (Tk. in Lac)

Benefits (Tk. in Lac)

Value (Tk. in Lac)

Cost (Tk. in Lac)

Benefits (Tk. in Lac)

Incremental benefit

(Tk. in Lac)

A. Culture

1. Pond 195.36 75.00 120.36 346.50 126.00 220.50 100.14

2. Nursery 9.63 3.68 5.75 15.68 5.08 10.60 4.85

3. Fish- rice ** 5.20 2.93 2.27 7.70 3.75 3.95 1.68

4. FP beel 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.64 1.64 1.00 1.00

5. Baor 4.54 1.88 2.66 6.88 2.63 4.25 1.59

6. Borrow pit 3.17 1.76 1.41 8.47 3.33 5.14 3.73 7. Canal 0.00 0.00 0.00 15.84 10.20 5.64 5.64

8. Pen 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

9. Cage 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

10. Khas pond 13.55 8.25 5.30 30.25 12.10 18.15 12.85

Total: A 231.45 93.50 137.75 433.96 164.73 269.23 131.48

B. Capture

1. Public low land

0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2. Canal 14.45 0.00 14.45 20.64 0.00 20.64 6.19

3. Beel 8.51 0.00 8.51 5.38 0.00 5.38 (-) 3.13

4. Floodplain 201.60 0.00 201.61 58.75 0.00 58.75 (-) 142.85

5. Baor 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6. Borrow Pit 1.20 0.90 0.30 0.91 0.60 0.31 0.01

7. Sanctuary 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.36 1.80 1.56 1.56

8. Beel stocking

0.00 0.00 0.00

18.98 11.25 7.73 7.73

9.Excavated shallow water bodies

0.00 0.00 0.00

13.20 5.00 8.20 8.20

Total: B 225.76 0.90 224.87 121.22 18.65 102.57 (-)122.30

Total: (A+B) 457.21 84.40 362.62 555.18 183.38 371.80 9.18



9 COLLECTIVE ACTION PLAN (CAP)

During FGD, the following interested activities are recorded from the beneficiaries who expressed to work collectively. The list of activities and training required opted by the stakeholders are listed below. Sl. no

List of activities interested by stakeholders

List of trainings interested by stakeholders

Remarks

01. Demonstration ponds Carp-polyculture Most of the stakeholders are interested in training especially in carp-golda culture, value fish culture and sanctuary development.

02. Pond (extension) with value fish Carp-Golda mix culture

03. Rice –fish GIFT culture in small size pond

04. Gher extension Rice cum fish culture

05. Marketing activities Valued fish culture in pond (Thai Koi, Sing, Magur & Pabda

06. Sanctuary development Sanctuary development

07. Beel stocking Beel stocking

08. Borrow pit Marketing activities

09. Water and soil quality test Carp nursery management

10. Field School for Fisheries (FSF) Water quality test

11. Nursery management Field School for Fisheries (FSF)

12. Nursery management

Summarized interested CAP issues, problems and programs Sl. No.

Issues Problems Program of activities Remarks

01. Water quality test Farmers never do water quality test

Farmers should go for water quality test.

Each WMA need to provide with a kit for water quality test.

02. Soil test Farmers generally do not go for soil testing for fish culture

Fisheries sub- committee of WMG can take the initiatives for soil testing from BFRI, Jessor

Mainly for intensive fish culture and high production

03. Procurement of quality fry / fingerlings

Farmers purchase fry/fingerlings individually from open market.

WMG can procure quality fry / fingerlings from the reputed hatchery and distribute the same to the beneficiaries.

04. Shortage of organic fertilizer in pond for increasing productivity.

There are acute shortage of organic fertilizer in pond.

Cow dung/composed to pond can be practiced. Adequate amount of compost need to be provided to fish pond.

05. Massive use of pesticides in rice cum fish culture/ surrounding beel.

Farmers normally use pesticides during pest attacks without caring of doses and quantity.

Use of high doses of pesticides need to be discouraged through practicing IPM / ICM.

06 Establish demonstration ponds

Learning by doing is more effective-which is not always practiced.

Farmers need to have practical training through establishment of demonstration ponds / beel stocking / sanctuary etc development.

For increasing fish production and dissemination of technology in project area.

07. Impart Training Farmers lack adequate knowledge on modern methods of fish production.

Rigorous training need to be imparted on different aspects of fisheries production.

08. Cultivation of high value fish like sing, koi ,pabda etc

Farmers have shallow knowledge of valued fish.

Farmers need to be provided with information and know-how on cultivation of valued fish.

09 Marketing facilities Farmers sell their fish at nearby markets individually & get less price.

Stakeholders can take initiatives to sell their fish collectively to big business centres & earn more money.



Notes on selection of trainings Demonstration ponds: Some demos will be conducted through selected WMG members collectively to introduce new technology on carp – polyculture, carp-golda mix culture, GIFT and valued fish like Thai koi and Sing fish. Learning by Doing process will be adopted and at the last harvesting day, a field day will be arranged for all WMG members/ stakeholders and surrounding pond owners to observed the fish directly and hearing culture technology from pond operator directly. Such type of program will create a awareness and confidence among pond owners. Extension Pond: Most of the stake holder members culture their ponds without proper technical knowledge, only they release fry without maintaining numbers and ratio and culture fish with out proper management. So production rate is very low. But after receiving training from project, members of stakeholders will be skilled on fish culture and production would be increased ultimately

Nursery pond: A few water area will be arranged for nursery management. Most of the members do not know how to rearing / culture fish fry. But huge demand of quality fingerling in this area for fish culture in their ponds. After receiving the training on nursery management from the project, WMG/ stakeholders members will start fry culture through “Learning by Doing” having facilitation from SF/ ISPMC Fishery consultant. These activities will be able to meet shortage of quality fry/ finger ling and ultimately will enhance the production of fish.

Fish culture in Rice field: Surrounding members of beel are agreed to fish culture in monsoon period through community based management including dependable community to increase fish production in beel areas and create employment opportunity with facilitation from BWDB. Fish culture in Borrow pit: A special group of women members of stakeholders mainly poor/ destitute women are agreed to fish culture in borrow pit to increase fish production. Women of professional fishermen will also be included in these activities.

Fry procurement: stakeholders are agreed to procure the fry/ fingerlings collectively to safe time and money. They will supply fry/fingerlings with in WMG / stakeholders members and surrounding pond owners. They will do the work with the help of concern SF and CF through guidance of ISPMC /PMO. Sanctuary development: Sanctuary is more important for conserve aquatic flora and fauna, and to enrich the bio diversity. Stakeholders are realized it and interested to develop sanctuary in their surrounding possible areas to safe the indigenous species as well as increase the production.

Beel stocking: Some stakeholders are agreed to stock the fingerlings in the beel through community management to increase fish production and employment opportunity. At some part of Bangladesh, community based management fingerling stocking in beel has been successful in increasing (from 500 kg to 1200 to1800 kg/ha) fish production and employment opportunities.

Marketing activities: Under this Sub unit some stakeholders are interested to develop the marketing channel to get an appropriate price from their commodities with the help of technical support of the project. Normally fish farmer sale their fish in pond side or the nearest market where they get low prices. But if WMG members/ stakeholders keep the harvested fish in store under own custody of marketing committee of WMG/ stakeholders and communicate with whole sellers (Faridpur / Khulna or even Dhaka) and will be able to bargain with them for appropriate prices and marketing channel will be created. Water and soil quality test: Stakeholders are interested to test water quality test of their ponds to increase production up to optimum level and minimize the production cost and prevent fish diseases. SF will facilitate concern WMG members/ stakeholders to test their soil and water quality from BFRI or DOF. Or each WMA level will be provided a test kit by which each members will be able to know their test report with the help of SF/Consultant, After getting results which will be discussed among the members and advised them what to do. Thus by this collective initiatives, farmer will be benefited.

Trainings The above training topics were selected by stakeholders through which they can equipped with knowledge and techniques for more fish production in the sub project area.


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex F – Socio-economy, Gender and Livelihood

ANNEX F

SOCIO-ECONOMY, GENDER AND LIVELIHOOD


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex F – Socio-economy, Gender and Livelihood 1

1. INTRODUCTION

Southwest Area Integrated Water Resource Planning and Management (SAIWRPM) project is a project of Bangladesh Water Development Board supported by Asian Development Bank and Royal Netherland Government. The overall objective of the project is to reduce poverty by increasing agricultural and fish production and creation of employment through integrated water management with active participation of the local people. The project has, therefore given highest priority to poverty reduction in its development objective. Parallel to the focus on water management and planning it has given attention to livelihood and socio economic condition especially gender dimension of the beneficiary community. Within the project area there are households who are farmers of different category (large, medium, small and marginal) and under privileged groups including women and landless people. It Is important that the project should give due attention to different section of the communities including marginalized sections so that the project benefit should flow to all sections of the community proportionately to ensure sustainable development

Bangladesh Water Development Board (BWDB) under the Ministry of Water Resource (MoWR) started the implementation of the project (SAIWRPMP)” from 2007. Under the overall framework of the project sub projects are being implemented in Narail, Jessore and Magura district which will expected to be completed by 2014, However considering need of the country and with the request of the government the development partners (ADB and EKN) agreed to support 7 additional subprojects located in Faridpur and Maguara district. Under the overall framework of South West Area Integrated Water Resource Planning and Management Project (SWAIWRPMP). Seven additional sub projects have therefore been undertaken by the BWDB.

The feasibility studies include the determination of technical, economic, social and environmental impact and financial analysis to assess the projects overall viability. To that extent information on the rehabilitation of physical infrastructure, the needs for capacity building of the BWDB and the beneficiary organizations (WMG) to implement and manage the sub projects. Data on agriculture and fisheries, environmental impact and livelihood development for poverty reduction along with consideration of gender issues have to be collected for this purpose. Plan for information collection through technical and household survey and Upazila level key stakeholder meetings have already been undertaken in sub project areas. As a part of the information collection process the project implemented Participatory Rapid Rural Appraisal (PRRA) to collect information on some key socio economic issues including gender, livelihood and poverty which are not possible to be collected by household survey due to time and resource constraints. Another importance of PRRA is that some socio economic, gender and livelihood issues especially information on income generating activities relating water management project and involvement of women in productive work can be obtained in a more focused way

2. METHODOLOGY

A PRRA follows several independent steps to collect information and facts on social, economicand technical issues of particular community and area. It includes Focus Group Discussion (FGD), Key Informant Survey (KI Survey), Transect Walk and Social and Resource Mapping. To know and understand the local socio economic issues the project choose FGDs where 10-15 people with a range of local experience and occupations were organized in a group discussion in each selected village. Three average sizes of villages from middle and extreme two ends of the sub project Kalidaskhali-Arpara were selected as the representative sample villages. Information provided and views expressed by the group members of representative villages are implied for the whole sub project. Each group in selected villages was facilitated in such a way that a consensus was reached among the group members to provide common information and views from the group on any issues. The data /information and views of three groups from three representative villages of the sub project were arithmetically averaged or interpreted by synthesis (in case of qualitative information and views) In addition to FGD, the project also conducted a household survey in selected villages which are considered representative sample villages for each additional sub project. Socio-economic data/information (sanitation, water supply, housing, age group etc) was used to analyze socio- economic, livelihood and gender issues.



3. GENERAL INFORMATION ON SUB PROJECT KALIDASKHALI-ARPARA

The sub project Kalidaskhali-Arpara situated in the Shalika Upazila of Magura district. Agriculture constitutes the principle livelihood for the people living within the sub project area. Almost 80% people live on farming and related works. The sub-project is well connected with paved roads. The total area of the sub project is 13,197 ha . Some specific information on villages and demographic aspect is given table F1

Table F 1: General Information on Sub Project: Kalidaskhali-Arpara

Description of information Number/quantity Remarks Number of villages 82 - Estimated Population 59,124 Project estimation Number of households 14,781 Project estimation Average size of household 4 Smaller than national (4.4) and district

average (4.5) Average population per village 721 Lower than national and district average

(1000) Area (Gross, ha) 13,197 - Area per household (including home garden), ha

0.8 Consistent with national average (0.8 ha)

Percentage (%) of farmer 53 Consistent with national average Source: HH survey and PRRA

4. SOCIO ECONOMIC, LIVELIHOOD AND GENDER PERSPECTIVE OF THE SUB PROJECT: KALIDASKHALI-ARPARA

The issues investigated include population and sex ratio, household size, land area per household, age structure, gender disaggregated literacy rate, use of drinking water and sanitation facilities, land and other livelihood ownership, occupation, employment, income, expenditure, poverty, potential and feasible income generating activities and major gender dimensions and participation

4.1 Population and Sex Ratio

In Kalidaskhali-Arpara the population was estimated to be 59,124. The population density is 448 per village Compared to national average (976) it is not over populated. This is a positive condition for project feasibility.

The sex ratio is defined as the number of males per 100 females. In Kalidaskhali-Arpara the ratio is 100.7 (calculated on basis of 2,932,550 male to 2,873,426 female) which is close to national average (1.003 according to the (BBS Population Census Report 2011).

4.2 Household size

The household size is on average 4.0 for a single family. In a joint family it may be more than 5, but in that case the number of couples living in the household is also proportionately more. As per BBS 2011 Population Census Report the national average household size is 4.3 and for the district of Faridpur it is 4.5

4.3 Age structure

In Kalidaskhali-Arpara the productive or 15-59 age group of population is, with 62% significantly higher than the other two groups (1-14 or 60 above). The non-productive population involves those who are able to work but enjoy social benefit at the cost of productive people. Generally children younger that 15 and adults older than 60 are considered non-productive people. The results for Kalidaskhali-Arpara are presented in Table F2. Table F 2: Age groups of population

Age group Percentage of total population Remarks

1-14 23 Not considered productive 15- 59 62 Considered productive

60 and above 15 Not considered productive Source: Project household sample survey



4.4 Male and Female Headed Household

In Kalidaskhali-Arpara subproject the percentage of female headed and male headed household is 3% and 97% respectively. No national data is available to compare male and female headed household percentage of the sub-project. However the result is consistent with other sub-projects where the percentage is less than 10%.

4.5 Occupation

An occupation indicates sources of income derived from work, time spent in work as well as social position. The various occupations of the work force of Kalisdaskhali-Arpara is presented in the bar chart and Table F 3

Source: Project PRRA

Figure F 1: Occupation of males and females, Khalidaskhali-Arpara

In all occupation categories the share of women is extremely poor. The main reason is that women work at home for housekeeping, agricultural product processing and storage, poultry and cattle rearing and vegetable gardening. These works except housekeeping are income generating or income substitution to meet the need of household demands. In spite of intensive gender advocacy by NGOs and civil society an official and social re cognition of this work as occupation not much progress has been made. Table F 3: Occupation

Name of occupation Percentages of total sample

population Average number of employment

days in a year

Male Female Male Female Farmer 53 0.93 247 93

Fisherman 0.51 0 177 0

Business 3.86 0,43 341 308

Labour 16.86 1.76 285 178

Rickshaw /van puller 2.37 0 301 0

Carpenter 0.79. 0 276 0

Mason 0.82 0 277 0

Mechanic 0.36 0 240 0

Service (wage employment) 3.33 1.33 288 263

Boatmen 0.31 0 220 0

Driver 1.11 0 305 0

Unemployed 2,38 10.15 - -

Source: PRRA The table shows that highest percentage of people having an occupation in farming and labor.

The employment days in a year show that farming is probably a part-time occupation.



4.6 Educational Status

The average literacy rate in the sub project area is 66%, with literate female and male ratio 1:1.13 is better than the national average. The national average for rural literacy rate as per BBS is 56.8% with literate female male ratio 1:1.17.

4.7 Housing Characteristics

Except Beel Sukunia, the housing structure was not included in the household survey for any other sub project. However noted observations of the PRRA team showed that degraded, makeshift or thatched houses were hardly seen in sample villages. Observations of the PRRA team in the sub project recorded its percentage as insignificant. The housing structures of most households are either corrugated sheet or brickwalled

4.8 Household Water Supply

In the household survey within the sample villages of sub project Kalidaskhali-Arpara 15% households were found who drink non pure water from pond/river. This rate of pure drinking water supply in the sub project area is below the national average which is 94.98% (BBS HIES Report 2011).

4.9 Sanitation Facility

The present situation of sanitation in the sub project are shown the table F 4 Table F 4: Access to Sanitation in Kalidaskhali-Arpara

Type of Latrine Percentage of HHs

Ring slab/water sealed 62.00

Hanging/ pit (un hygienic) 37.13

Open 0.87

Source: Project HH survey.

The table shows that almost 62% or majority portion of the people in the sub project area are us using hygienic sanitation, a figure higher than the national average (51%). A major portion of the he households are still out of hygienic sanitation coverage. The reason could be lack of motivation and access to public goods.

4.10 Poverty

Nationally poverty is measured based on calorie intake converted in to cost, a method called food poverty. This is the cost of food with daily nutritional requirement of 2122 k.cal plus an average cost for non food items (clothes, medicines etc) of basic need. In Bangladesh this method is used to measure the poverty through expenditure survey. Within this concept of poverty measurement upper and lower poverty lines were established by Bangladesh Bureau of Statistic (BBS)

The upper poverty line is the per capita household expenditure to meet the cost of food with

daily nutritional requirement of 2122 k.cal plus an average cost of non food items. The lower poverty line is the per capita household expenditure to meet the cost of daily nutritional amount of 1810 K cal plus an average cost of non food items. People living in between the two lines are moderate poor and people living below the lower poverty line are extreme poor. BBS set the poverty lines for six divisions based on their Household Income Expenditure Survey (HIES). As the sub-project area belongs to Dhaka division, its upper and lower poverty line is implied also for the sub-project area. Nationally it is measured based on calorie intake, a method called food poverty. This is the cost of food with daily nutritional requirement of 2122 k.cal plus an average cost non food items (clothe, medicine etc) of basic need. In Bangladesh this method is used to measure the poverty through expenditure survey. Within this concept upper and lower lines were established by Bangladesh Bureau of Statistic (BBS)



The upper poverty line is the per capita household expenditure to meet the cost of food with daily nutritional requirement of 2122 k. cal plus an average cost of non food items(clothe, , medicine etc). The lower poverty line is the per capita household expenditure to meet the cost of daily nutritional amount of 1810 K cal plus an average cost of non food items(clothe, medicine etc). People live in between two lines are moderate poor and people live below the lower poverty line are extreme poor. BBS set the poverty lines for six divisions based on their Household Income Expenditure Survey (HIES). As the sub project area belong to Dhaka division, its upper and lower poverty lines is implied also for the sub project area

Table F 5: Upper and Lower Poverty line for Dhaka Division Name of Division Upper Poverty Line in BDT Lower Poverty Line in BDT

Dhaka Rural 1497 1276 Dhaka Urban 1793 1314

Source: BBS Household Income Expenditure Survey Report 2010

Following the class intervals of the upper and lower poverty line data for Dhaka rural the household monthly expenditure data for the sub-project area are presented per group in Table F 6. Table F 6: Per capita monthly average expenditure

Per capita expenditure group

Percentage of total sample HH

Total percentage

Remark M F

Less than TK 1276 16.33 2.19 18.52 As per national definition of poverty this group is extreme poor (BBS HIES 2010)

TK 1277 to 1497 22.22 0.59 22.81 As per national definition of poverty this group is absolute poor (BBS HIES 2010)

Total 38.55 2.78

41.33 Incidence of poverty or percentage of poor in Kalidaskhali-Arpara is 41.33

Source: Project PRRA in Kalidaskhali-Arpara

The average incidence of poverty in project area is 41.33, a figure consistent with the district figure shown in the poverty map of Bangadesh (ref:BBS web site- poverty map). In the map the poverty incidence for the district Magura is between 36-48%. The average rural poverty for Bangladesh is 34%. A more than average poverty level therefore exists in the sub project area.

4.11 Livelihood

Livelihood in general means living with most basic needs of life. The basic needs comprises adequate quantity of food with required nutritional value, safe water, shelter, clothes etc. These require purchasing power of a person to acquire his needs. Purchasing power depends on income and income further depends on assets which generate income. There are physical and human assets. Land, rickshaw van, fishing net and boat, pump, power tiller etc are generally physical assets for rural households and skills acquired through experience or training, education etc are the human asset. Both kinds of assets are used to generate income builds the purchasing power of a person to meet the basic need of life or livelihood.

Livelihood analysis therefore needs analysis of assets and income. Information on land, skills and income were collected from Khalidaskhali-Arpara through PRRA undertaken by the project. The analysis of ownership of land and other assets are presented in Table F 7 and F8 respectively.



Table F7: Category of land holdings/ownership

Category Landholding

range

Male HH Female

HH total % of

household

Remarks/Estimated number of landholding HH in each category

% of total household

% of total household

Total number M-HHs

Total number F-HHs

Total number

HHs Landless HH

less than 5 decimal

20 2.49 22.49 2948 368 3316

Marginal farmer

5-49 decimal 35.65 0.54 36.19 5269 80 5249

Small farmer

50-249 decimal

26.87 0 26.87 3982 0 3971

Medium farmer

250-749 decimal

12 0 12.00 1773 0 1773

Large farmer

750 decimal and above 2.45 0 2.45 362 0 362

Total 100% 14333 448 14781 Source: Project PRRA /percentage calculated based on representative sample village data Table F 8: Livelihood asset other than land

Type of Asset Ownership range(

number) Percentage of total sample households

Male Female Cattle (cow-bullock/buffalo)

1-2 22.19 0

3 - 5 7.00 0

Above 5 3.13 0

Goat

1-2 17.78 0.53

3 - 5 3.76 0

Above 5 0,72 0

Poutry/duck 1-2 13.28 1.26

3 - 5 71.74 1.69 Above 5 5.54 0

Rickshaw/van 1 2.87 0 Boat 1 0.76 0 Power tiller 1 2.55 0 Pump 1 7.61 0 Shop 1 5.35 0 Others: 0 0 0

Source: Project PRRA in sample (representative) villages

The table of ownership of land asset shows that the percentage of marginal farmers is the highest (36.19%) followed by small farmer 26.87%.Together they constitute 63% or a significant portion of household in the sub project area. About 22% of the farmers are landless group owing only 5 decimal of homestead garden. Among them are daily labourers, traders and wage employes. In the category of landless the majority is labourer ( see Table F3) .

Assets other than land like cattle and poultry, rickshaw van etc as shown in Table F 9 are also at subsistence level. According to FGD membersthe training received by the household members is also insignificant. Large numbers of household members acquired farming skills through field work and only a very small percentage (less than 2%) of household members have value added skills like carpentry, masonry, mechanic etc as shown in table F 3.

As a part of livelihood analysis income analysis for households will provide further light on livelihood situation in sub project area. The income groups and percentage of household are shown in Table F 9.



Table F 9: Per capita household income

Capita income group Percentage of total sample household Whether this income is sufficient to maintain their livelihood Male HH Female

Less then Tk. 1276 20 2 No 1276 to 1497 22 1.69 No Tk. 1498 -2243 26 0 No Tk. 2244 above 28 0 yes

Source: BBS HS Report 2010 and PRRA The first two groups of income in the table F 9 belong to below-poverty level. The third income group is above the poverty level which, however, according to FGD participants is not sufficient for a desired living. The fourth group is more than the national average which is found to be sufficient. If we consider household asset position and income and critically consider size of household (4.), a monthly income of more than BDT 10,000 is needed to sustain a desired livelihood of minimum standard. Currently this is not the case for the majority of the households of the sub project.

4.12 Gender Situation

The gender situation in the sub project was assessed through PRR/FGD, using a qualitative matrix where 9 types of gender issues were distinguished. The dimensions of these gender issues were ranked as none, low, medium and high. The results are presented in Table F 10 Table F 10: Gender dimension on key issues Sl. No

Dimension Issues Women Men

None L M H None L M H 1 Control over HHs resources (Land, Crop, Cow etc.) √ √ 2 Control over water management/irrigation √ √

3 Mobility inside the community (relative, shop, group meeting etc.)

√ √

4 Mobility outside the community (market, labour, crop field, hospital, bank, fair, movie etc.)

√ √

5 Control over income generating activities √ √

6 Control over micro credit management √ √

7 Participation at the HHs Decision :

a. Decision to have new children √ √ b. Decision to undertake new economic activity √ √ c. Decision to purchase / sell of property √ √ d. Decision to children schooling √ √ e. Decision to children marriage √ √ f. Decision to buy inputs and daily essentials √ √

8 Participation at the Community Decision :

a. Participation in the Mosque / mondir committee √ √ b. Participation in village development activity √ √ √ c. Participation in school management committee √ √ d. Participation in village salish √ √ e. participation in union parishad √ √

9 Knowledge and Awareness :

a. Law related to marriage and divorce √ √ b. Law related to inheritance rights √ √

c. Legal process to torture and inhuman treatment √ √

NB : L = Low ; M = Medium ; H = High, Source: PRRA

Although in few cases like mobility within community, control over micro credit, decision making on children schooling, children birth, daughters marriage, purchasing daily essentials, family planning/new children and participation in local government women decision making position ranked medium level, men’s positions are still higher in most respects.



Gender situation in Kalidaskhali-Arpara can therefore be characterized as low women empowerment with gender inequality in most social and economic respects

5. SOCIAL SAFEGUARDS

Under the project frame work social safeguard issues have been looked into following ADB guideline in Hand Book on Poverty and Social Analysis and in consultation with Water Board and relevant project staff. The issues which have been considered are resettlement, indigenous people, labor, affordability and other risks/vulnerabilities. Resettlement is not an issue, since land acquisition or loss of land property will not take place. There are no indigenous people living in de SP area. Where labor is concerned, neither labor displacement nor job loss is expected, on the contrary, it is likely that the project will generate additional employment. No relation was found between the proposed SP’s rehabilitation work and poor and other vulnerable group access to goods and services. Affordability issues are therefore not implied to the sub project. There are poor and vulnerable communities in the sub project. However, no negative effect is foreseen for the poor and vulnerable communities because of the project’s rehabilitating work. Rather, the project is expected to reduce poverty through agriculture, fisheries and livelihood improvement program

6. STRATEGIES FOR LIVELIHOOD IMPROVEMENT, POVERTY REDUCTION AND GENDER DEVELOPMENT

The analysis and assessment of existing socio economic, livelihood, poverty and gender situation in Kalidaskhali-Arpara reveals the need for undertaking programme especially on livelihood improvement, poverty reduction and gender development to disseminate the benefit of the proposed water management sub project to all sections of the community. For this purpose the following strategies are proposed.

6.1 Targeting the number of households with inadequate asset and low income for project assistance

Criteria for selecting and organizing households with inadequate/no assets and low income are suggested as follows:

Household with land from 0-49 decimal monthly per capita income Tk. 1497 (upper poverty line).

Household member to be involved with project should have working age preferably below 50 and above 18.

Household should be permanent setter of project area. Household member to be involved with project should have interest to join skill, business and

marketing training for livelihood enhancement. He or she should guarantee that after the training he or she undertake IGA with self finance

with micro credit for NGO He or she must join as member in the local WMG to be formed under the sub project

6.2 Implementation Arrangement

Government agencies including BWDB may have technical expertise for implementing technical activities like design, construction, technology, demonstration etc. But they do not have capacity and expertise to handle the poor directly at the grassroots level as required for poverty reduction, gender development livelihood enhancement

Some NGOs are implementing similar livelihood, poverty reduction and gender development activities at project area. They have required capacities to handle the poor at the grass root level for livelihood enhancement.

The programme therefore should be implemented by outsourcing through appropriate NGOs working in the relevant project area under the supervision of this project.

6.3 Selection of Appropriate Activities for the Programme

Livelihood enhancement/improvement deserve activities which generating income for the target group. The proposed activities are:



Potential IGAs: For sub project area feasible IGAs with requirement of initial capital and yearly estimated income are shown in Table F 11. The households to be involved with the sub project may select IGA from this list. Financial/credit support: The project has no provision to support its beneficiaries with cash or credit. There are NGOs and MFIs in sub project area (Grameen Bank, BRAC, ASHA, Palli Unnayan Samity or outsourcing NGOs ) who may be linked to provide financial support. Skill business and marketing training: The selected member of the household would need to have capacity to manage IGAs. Therefore skill, business and marketing training need to be provided by the project through the outsourcing NGOs. Involvement of women in all project programme: This is a key strategic activity of gender development under the project. At least one third of the project beneficiaries in WMG, 50% in IGA skill, business and marketing training should be women. This is important for women empowerment and minimizes gender inequality

Table F 11: Feasible income generating activities for Kalidaskhali-Arpara

Name of opted IGA

Approximate initial capital required to initiate business/

IGA

Yearly profit rate Approximate

yearly income Remarks

Farming /pulse/onion/vegetable/oil seeds etc

@ Tk. 300 per decimal for 50 decimal Tk 15,000

approximately Tk. 150% (with two crops a year)

Tk. 22,500 Initial capital may be available from local NGOs/MFIs.

Beef fattening For two calf Tk. 20,000

approximately 75% TK 15,000 “ “

Seed processing & business

Tk. 20,000 approximately 100% with two times turn over in two rice seasons

Tk. 20,000 “ “

Small scale fish culture Tk. 20,000 to 25,000 Approximately 100%

Tk. 20,000 to 25,000

“ “

Power tiller for tilling own land and also for renting business

Tk. 70,000 Approximately 50% Tk. 35,000 This activity may be suitable for marginal and small farmers. The may get loan from NGOs/MFIs for purchasing power tiller.

Rice based dry food making/puffed rice/pressed rice/sweetened rice ball etc

Tk. 10,000 Approximately 150% with year round turn over

Tk. 15,000 This is a women friendly activity and they may get loans from NGOs.

Pulse, spices and other agro trading

Tk. 20,000-30,000 Approximately 150% with year round turn over

Tk. 30,000-45,000

For such activity NGO/MFI loan is available locally.

Masonry and rod binding Not needed, wage based activity

- Tk. 80,000 for 200 days employment

Employment in construction and maintenance work in or around project area. This activity need skill training.

Pump and power tiller mechanics

Not needed, wage based activity

Tk. 80,000 for 200 days employment

Activity need skill training.

Source: Project PRRA

6.4 Livelihood improvement for Vulnerable Households

In addition to poor households there are vulnerable households living in Kalidaskhali-Arpara They do not posses any livelihood assets and hardly have any income. Household heads with disability are also included in this group. They live on other’s support/ begging/alms taking etc.



Socially they are also called destitute. Their number is not significant. An estimate with the help of Upazila parishad shows that their number in 84 villages could be approximately 150. Training and credit linkage normally do not work to improve their livelihood (NGOs normally do not give any credit to this group). A separate strategy is needed to improve their livelihood. Direct asset support through grant in-kind may show useful result in improving their livelihood. The project also may consider to distribute poultry/duck or goat/sheep or rickshaw van to generate income.

6.5 Institutional arrangement through WMGs

Institutional arrangement for gender and livelihood enhancement programme deserves a special attention. BWDB promotes their water management programme through WMGs at farmers level. In Kalidaskhali-Arpara 28 WMGs are proposed to be formed. The gender and livelihood programme may be integrated with this grass root level organization for selection of beneficiaries and supportive action from “outsourcing” NGO.



7. GENDER & LIVELIHOOD IMPROVEMENT / ENHANCEMENT ACTION PLAN

Based on strategies proposed in Chapter 5 an action plan with budget has been formulated to implement the activities under the proposed project strategies Table F 12: Action Plan for Gender & Livelihood improvement / Enhancement

Target/output Main Activities Responsibilities Support Needed Time Frame NGO for outsourcing the programme implementation selected

Select NGOs, provide ToR, , issue work order, provide administrative and financial support to implement the GLEP

PMO of BWDB Financial support from PMO and technical support from relevant technical expert from consultant firm

Within 2 months project inception

1478 (10% of total HH) beneficiary from poor household selected for project support

Finalize beneficiary selection criteria

PMO Relevant technical expert from consultant firm

Within a weeks after selection of NGO

Select households to be supported through KI survey from each village

NGO under the supervision of PMO and consultant

Within two months after criteria finalization

Form beneficiary group under WMG

NGO under the supervision of PMO and consult

Within two months after beneficiary selection

Orientation /training for 336 WMG committee (28) members on gender dimension /action organized

Training delivery on gender dimension

NGO/Resource person


Within month of formation of WMG.

Orientation for 49 beneficiary groups (each group 30 beneficiaries with 50% women) on gender dimension organized

Orientation of beneficiaries in groups for awareness raising on gender dimension

Partner NGO with collaboration from WMGs


Continue for 6 month after formation of beneficiary group and WMG

ToT for 30 skills, business and marketing trainers (20 skills and 10 business and marketing trainers conducted

Deliver ToT for skills and business trainers (if it is done for other sub project, not necessary for this sub project)

Resource person to / NGO in coordination with PMO


Within 1 month after selection of skills and business trainers

Skills, business and marketing training for 1478 beneficiaries (each group 30 beneficiaries with 50% women) organized

Conduct skills, business and marketing training

NGO in coordination with PMO


1 year after completion of orientation on gender dimension

Provide certificate to trainees


At the end of training

Assess post training support/financial support for starting IGA or employment linkage


Within 4 weeks after training completion

Livelihood support to 150 vulnerable/destitute households

Identify vulnerable/destitute households for support through grant with livelihood asset

NGO with WMG’s involvement

Project grant After identification of vulnerable households

Follow up and monitoring of livelihood improvement process

PMO monitors/NGO

Own initiative of NGO

Continue till end of project



8. BUDGET

Costs have been estimated for implementation of livelihood improvement and promotion of

gender awareness activities based on action plan presented in Chapter 6. Four major cost components have been identified which are as follows:

Per participant costs for 2 days gender dimension orientation for WMG management committee members (includes participant and resource person allowance, food, venue, training materials and logistics)

Per participant costs for 4 days ToT (including one day for gender) on skills, business and marketing (includes participant and resource person allowance, venue and training material cost)

Per beneficiary trainee costs for an average 15 days training ( includes 2 days orientation on gender) on skills and business training

NGO service charge (including staff salary) for implementing the gender and livelihood enhancement programme.(selection of beneficiaries, group formation, organizing training and orientation, supervising, monitoring and follow up and documentation

The basis for estimation is the rate proposed or used for other sub projects of this project currently being implemented.

Table F:13 Budget for gender and livelihood support for Kalidaskhali-Arpara Sub Project

Sl. No.

Item Average orientation or

training cost per participant or trainee (Tk.)

No of participants /trainees

(F)

Total cost for each

item/activity (Tk.)

Remarks

1 Per participant cost for 2 days gender dimension orientation for 180 WMG management committee members

1,000 336(112) 336,000 Include all costs

2 Per participant cost for 4 days ToT (1 day gender) for skills and business trainer

Not needed, ToT organized for Beel Sukinia will serve the purpose for all sub project

- - Include all costs

3 Per beneficiary trainee average 15 days Skill and business training

2,500 1,478(739) 3,695.000 Include all costs

4 Livelihood asset support through grant in kind to vulnerable/destitute household households

5,000 150 750,000 Include all costs

Sub total 4,781,000

5 NGO service cost (10% of sub total

478,100

Total for GLEP 5,259,100

A detailed break down of costs for each item or activity may be done by the PMO during implementation based on implementation plan, type of skills, trade, locality and venue.

9. ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL BENEFIT OF THE GENDER AND LIVELIHOOD PROGRAMME

9.1 Economic Benefits.

Undertaking wage based and self employed proposed IGAs by the trained beneficiaries under the project will increase their income. It is expected that as a result of increased per capita income poverty will reduce. This will contribute to increase per capita national income.

9.2 Social Benefits:

Poverty is not only an economic issue, it is also a social issue. The poor people are the burden of the society. Social and political instability, crime, violence, backwardness, underdevelopment and



many other social problems are associated with the poverty. Reducing poverty through increased income and employment contribute to bring social stability, contribute to gender empowerment, make the society more peaceful and harmonious and create an environment for further development in the field of education, health and culture.

10. MONITORING

Monitoring and evaluation will be carried out side by side: GFP / PMO / SMO / ASG / project personnel / MC of WMG will form a monitoring committee and will provide a quarterly report to the PMO / Project authority, copy to Gender and Poverty Component (GPC). For this purpose monitoring indicators based on action or implementation plan is suggested to be developed.

11. IMPLEMENTATION OF GENDER POLICY

In line with the national gender policy, policies for women participation in water management have already been proposed / recommended for other sub-projects currently being implemented under this project. These policies should also be taken into consideration for promotion of gender equality in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project. The WMGs may the focal point to implement these polices. The policies are as follows: Participation in water resources operation and maintenance for women capacity building need to be

stressed. Minimum 70% poor / non poor women are always beneficiary of any water related program. Minimum 50% poor / non poor women are targeted for any other IGA participation. Minimum 50% poor / non poor women are targeted for various IGA / Skill / WMG / leadership

empowering / capacity building / agri-based / fish farm / O&M of water structures training. Minimum 50% poor / non poor women are always beneficiary of WMG programs. Establish equality between men and women in all spheres of livelihood. Ensure women’s security in all sphere of state, society and family. Ensure empowerment of women in the fields of politics, administration and the economy. Financial / credit facility as per WMG activity for IGA. 00% poverty / impoverished reduced for women participation require is always of any water

resource program. Establish Women’s human rights. Develop women as educated and efficient human resources. Free women from the curse of poverty. Eliminate existing discrimination against men and women. Acknowledge women’s contribution in social and economic sphere. Eradicate all forms of oppression on women and girls. Establish equality between men and women in administration, politics, education, culture, sports

and all other economic activities. Devise and import technology congenial to the interest of women and ban use of technology

harmful to women. Take adequate measures to ensure women’s health and nutrition. Ensure priority of women in the arrangement of hoisting and providing suitable shelter for women. Meet the needs of women especially in difficult circumstances. Ensure security for widows, divorced, unmarried and childless women. Reflect gender perspective in mass-media by projection positive image of women. Provide assistance on flourishing creativity of meritorious and talented women. Provide support services in the advancement of women.



12. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Considering the social aspects within the sub project/Kalisdaskali-Arpara further development is needed. Although a number of the criteria such as household size (4), male and female literacy rate, sex ratio, drinking water supply, electricity use, housing condition etc are close to the national values, figures on poverty, literacy, gender and livelihood justify project interventions. The general experience is that with such a situation, further development initiatives will become relatively easier on the ground of people’s exposure and motivation to adapt the benefit of development. This accelerates a process of social induction process where people adopt new technologies following his fellow neighbor or other members of the society. Present social condition is the result of this process.

The current poverty situation, which is more than national average, in adequate livelihood means and a low gender dimension in sub-project area justifies project interventions.

In the PRRAs conducted in the sub-project area to assess the socio economic, gender and livelihood situation and options for further improvement, both women and men participated spontaneously. The assessment of existing situation and the opinion of participants for its further improvement lead the PRRA team to believe that the community living within the sub project is socially prepared to adopt the development intervention to be undertaken under the water management of Khalisdaskali-Arpara sub-project.

Strategies and action plan for gender and livelihood enhancement have already been proposed

in this report. Further to these, some recommendations to be focused while undertaking the gender and livelihood programme are as follows:

- The approach of gender equality promotion and livelihood enhancement should be integrated within the capacity building process of the WMG management body;

- WMGs are recommended to be the focal point to oversee the implementation of GLEP; - Resources as proposed in the budget are not overestimated, but minimum amounts, and

its provisions in overall sub project budget may therefore deserved special consideration; - Target/output proposed in the action plan may be further extended, but recommended

not to be squeezed to avoid social risks of bypassing the underprivileged section of the community and gender dimension;

- Employing women in operation and maintenance of the water infrastructure; that is another gender dimension to enhance the livelihood of vulnerable women. Generally men are employed in operation and maintenance of the water control structures and they get the financial benefit. It is here suggested that along with men equal number of women must also be given the opportunity for this activity;

- Detail planning of GLEP are recommended to be made in coordination with other components of the sub-project.

SAIWRPMP-Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara - Annex G – Initial Environmental Studies

ANNEX G

INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES


SAIWRPMP-Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara - Annex G – Initial Environmental Studies 1

1 INTRODUCTION

Kalidaskhali-Arpara, the existing BWDB FCD/I sub-project under SAIWRPMP, is proposed for rehabilitation, subject to the outcome of the feasibility study, including an environmental impact assessment and environmental management plan.

Kalidaskhali-Arpara, constructed in the 1990s with embankment and regulators to control flood

and drainage of the polder, has seen a gradual deterioration of its infrastructure over the years due to a lack of maintenance. The channels/khals have silted up, and regulators to control water levels are not operational properly, if at all. As a consequence a large part of the area undergoes seasonal flooding -again- of the Kumar river. In addition, siltation has also taken place in the low-lying water bodies. In fact the situation has changed, which turned the area away from main project objective The proposed rehabilitation of Kalidashkhali- Arpara sub-project, in which flooding and drainage will be controlled again, may have a profound impact on the environment and mitigating measures have to be considered.

In the following study a summary EIA has been formulated considering all environmental

aspects in all phases of implementation (i.e. from planning to O&M phases)

2 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION AND POLICY CONSIDERATIONS

The government of Bangladesh has promulgated various policies and acts for safeguarding the environment. Projects which incorporate measures that may affect the environment at large will have to be scrutinized on its impact. Various important related environmental policies, regulations, acts etc. are as follows:

The Government of Bangladesh promulgated the Environment Pollution Control

Ordinance,1977 and established Environment Pollution Control Board responsible for formatting policies, and proposing measures for implementing them. In 1982 the department was renamed as Department of Environment Pollution Control (DEPC) having 4 Divisional offices in Dhaka, Chittagong, Khulna and Bogra.

In 1989, DEPC was again renamed as Department of Environment (DoE), placed under newly

formed Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF).

2.1 National Environmental Policy, 1992

The National Environmental Policy sets the policy framework for environmental action, in combination with a set of broad sectoral guidelines. It emphasizes the followings: Maintenance of the ecological balance and overall development of the country through

conservation and improvement of the environment; Protection of the country against natural disasters; Identification and control of the activities related to pollution and degradation of the

environment; Environmentally sound environment; Environmentally sustainable use of all natural resources; and Active association with all environmental related international initiatives to the maximum

possible level.

2.2 National Environmental Management Action Plan (NEMAP), 1995

NEMAP is based on a nationwide consultation program, intended to develop the Environmental Policy and the National Conservation Strategy into an implementable strategy. It constitutes a synthesis of the Government’s and people’s perception of the key environmental issues and actions required to address them. It also outlines respective sectoral and environmental policies for 12 identified sectors. NEMAP also provides an overview of the existing institutional issues and actions to meet the objectives of sustainable development and environmental management NEMAP has the broad objectives of: Identification of key environmental issues affecting Bangladesh Identification of actions necessary to halt or reduce the rate of environmental degradation



Improvement of the natural and build environment Conservation of habitats and biodiversity Promotion of sustainable development Improvement in the quality of life of the people

2.3 Sustainable Environment Management Program (SEMP), 1998

The multidimensional follow up of NEMAP commenced in 1998 with the financial assistance of UNDP. The program consists of 5 sub-programs, namely (i) Policy and institution, (ii) Participatory Eco-system management, (iii) Community based environmental sanitation, (iv) Awareness and advocacy, and (v) Training and education. The program is being implemented by MoEF with the assistance of 23 sub-implementing agencies consisting of both Government and non-government organisations and educational institutions.

2.4 Environment conservation act, 1995 (with subsequent amendments in 2000 and 2002)

The provision of the Act authorize the Director General (DG) of DoE to undertake any activity that deems necessary to conserve and enhance the quality of environment and to control, prevent and mitigate pollution. The main highlights of the act are: Declaration of Ecologically Critical Areas; Obtaining Environmental Clearance Certificate; Regulation with respect to vehicles emitting smoke harmful for the environment; Regulation of development activities from environmental perspective; Promulgation of acceptable limits for discharging and emitting waste; and Formulation of environmental guidelines relating to control and mitigation of environmental

pollution, conservation and improvement of environment.

2.5 ENVIRONMENT CONSERVATION RULES, 1997 (SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS IN 2002 AND

2003)

The Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 are the first set of rules promulgated under the Environment Conservation Act, 1995. These Rules provide for, inter-alia, the following: The national Environmental Quality Standards (EQS) for ambient air, surface water, ground

water, drinking water, industrial effluents, noise and vehicle exhaust; Categorization of industries, development projects and other activities on the basis of actual

and anticipated pollution load; Procedure for obtaining environmental clearance; Requirement for undertaking IEE and EIA as well as formulating Environment Management

Plan (EMP) according to categories of industries/development project/activities; and Procedure for damaging for damage-claim by persons affected or likely to be affected due to

polluting activities causing hindrance to normal civic life.

ECR, 1997 also prescribed for various water resources, ambient air, noise, odour, industrial effluents and emission discharges, vehicular emission etc.

2.6 ADB environment regulations

ADB Environmental safeguard policy (2009) to be complied to avoid, minimize or to mitigate any kind of adverse environmental impacts for any of their development activities. The Bank monitors such environmental compliances, which are identified during early stages of project implementation. The proposed subproject involves the repair and maintenance of the water management infrastructure and hence will not require any EIA and IEE according to ADB categorization.

3 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

Climate The sub-project area experiences a sub-tropical monsoon climate, typical of Bangladesh. The

dominant seasons are the monsoon or the wet season (from mid-June to mid- October), the winter or the cold season (from November to February) and the summer (from March to May). Average temperatures range between 18.2

0 C in January and 28.7

0 C in May. Rainfall averages 1,828 mm/year



with a peak in July (650 mm) and virtually no rainfall in the period October – March. More details on the climate is presented in Annex B. Soils

The soils of the area belong to the Ganges alluvium, which are calcareous in nature having a neutral to slightly alkaline pH. The soils on the ridges are silt to silty loam in texture and in the basins vary from silty clay to clay. The organic matter contents of the ridge soils is low. It increases to moderate in the basin soils. Zinc and Sulphur deficiency is widespread and the general fertility is medium. According to the farmers the fertility and thus the productivity of the soils is decreasing as they have to apply higher doses of chemical fertilizers every year to achieve good yields.

Hydrology and river morphology

The hydrological regime of the Kalidaskhali-Arpara area is mainly governed by the Chitra river and Fatki river, flowing by the project area in south and north-eastern side respectively. There are a number of khals connected with the low-lying areas (mainly beels) with an outfall in the rivers, controlling the drainage of the area. There are many depressions (beels) in the sub-project areas including Chhoyghoria beel, Kumarkuro Beel, Hizaler beel, Bhatoail beel, Patiar beel etc., all of them are seasonally flooded (for 4-6 months) and are connected by khals to the rivers. Most of the khals have been silted up at different degrees requiring de-siltation.

Ground water and arsenic contamination

Ground water is the main source of drinking water and irrigation of the dry season crop in the area. The STWs discharge irrigation water have been installed on shallow aquifers having a depth of 25-30 m in general, although in some areas ( mainly the highland ) the aquifer has a depth upto 50 m. For drinking purposes a large number. of hand tube wells (HTWs) have been installed on shallow aquifers having a depth between 49m to 61m, 25-30% of them discharge water contaminated with arsenic beyond tolerable limit (0.05 ppm). But the deep set HTWs installed between 153m and 275m deep aquifer contain arsenic within tolerable limit, as stated by DPHE, Shalikha Upazila.

According to the Upazila Health office, there are 160 patients affected with of arsenicosis in the Shalikha Upazila.

According to a village survey as many as 25-35 per cent HTWs contain arsenic beyond tolerable limit, (>0.05 ppm), but most people are used to drink water from those HTWs since there is no safe HTW in the nearby area.

Irrigation

Groundwater and surface water are used for irrigation of Boro (HYV) and some rabi crops during the dry season, although dependence on groundwater is more due to less availability of surface water. Ground water is the main source of irrigation water in the area. Some of the shallow tube wells (usually having a depth of 30 m) show reduction of discharges during mid-March to mid April as marked for last five years. Re-excavation of silted up khals would provide scope of increased surface water irrigation, which is comparatively cheaper and suitable for the farmers of the locality reducing dependence on ground water.

4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The sub-project area is characterized by the typical terrestrial and aquatic biotypes prevailing in the floodplain areas of the country. Like in the rest of the country, the sub-project site is also subject to a decline of many species affecting biodiversity, as found from the FGD. Many of the amphibians, reptiles, some mammals, most birds, many fruit and wood trees, medicinal plants etc. show a trend of reduction, due to over-exploitation, effect of environmental degradation, increasing human habitation), although some fruit trees (like Aam, Sofeda, Peara, Jalpai, Lebu etc.) and wood trees (like Mahogany, Raintree, Akashmoni, Shishoo, Koroi) show an increase in numbers because they are quick-growing and having higher sale values.

Open water fish production shows a reducing trend, mainly because of over-fishing, loss of habitat and reduction of flooding. On the otherhand, some new fish species (mainly carps) have been introduced through culture fishing.

As biodiversity contributes to human well-being, the downward trend of biodiversity should be reversed by increasing people’s awareness on the importance of biodiversity and its preservation. The



sub-project area has some beels (depressed croplands) namely Kamarkuro beel, Chhoyghoria beel, Kumuria beel, Chhatiar beel, Bhatoail beel etc. which remain submersed for 4 to 6 months, mainly by rain water. These water bodies are rich sources of fish and are being silted up gradually, they require de-siltation for their restoration, if one wants to maintain an ecological balance.

Of importance is that there is neither natural forestry nor any environmental critical area in the sub-project area, which might be affected due to sub-project interventions. A list of of the existing species of the area are given in the appendix.

5 PROJECT INTERVENTIONS

The area under Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project was provided with flood control, drainage improvement and other infrastructural facilities in the past which are not functioning properly any longer. The non functioning structures will be repaired and the silted up khals will be re-excavated. Moreover, some new water management structures will be constructed, if felt required.

In addition, testing of HTWs for Arsenic contents will be done along with installation of some HTWs for supply of safe drinking water.

The sub-project also includes various non-structural interventions like establishing WMO for

sustainable development of water management through a participatory approach, development of fishery resources, improvement of gender and livelihood, enhancement of awareness through training and environmental improvement during implementation and O & M phases.

With the provision of above structural and non-structural sub-project interventions the following

issues will affect the environment as a whole. The important environmental parameters related with the sub-project implementation and O & M are being discussed in details in the following chapters

5.1 Flood control

Part of the Kalidaskhali - Arpara sub-project area suffers from flooding during the monsoon due to intrusion of river water through eroded parts of the embankments or excessive monsoon rainfall. (e.g. in 2004 and 2006). causing crop damage and other socio-economic losses. Moreover,. the flooding caused damage of T. Aman and Aman crops, the main agricultural crops grown during monsoon in the area.

The proposed infrastructural interventions if implemented properly and operated and

maintained with the participatory approach (formation of WMOs, etc), such occational flooding would be controlled and thus resolving the flood related problems of the area.

Seasonal flooding is a general characteristic of the comparatively low-lying area, particular for

most of the beels (depressed areas) which remain inundated for 4-6 months of the year. The seasonnaly flooded beels are considered to be valuable seasonal wetlands which are habitats for various species of aquatic flora and fauna.

With the sub-project intervention there will be a considerable reduction in flooding and thus

some of the existing aquatic flora and fauna (including various open water fishery) will be affected and may face endangerment to some degrees. The reduction of open water fishery will affect the nutritional balance and income of the subsistent fishermen.

5.2 Drainage

At present some areas of the sub-project suffer from drainage congestion due to siltation of existing drainage khals and mal-functioning/ improper operation of sluices. The situation affects the productivity of agricultural crops, mainly Transplanted and Broadcast Aman during monsoon. Late drainage of the comparatively low lands (beel centres) affects damage of Boro-seedlings, causing financial loss of farmers. It also causes delay in late transplantation of Boro (HYV), for which paddy field becomes submerged during harvesting, increasing the cost

Re-excavation of silted up khals and proper operation of structures through participatory approach would improve the drainage situation of the area enhancing agricultural conditions and other related issues.



5.3 Fisheries

It is an established fact that provision of FCD affects the production of capture fishery, although it creates situations for improved culture fishery. Thus, the existing sluices have affected migration of open water fisheries from river into the sub-project areas and vice versa. Moreover, the construction of the proposed 3-vent sluice would also affect availability of water as fish habitat.

According to the Upazila fishery office of Salikha Upazila, the open water fishery species include Punti, Tengra, Royna, Bain (Gochi) Chital, Fali, Kholisha, Shol, Taki, Meni, Koi, Shing, Bain, Rui, Catla, Mrigel, although their availability is reducing at present. According to Upazila Fishery, some ulcerative disease syndrome of some open water fishes occurs in winter and early summer as well as many fish die to pollution of surface water for jute-retting.

According to farmers, that water pollution due to jute retting (jute is grown in about 50-60 percent of cultivable land) causes surface water pollution, resulting fish death during the months of July to August. Many fish species (e.g. Punti, Tengra, Bain, Chela, Kholisha etc.) die at juvenile stage (although people consume and sell them), but a few species of live fish like Koi, Shing, Magur and Taki can sustain the polluted water. Pollution of water by jute-retting is mainly due to reduction of DO (dissolved Oxygen).

According to local people, re-excavation of silted up khals would increase production of open water fisheries. After project implementation floods will not enter the area and removal of polluted water (due to e.g. jute retting) will be obstructed due to the closure of the regulators and thus increasing the pollution level of surface water for long. For mitigation of such problem either the sluice has to be kept open at the end of the season for flushing the polluted water or the jute cultivators have to adopt a new technology for jute retting, for which training, motivation supply of equipment required.

However, production of some capture fishery will be increased due to khal re-excavation, although some may be affected due to reduction of migration and the culture fishery will be increased, due to control of flooding and for the various efforts to be taken by fishery programmes of proposed project intervention.

5.4 Agriculture

Paddy crops in the sub-project area include transplanted Aus, transplanted Aman, Broadcast Aman and Boro mainly. Various non-paddy crops are also grown in the area, including Jute, Wheat, Pulses, Onion, Garlic,Coriander, Mustard, Linseed etc.

But late drainage, due to siltation of khals and poor function of existing water management structures, causes submergence of Aman crops (both B. Aman and T. Aman) affecting yield of the comparatively low-lying areas of the subproject. Late drainage also affect timely cultivation of various crops affecting yields.Intrusion of flood water during monsoon through eroded portion of the embankment also causes a huge damage of crops in the area along with socio-economic problems and loses in the area. Siltation of khals also resulted in limitation of surface water for irrigation, which is comparatively cheaper to groundwater abstraction. Drainage improvement through project intervention would facilitate farmers to grow Aman crops successfully and timely cultivation of other crops improving farmers’ economic conditions directly. De-siltation of khals would also facilitate the farmers using cheaper surface water for irrigation, reducing dependence on ground water resources. Reduction of crop loss, as a result of construction of retired embankment would produce direct benefit for agricultural production, in addition to various socio-economic benefits.

The intrusion of finer soil particles (specially silt and clay) through the portion of eroded embankment during monsoon contributes to enhancement of soil fertility/productivity. Such contribution will mostly disappear after the sub-project intervention, affecting the natural agricultural productivity of land/soil. Reduction of flooding would also create a situation for cultivating various high yielding and modern varieties of paddy replacing the local varieties. As a result the local paddy varieties might face extinction.


At present the women of the area are involved in agricultural field level activities at a lower level, which are mainly performed by the males. However, the women are actively involved in various post-harvest activities including drying, cleaning, winnowing, par-boiling etc.



The women are also involved in homestead gardening, rearing of poultry birds in addition to their daily domestic responsibilities. Some women are found to be involved in earth works of LGED (RMP). Involvement of women will be increased in various income generating activities by their participation in water management organisations, imparting various trainings and awareness development through the project. It would enhance their capacity for income generation improving gender equity and livelihood standard.

6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

Kalidaskhali-Arpara is already an existing BWDB sub-project, where some environmental impacts have already taken place in the past since its implementation. At present the sub-project area suffers from various deviations from the original proposed concept due to long absence of required operation and maintenance. Based mainly on the result field observations and literature surveys anticipated the environmental components associated with the potential sub-project activities have been identified. The environmental parameters considered include physical, biological, human and economic development due to sub-project construction (that include pre-construction, construction and post-construction phases). Summary of the high, moderate and minor significant environmental components that need to be given attention while preparing detailed impact assessment and management plan at various stages of project construction are given in Table G1. Table G-1: Description of potential environmental and social Impacts

Types Stages Assessment of Impacts

Physical Environmental Components: Pollution levels

Air Quality

Pre- construction Minor negative impact due to vehicle movement during planning, survey and designing period

Construction Minor to moderate negative impact due to mobilization and operation of vehicles and equipment, carrying and disposal of construction materials. Local air quality will be deteriorated from the emission of vehicles, construction equipment, dusts generated from construction activities including khal re-excavation

Operation & Maintenance

Minor to moderate negative impact during O/M of khals, sluices etc.

Surface water Quality

Pre- construction No Impact

Construction Minor negative impacts on surface water quality during khal re-excavation and construction and repair of sluices and accidental spillage of fuels, lubricants, chemicals/solvents etc.


There could be minor negative impact repair of structures and re-excavation of khals to be required.

Noise/ Vibration Level

Pre-construction Minor negative impact due to vehicle movement during planning, survey and designing period.

Construction Minor to medium negative impacts during khal re-excavation and construction and repair of sluices. There will be also medium negative impacts due to mobilization of equipment, carrying construction materials/ vehicles at the construction sites, and activities at construction yards and labour assemblage


Minor to medium negative impacts during O/M of development activities in the sub-project.

Soil Quality

Pre-construction No Impact

Construction Minor to medium negative impact during disposal of re-excavated earth (khal), since it may bury the high productive top soil, if disposed improperly.





Minor to medium negative impact may also be caused during maintenance , if earth is disposed improperly.

Waste Disposal

Pre- construction No impact

Construction Minor to medium negative impacts to be encountered during disposal of wastes at construction yard , labour camp sites. Waste disposal to river and khal will have medium negative impacts


No impact, if proper monitoring is carried out as approved by the environmental code.

Flooding

Pre-construction No impact

Construction Possibility of minor negative impact during khal re-excavation/ construction of sluices.


Medium to high positive impact for control of flood after construction of sluice , proper repair/maintenance and introduction of participatory approach.

Drainage


Construction Minor negative impact may be encountered for drainage in the connected beel during construction of proposed new structure

Operation& Maintenance

Medium to high positive impact

Irrigation


Construction No Impact


Minor to medium positive impact if the retained water (in khals and beels) can be used for surface irrigation to the surrounding areas.

Wetlands


Construction Minor negative impact on the beels and khals during construction.


Medium negative impact after the construction of 3 vent sluice, inlets, although water retention in khals would be positive.

Biological

Capture fisheries/Aquatic Life


Construction Minor to Medium negative impact during re-excavation of khals Construction of 3 vent regulator will also affect production and migration of capture fishery resources along with wetland lives.


Minor positive impact for production of capture fishery after re-excavation of khals but retention of water although construction of 3 vent regulator near Boyra might affect fish migration and production.

Culture Fisheries


Construction Medium negative impact on capture fisheries

Operation &Maintenance

Medium to high positive impact for various fishery development programmes, training and motivation.

Flora and Fauna


Construction Minor to medium negative impact on aquatic and terrestrial flora and fauna during clearing of site for construction and disposal of construction equipment and materials.





Minor to medium negative impact on aquatic flora and fauna due to drainage improvement Minor to medium negative impact due to plantation of exotic species of plant and trees affecting eco-balance Medium negative impact on aquatic lives due to use excessive use of chemical fertilizers and insecticides for boosting up agricultural production, causing water pollution

Waste Disposal

Pre-Construction No Impact

Construction Medium negative impact if the wastes are not disposed properly


Medium negative impact if the wastes are not disposed properly

Regional Hydrology/ Drainage


Construction Medium negative impacts on local drainage during construction work and re-excavation of khals, affecting local/regional hydrology.


Moderate positive impact, mainly due to re-excavation of khals and beel centre (if possible/done)

Human and Economic Development

Employment and Poverty Reduction


Construction Medium positive impact by provision of short term employment (Both skilled and unskilled) to a number of local people for khal re-excavation and other construction related activities.


Minor to medium positive impact due to employment opportunities in the O &M of the project

Agriculture

Pre- construction No Impact

Construction Minor negative impact due to clearing of agricultural lands, as some lands will be occupied temporarily to be used for labour shade and disposition of construction materials causing reduction of crop production temporarily.


Medium positive impact due to drainage development, which would allow successful growth of B/ T. Aman. Moreover, crop damage from occasional flooding would be controlled resulting in enhanced agricultural production

Gender Equity

Pre- construction No significant impact

Construction Minor to medium positive impact will provide short term employment to local poor women in conduct of LCS (women group) and hence will have some positive impact on gender equity. Medium positive impact through formation of water management organization would ensure women empowerment


Minor to Medium positive impact due to training and provision of facility for various livelihood activities (specially for women)

Health, Safety and Hygiene





Construction Medium negative impacts at the construction yards and camps due to placement of work force. Safety hazards during construction and re-excavation works. Moreover, increased noise/vibration, air/dust pollution would affect public health/hygiene. Improper disposal of construction wastes would also cause health conditions. Minor to medium negative impact on health of the work force may take place, if there is no provision of health security along with their compliance


Minor to medium negative impact on health of the work force may take place if there is no provision of health security along with their compliance (during maintenance).

7 HAZARDS/RISKS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The project activities may create several environmental and social adverse impacts, which have been identified. The various hazards/ risks have been described below along with their mitigation measures:

7.1 Payment for land acquisition

Potential hazard/risk Some land will be required for the construction of the proposed infrastructures, specially for the

construction of the retired embankment. Loss of valuable agricultural land would result in reduction of crop production and landlessness of the landowners, increasing vulnerability.

Mitigation measures The loss is irreversible; however, timely and just payment to the potential landowners would

compensate the landowners partially.

7.2 Reduction of open water fish

Potential hazard/risk There is possibility reduction of open water fish resources by control of flooding since it would

affect the depth of water regime and fish migration, specially the migration of brood fish from the river to the khal/beel areas, although the re-excavation of khals may create facility for increase of capture fishery.

Mitigation measures Fish stocking in seasonal beelsand introduction of rice cum fish culture and programmes for

enhancement of culture fishery in ponds and other private and public water bodies would enhance the total fish production in the area, although the production of open water fish along with its species diversity will be affected. Fish-friendly operation of the sluices (if possible) would reduce the adverse effects on fish migration. Provision of training of fishers for intensive fish cultivation and extension services through project support would be useful through formation of WMOs for increasing fish potentials.

7.3 Conflict among stakeholders

Potential hazard/risk There may be a cause for conflict of interest between the farmers and the fishermen on the

operation of structures, when farmers would like to drain out the water of comparative lower lands, which may be opposed by fishers or the reverse.

Mitigation measures Fish-friendly operation of the structure would minimize the conflicting issue. Formation of

WMOs would help in monitoring and resolving the conflicting issues, which would also require timely auditing along with undertaking remedial measure.



7.4 Disposal of earth

Potential hazard/ risk Improper disposal of earth to be caused by proposed re-excavation of silted up khalsand

construction of retired embankment would cause many problems. The re-excavated earth if not disposed at proper distance kept loose (without compaction), the earth would be re-deposited in the khals by the next monsoon. Moreover, if the soils are spread over the fertile agricultural land it would affect the soil fertility reducing crop production.

Mitigation measures The re-excavated earth to be used for construction/maintenance of roads, filling of lowland etc.

purposes with proper compaction, so that the objective of re-excavation become sustained, for which the required lead and lift to be accommodated in the tender value. Some of the re-excavated earth may be used for the construction of the retired embankment.

7.5 Air and dust pollution and disposal of spoils

Potential hazard/ risk The various construction works including re-excavation of khals and construction of retired

embankment would cause transportation of construction materials and involvement of workforce causing dust and noise pollution. Dust and air pollution will be dominant hazard for khal re-excavation. The construction work will also generate some spoils, although not so significant.

Mitigation measures Spraying of water to reduce blowing of dust and any kind of transport to be carried out by

daytime to minimize noise.The generated spoils to be managed properly to avoid any adverse impact on agriculture and other lands. The organically rich spoil can however, be spread evenly on the nearby agricultural land to enhance the organic matter contents.

7.6 Problems associated with poor construction

Potential hazard/ risk The constructed infrastructures may not function properly due to poor quality of construction

causing negative environmental and social impacts.

Mitigation measures The project should provide training to the WMOs, in order to strengthening participatory

construction monitoring approach. It also requires strengthening of internal technical auditing in construction management.

7.7 Degradation of soil and water by increased use of chemical fertilizers and insecticides

Potential hazard/risk The soil fertility/productivity may be affected due to use of indiscriminate chemical fertilizers

and pesticides for increased crop production and due to the absence of silt deposition for controlling the flood. Moreover, excessive use of chemical fertilizers will also affect the water quality.

Mitigation measures Provision of training of farmers (through formation of WMO) for using judicious quantities of

chemical fertilizers along with increased production and use of organic manure for farming, which would improve the situation for restoration soil fertility/productivity and water quality.

7.8 Lowering of ground water shallow aquifers

Potential hazard/risk Increased use of ground water for irrigation during the dry season would lower the water table

and may create a problem for availing HTW water to be used for domestic purposes, where the wells of both aquifers are located nearby. Moreover, it has also been observed that discharge of irrigation water through some STWs is reduced in the months of March and April due to aquifer drawdown.

Mitigation measures Proper guidance has to be provided by the project to WMOs to install new irrigation STWs to

exploit deeper aquifers. Installation of some Deeper HTWs to be done for arsenic mitigation (for



drinking purpose) would also mitigate over-exploitation of shallow aquifers in the area. In addition, the increase in using surface water would also reduce dependence on ground water.

8 COSTS

Various costs associated with mitigation of environmental degradation have tentatively been formulated based on assumptions of issues related to FCD/I sub-projects, as follows: Table G2: Cost of mitigation for environmental and social mitigation measures

Items Cost

(Taka in lac) Comments

Land compensation To be assessed with

WMO

WMO may be given the responsibility for procuring the land

Arsenic mitigation in drinking water 28.00 Testing of existing HTW water and installation of Arsenic-free HTWs for proposed 28 WMGs, average 1 HTW/WMG

Fisheries mitigations due loss of open water fisheries

This amount has been included in fishery interventions

Agricultural mitigations This amount has been included in agriculture interventions

Training on environmental issues (building awareness on environmental issues like arsenic of drinking water, plantation, sanitation, soil, water and air pollution etc.)

5.00 These cost have been accommodated in the training and capacity building

Analyses of air quality, noise level, water quality and soil quality

2.50 (tentative)

The tests to be done initially, which will indicate present pollution level of air, water and soil qualities and will work as benchmark and will also measure the level of noise pollution during construction. The tests may be replicated, which would require separate funding

9 ECONOMIC IMPACT

The rehabilitation of Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project will bring various facilities for the people of the area including enhanced agricultural production, reduction of crop loss, increased income from cultured fish production etc. along with income generation from creation of employment opportunities during construction and O & M phases and through enhanced livelihood activities to be started by the local people after IGA training and provision of related incentives. Poor people can be involved in earthwork through the LCS program.

In addition, improvement in awareness and knowledge on environment would improve life and

livelihood qualities of the people of the area, contributing to indirect economic benefit. Moreover, formation of WMOs would involve savings of the organisation that could be used for

various IGA activities of the WMO members on co-operative basis, contributing to economic improvement of the WMO members.

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The environmental management plan (EMP) includes the management systems for detection and amelioration of adverse effects and sustenance of beneficial effects of implementation of any development programme/ plan/project. The main objective of formulating an EMP is to provide a framework for management of environmental issues in a comprehensive manner based on the anticipated impacts. Usually EMP is formulated for managing the environmental issues of a sub-project area for its life period (usually 30 years) starting from planning phase to O&M phase). EMP of the Kalidaspara-Arpara sub-project is provided as follows:



Table G3: Environmental management plan for proposed interventions

Environmental Impact / Issue

Mitigation Measures Location Timing

Responsible Organization

Implemen- tation

Supervision/ Monitoring

Pre-construction Stage

Clearances, Approvals and Permits

Obtain all necessary clearances and approvals including Environment Clearance, before commencing of construction works (if necessary)

Sub-project location

Before the commencement of construction activities

PMO/BWDB SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt.

Land acquisition and resettlement

Complete all necessary land acquisition in accordance with RAP prior to the commencement of any construction works of sub-project

Sub-project location

Before the commencement of construction

PMO/BWDB SMO/ SDE/ Res. Splt

Construction plants, machinery and vehicles

Trial run of Contractor’s plants, machinery and vehicles for ascertain that their emission and noise levels conform to the standards stipulated by the DoE

Construction camp/Vehicle depot


SMO/Contractor

SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt.

Agriculture Avoid acquiring productive agricultural land for construction dumping of construction materials, equipment and labour shade.

Sub-project area Before and during the commencement of construction

SMO/Contractor

SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt.

Fisheries Plan construction phase not to disrupt fish migration/ fishermen activities

Plan construction activities and transportation of construction materials not to disturb wetlands to minimize disturbances to the aquatic environment and fish population of the area

Sub-project area Before the commencement of construction

SMO/Contractor

SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt.

Imparting training on Environmental issues to some persons of BWDB and the Contractor

- PMO/SMO office etc.


SMO/Contractor

PMO/SMO/Training Splt..

Construction Stage

Vegetation clearance

Clearly mark the areas to be cleared of vegetation before clearing commences. No clearing of vegetation shall occur outside of these areas

Make proper arrangement for meeting the cost of clearing trees etc

Construction sites During clearing the site for various construction activities.

SMO/SDE/Contractor*

SMO/SDE Res. Splt.

Water quality Train work crews in safe handling of petro-chemicals to ensure spill/ leakage to water bodies/wetlands of the construction sites including the river/wetland water

Restrict disposal of any construction /labour camp waste in water including river.

In and around construction sites

Throughout construction period

Contractor* SMO/SDE Env. Splt.






Implemen- tation


Air quality/Pollution Use of quality construction equipment and vehicle so that the exhaust levels of gases remain within permissible limit of DoE

Provide musk to the workers if dust content is high

In and around Structure site


Contractor* SMO/SDE Env. Splt.

Noise/Vibration Use well maintained/quality equipment

Carry out noisy construction activities during daytime

Inform local people in advance in case of high levels of noise

Make arrangement of using ear plugging or ear muff if noise pollution exceeds limit

In and around working site


Contractor* SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt.

Soil quality Proper disposition of earth/soil of khal/beel pond re-excavation.

Valuable top fertile soils, if need to be removed, can be restored and replaced after the completion of works in order to keep soil productivity unaffected




Waste disposal management During site clean-up make proper disposal of all spilled fuel as per environmental standard Various wastes generated at work site including residues and packages of construction materials, chemicals, spills of oils and lubricants from vehicles, engines and storage, kitchen wastes from labour camp, etc, which create environmental pollution of the surrounding areas, if not disposed adequately and satisfactorily.




Bury and dispose all inorganic solid waste in approved disposal area

During site development


Prepare compost of all green or biodegradable waste for use Throughout construction period


Wildlife Create awareness on importance of wildlife and biodiversity through training and motivation among local people including vehicle drivers

Create habitat for wildlife through afforestation programme

In and around the project site

During construction and O & M

SMO/Contractor*

SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt.

Regional hydrology/drainage Carry out khal re-excavation work during dry season.

Carry out beel pond re-excavation during dry season..

Careful disposal of construction materials/equipment and construction of labour shade so that they do not interrupt the local drainage

Around the construction site

During construction works

SMO/Contractor*

SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt.






Implemen- tation


Workforce camps Contractor to prepare plans for the base camps and other work sites, which make adequate provision for safe disposal of all wastes, and prevention of spillages, leakage of polluting materials etc.

Construction camp at sites



Provide and maintain proper drinking water, worker’s health check-up and sewage and waste disposal facilities at the camps. The contractor has to bear all cost for treatment of labour caused by any accident during working time

Ensure proper disposal of all wastes produced in the camp

Contractor to be required to pay all costs associated with cleaning up any pollution caused by his activities and to pay full compensation to those affected, the cost required to be accommodated in the tendered amount separately

Dust nuisance Water shall be sprinkled at re-excavation sites, brick crushing sites etc.

Vehicles delivering materials shall be covered to reduce spills and dust blowing off the road.

At the structure site and ancillary sites



Contamination from wastes All justifiable measures will be taken to prevent the waste water

Water produced in construction camps shall not enter directly to the river/ water bodies including irrigation system. A minimum distance of any sewage source or toilet facility should be at safe distance (minimum 200m) from water sources

Near camps sites Throughout construction period


Employment and poverty reduction

Provision for scope for employment of local should be ensured to provide the benefit of the sub-project from the construction stage

Local poor both male and female can be organized to work under LCS

Work sites During construction and O & M


Fisheries/aquatic life Avoid or limit the construction activities during the peak fish migration and spawning period (normally April and May for most areas in Bangladesh); fish fries return time (normally September and October) to their parent habitats.

Khals/River channel

Throughout the construction period


Avoid complete closing of the river channel that affects migration and production of fishery/aquatic life.






Implemen- tation


Keep noise and disturbances from construction activities to a minimum in order to maintain the habitat of fish and other aquatic flora and fauna unaffected

Health, Safety and Hygiene Provision of first aid box, safe drinking water and sanitary latrine for the labour/work force

Use of quality equipment with permissible noise and emission

Control of dust pollution by spraying water

Around construction site

During construction and O & M activities


Post-Construction Stage

Clearing of site Clean carefully all construction materials from construction site including materials like brick, cement, bags, cover materials, fuels, chemicals, lubricants etc. including rehabilitation of the borrow areas, dispose them carefully with compliance of environmental standard within 1 month of their final use

Construction/ancillary site

Within 1 month of final use of the construction/ ancillary site


Various wastes generated at work site including residues and packages of construction materials, chemicals, spills of oils and lubricants from vehicles, engines and storage, kitchen wastes from labour camp, etc. create environmental pollution of the surrounding areas, if not disposed adequately and satisfactorily so that the area do not create unhygienic situation for the people living around and restore natural characteristics

Labour camp site Within 2 weeks of completion of work

Plantation/Re-vegetation Plan and implement plantation programme and turfing of all suitable sites with suitable plant trees and grasses. Selection of indigenous species for the purpose is preferred.

Proper measures for watering, fertilizing and nursing of trees/plants/grasses to be done till their satisfactory/ safe growth

The planted saplings need to be protected for the initial 2-3 years, which has to be ensured.

Possible project sites

Immediately following completion of construction work

SDE/Contractor*

SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt.

Biodiversity Enhance people’s awareness on requirements of protection of biodiversity and take measures accordingly. e.g. plantation, restriction of killing birds and beast etc.

Carry out survey on status of biodiversity in the area periodically (every 2-3 years)

Near bridge and approach road sites

Throughout the O &M stages

SDE/ Contractor

SMO/SDE/ Env. Splt..

*Contractor will carry out the works by direct training/motivation/ supervision/with assistance of PMO/SMO/Env.Splt./SDE/ Res. Splt/ Training Splt



11 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING

Environment monitoring deals with effective implementation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to safeguard environmental conditions in the changing environmental situation as affected by the construction of the subproject activities and ensure compliance of mitigation measures as stipulated in the EMP, along with others.

11.1 Environmental and Social Monitoring

For monitoring of verification of compliance of the Environmental and Social mitigation, the following steps to be taken:

Verification of compliance with the mitigation measures proposed in the environmental framework (including IEE/EIA)

Verification of compliance with compensation and resettlement measures proposed in ARAP and Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF)

Checking the effectiveness and adequacy of the proposed mitigation measures Adopting additional measures if it is found to be inadequate and taking necessary measures if

unexpected problems emerge.

11.2 Monitoring Indicators for Physical environment

Although there will be limited emission and discharges of harmful pollutants, proper monitoring is needed for the BWDB subproject during construction and operation stages. A list of possible parameters of air, noise, water and soils be tested, sample location and sampling frequency are given in Table G-4. Moreover, various issues related to health standards of work force to be monitored, including supply of pure drinking water, proper sanitation facility, provision of hygienic accommodation, provision of treatment facilities in case of accidents during work to be ensured by the contractor. The related responsibilities to be spelled out elaborately to the contractors along with the work orders and the related cost to be accommodated in the work value. The Important issues of monitoring action plan for the sub-project are indicated in Table G-5.

Table G4: Environmental parameters to be monitored

Component Parameters Location Sampling and testing period

Air Quality SPM,PM10,PM2.5,Pb,Cd,CO and NOx

Project site Pre-construction and post construction period

Noise Quality Noise level Sluice construction site During construction period

Water Quality DO, BOD, COD, pH, EC, TSS, TDS, Turbidity

River water, pond water, beel/wetland water etc.

Once before implementation and every 2-3 years after completion of construction , after which may be continued based on requirement

Soil Quality Major plant nutrients , pH, Org. matter, Zn, S etc.

Soil samples from different land types Once before implementation and every 2-3 years after completion of construction , after which may be continued based on requirement



Table G5: Important issues of environmental monitoring action plan for FCD/I sub-project




Implementation Supervision/Monitoring

Monitoring Fishery

Monitor fish production and condition of the fishermen of the area; make arrangement of resettlement of adversely affected fishermen (if any).

Promote culture fisheries to compensate loss of captive fish

In the fish habitats of the area including khals, beels, ponds and floodplains

During construction and O & M

Experts employed by BWDB/SDE

SMO

Soil Quality Identification of areas where top soil to be removed

Potential site During construction and O &M

SDE/Env. Splt. SMO

Drainage from work sites

Check drainage of pollutants causing environmental degradation

Work sites During construction and O &M

SDE/Env. Splt SMO

Monitoring Biodiversity

Survey on existing biodiversity, trend and loss of species

Sub-project areas Every 2-3 years after construction

SDE/Env. Splt SMO

Workers health and safety

Periodic checking of health and safety measures for the workers including existence of first-aid facilities

Sub-project areas During construction and O &M

SDE/Env. Splt SMO


In order to manage the environmental issues, appropriate institutional arrangements and capacities need to be in place, with clear range of required activities, power and responsibilities of the concerned organisations including WMOs. BWDB as the executing agency, is responsible for the environmental consequences. Therefore, the Project Management Office (PMO) shall establish an internal section for environmental considerations to ensure that proper environmental measures are undertaken. Consultants with expertise in environment will be assigned to the internal section. The responsibilities of the environment consultant remain responsible for the general environmental issues of the sub-project in addition to the followings:

He will also impart training to other BWDB sub-project officials and contractor on environmental issues related to construction, operation and maintenance of the sub-project to motivate them ensuring sensitivity to non-engineering environmental issues.

He will prepare monitoring formats for checking environmental issues as mentioned in EMP, along with other issues required on the spot.

He will prepare arrangement for training of the WMO members for maintaining environmental safety of the people and of the area as a whole (major issues include drinking arsenic-free safe water, use of sanitary latrine, proper disposal of waste, use of organic manure, application of proper doses of chemical fertilizers, creation of awareness on use of formalin on food products etc.

Environmental training should include among with others: (a) Awareness-building on general environment (water, soil, air, waste management, afforestation

etc.) (b) Awareness on effects of drinking arsenic-polluted water and improper sanitation (c) Plantation of different types of plants and trees on suitable locations (d) Balanced use of chemical fertilizers for different crops



(e) Preparation and use of organic manure (f) Adverse effects of use of formalin in foods and insecticides in agricultural crop production (g) Rearing livestock animals and poultry birds. BWDB will identify capacity gaps in terms of implementing Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

and Environment Monitoring Plan effectively with the co-operation of Environment consultant, along with capacity strengthening of existing Engineers to address the environmental issues properly.

13 AUDITS AND FOLLOW-UP

Environmental auditing is a general term that can reflect various types of evaluations intended to identify environmental compliance and management system implementation gaps along with related corrective actions. Generally such audits have two branches, the first is the compliance audit and the second is the system audit. Compliance of audit refers to compliance of environmental regulations as set by DoE in the country. It also involves auditing all environmental monitoring indicators such as air, water, soil, air etc. as specified in Table G-4 on routine basis. For the BWDB FCD/I sub-projects auditing may include compliance level of the EMP by the responsible organization as prepared and quality and frequency of environmental monitoring plan. It emphasizes on monitoring performance of SMOs in terms of implementing their EMP responsibilities including data collection, recording and reporting on impact, mitigation and enhancement indicator alongwith managing the sub-project activities.

For environmental follow-ups BWDB will also undertake environmental auditing by engaging external monitoring firms/institution to assess the performance of the sub-project with respect to expected and actual environmental impacts, effectiveness of monitoring, mitigation and enhancement measures. The assessment will also identify specific operational and capacity constraints with recommendations for improving performance.

14 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE

Various meetings have been held with the stakeholders on different environmental issues and problems and potential mitigation measures. Mitigation measures have been included in the proposed sub-project interventions. In addition, environment-related complaints/grievances from public will be recorded to be taken into considerations through WMOs to the SMOs, who will take action or direct to PMO for resolving the problem. Moreover, important discussion issues may include, the status of soil fertility, the doses of chemical fertilizers and preparation and use of organic manure, the use of IPM/ICM for crop protection, the practices of drinking arsenic-free water, availability of irrigation water, status of improved water management practices including drainage improvement, availability of surface water from khal/river, availability/production of open water and culture fishery etc. in order to deliver the objected project benefits and safeguarding the environmental status.


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex H – WMO Formation & Development

ANNEX H

WMO FORMATION & DEVELOPMENT


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex H – WMO Formation & Development 1

1. INTRODUCTION

Participatory water management is considered world-wide a viable solution to reduce Government spending on FCD/I systems, improve performance and enhance production. Sharing responsibilities and costs between farmers and Government in a process to privatize the FCD/I sub-sector will instill a sense of ownership and dedication amongst the beneficiaries and enhance efficiency and output. The transfer of certain responsibilities (and possibly assets) from the Government towards the beneficiaries is only possible if the beneficiaries have adopted a legal status as a group and when this group is technical capable to do so. One of the ways of institutionalizing participatory water management in the public FCD/I systems is to unite water users and establish a Water Management Organization (WMO) which can take over part (or all) of the O&M activities from the government agency.

In Bangladesh the need for participatory water management developed since the late 1960s. In 1994, the Government of Bangladesh formulated the ‘Guidelines of Peoples Participation’. It was applicable to water resources projects of BWDB only. These guidelines mainly focused on irrigation projects and not on flood control projects. As the flood control and drainage aspects in Bangladesh are very important, new Guidelines for Participatory Water Management (GPWM) were formulated in 2000 taking into consideration past experience. The GPWM is applicable in all flood control, drainage and irrigation projects of the country.

The institutional framework, in which the local stakeholders are to participate, comprises of 3-tiers of Water Management Organization (WMO), namely the Water Management Group (WMG), the Water Management Association (WMA) and the Joint Management Committee (JMC). To which level the WMOs will be organized depends on the size of the sub-project. A controlling and arbitration role in the performance of the WMOs will be entrusted to the Joint Management Committee (JMC) in

which delegates of Local Government including DAE, DoC, DoE, DoF, DWA, LGED and BWDB, as well as NGOs and WMOs will be represented.

For Kalidaskhali-Arpara the establishment and development of WMOs will follow a similar approach as used under the current Narail and Chenchuri Beel sub-projects of the SAIWRPMP, albeit with some modifications, if possible. The proposed modifications are based on constraints observed during the implementation of these sub-projects, but also on experiences in other projects.

2. CONSTRAINTS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

2.1 Constraints

– Many farmers do appreciate improved water management, but are reluctant to become member of a WMO and pay for the services. Raising funds for the establishment and registration of WMOs or enrollment of members takes, contrary to earlier estimates, at least two (2) years instead of one year;

– Farmers do consider the O&M of the main system the responsibility of the BWDB and do not wish to be engaged or to pay for the costs. The proposed 80/20% cost sharing may be a solution, but it should be realized that the BWDB in the past could not finance proper O&M (they often got not more than 20% of the requested budget) and with farmers reluctant to pay, there is no guarantee that sufficient funds can be raised;

– Registration of WMGs under the Cooperative Act is possible, but that of a WMA only if there are 10 or more WMGs associated in the WMA. As WMAs are normally based on hydrological sub-units and these sub-units often comprise not more than 10 WMGs, formation of a WMA so far is cumbersome;

– Most farmers have no experience with administering an organization. Finding qualified staff to work on a honorary bases to administer 500 (WMGs) to >7,500 members (WMAs) without computers is and will be a cumbersome job;

It is recognized that these problems may not be solved in the short run and should be supported by appropriate legislation and modifications in the guidelines. Hence, the WMO establishment and development process will provisional be the same as in Narail and Chenchuri Beel. Some remedial measures to overcome the constraints and improve the chances to establish sustainable WMOs are given in below.



WMO development options The number of WMGs will be fine-tuned when the sub-project will be implemented. Land less Contracting Societies (LCSs) should be established and engaged at an early stage,

before major construction and rehabilitation work starts, so as to generate income, establish a sense of ownership and generate income to pay for O&M as well as membership costs;

The organizational structure of the WMGs may, for the time being, remain as outlined in the GPWM, though the focus of its activities should be on agriculture, fisheries and water management, the main sources of income and expenditures;

There should be flexibility in the registration of WMA. If the threshold of 10 WMGs for a WMA cannot be reached all WMGs in a sub-unit would have a representative in the JMC, and making decisions would become cumbersome; Voting rights and weight of votes should be elaborated in the guidelines;

The organizational form of the WMA should be reconsidered. The General Assembly should elect a Supervisory Board of Directors (chairperson, vice-chairperson, secretary, treasurer, agriculturist, fishery expert, water management expert all of them with solid experience) which operates on a honorary basis. The Supervisory Board appoints an Executive Board with professional fully paid staff, including a general manager, secretary, financial administrator and technical staff, including gate operators) responsible for the day-to-day management of the WMA and answerable to the Supervisory Board;

The WMA, in order to survive, should focus on generating income, which may come from membership, but more likely from sales of produce and procurement of inputs for its members; water management would be a section within the cooperative set-up and partly be financed from the proceeds of the cooperative activities;

WMAs, once established, should be provided with computers and related training to properly administer all affairs;

To sustain development of the WMOs, part of the project investment costs should, after the major construction works have been completed, be allocated directly to the WMO for activities identified by themselves, subject to the approval of the JMC.

To monitor and guide the establishment and development of WMOs, a permanent Regulatory Office (RO) or WMO Monitoring Cell in the DoC should be established at district level. The RO would in principal register WMOs, keep records of changes, initiate supplementary legislation, if needed, and perform annual audits of WMAs

3. PROPOSED WATER MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATIONS

Several field visits were made between May and December 2012 to the area by the ISPMC team. Meetings were held with local stakeholders including members of local government. Awareness raising meetings, workshops and consultations were subsequently held and information gathered (see also Annex A “IWMP).

Based on the field visits and discussions with the leaders, and taking into consideration their specific wishes to maintain administrative cohesiveness on the one hand and the preferred hydrological boundaries of the ISPMC on the other hand, it is proposed to establish 28 WMGs, which may be later on associated in 4 WMAs. On average the WMGs represent an area of about 471 ha. The WMG boundaries are given in Figure H2. Details of the WMG with respect to their administrative and hydrological position are given in Table H1.



Table H1: Details of WMO Formation

Name of Union

# of Village

Area (Ha) WMG * Planned # of HHs

Remarks

Gross Net

Cultivable No Area (Ha) Planned

Target (70%)

Talkhori

Dhanshorgati

Arpara

Satokhali

Shalikha

Bunagati

28

11

18

11

5

9

1 422 473 331

* WMG members (1 from each

HH) Number & area of

WMGs will be fine tuned

when Participatory Approach will be initiated in

the Sub Project.

13197 10616 2 567 635 445

3 784 878 615

4 392 439 307

5 802 898 629

6 493 552 387

7 502 562 394

WMA#1 3962 4438 3106

1 411 460 322

2 393 440 308

3 402 450 315

4 447 501 350

5 291 326 228

6 404 452 317

7 562 629 441

8 558 625 437

WMA#2 3468 3884 2719

1 417 467 327

2 388 435 304

3 432 484 339

4 557 624 437

5 487 545 382

6 307 344 241

7 360 403 282

8 317 355 249

9 212 237 166

WMA#3 3477 3894 2726

1 599 671 470

2 582 652 456

3 567 635 445

4 542 607 425

WMA#4 2290 2565 1795

6 82 13197 10616 28 WMG

& 4 WMA

13197 14781 10347



4. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE WMG AND WMA

The proposed organizational structure of the WMG, WMA and controlling bodies is given in Figure H1. The organizational set-up of the WMG follows the Guidelines for Participatory Water management, including the requirement of 33% women participation..

Figure H1: Organizational structure WMG and WMA

That of the WMA is adapted to what is currently advocated by the WB, USAID and other

financing institutions in other countries, which is more private, business sector oriented and has more checks and balances

In the case of the WMA the general assembly elects a supervisory board of reputed and experienced persons with the tasks to oversee and approve the activities of the executive board which they will appoint. The executive board members are professionals, work under contract and receive remuneration. The supervisory board receives a honorarium approved by the general assembly. The executive board prepares annual work plans, to be approved by the supervisory board, implements the plan and prepares an annual report for the supervisory board and general assembly and a financial report, the accounts being audited by the concerned DoC. The JMC has a supervisory and arbitration role.

WMG – Executive Committee 1 chairperson 1 vice-chairperson 1 secretary 1 cashier 1 landless 1 fisherman 1 dest. Woman 4 general members

WMA – Executive Committee 1 general manager 1 secretary 1 financial administrator 1 bookkeeper 4 gate operators 4 multi-purpose cooperative staff

WMA – General Assembly

WMG – General Assembly

WMA – Supervisory Board 1 chairperson 1 vice-chairperson 1 secretary 1 cashier 1 agriculturist 1 fishery expert 1 water management expert





WMG – General Assembly WMG – General Assembly

WMG – General Assembly WMG – General Assembly

JMC 1 chairperson 1 secretary Reps LGED, DAE, DoF, DoC, DoE, DLO, DWA, LGED/BWDB, NGOs and WMA

External audit Assembly

DoC



5. ROLE OF THE WMA

In the initial phases of the project the WMGs and the WMA will focus on water management activities. However, to secure income and sustain proper water management it is advocated that the WMA assumes the role of a cooperative. For the cooperatives to be sustainable, it is important that these entities will be organized and operated as private sector entities. The role that a WMA cooperative will play for their members include that of supplier of inputs and credit for their members, processing and storage of the products before these are sent off to the markets, marketing of produce. The producers will have to decide among themselves what they want and based upon this information the executive board will develop a Business Plan. A value chain analysis will have to be made of a number of selected crops and private sector linkages established for well-defined services and all this information will be used as an input for this Plan. Through this process of business development, the cooperatives will be further professionalized and possibly even diversify.

6. WMO ESTABLISHMENT AND DEVELOPMENT PROCESS

It is, for the time being, proposed that the WMO establishment and development process will be based on the experiences gained in Narail and Chenchuri Beel. The WMO development process will be carried out in the course of 4 years and can be divided in three phases:

Formation phase (12 months) During this phase Community Facilitators, guided by Senior Facilitators (subject matter

specialists) will organize community meetings in the planned WMG areas, explain in detail objectives and purposes of the project, identify leaders able to work in a WMG foundation committee and enroll members. The foundation committee will review the general statutes for WMG registration and draft their by-laws as well as a first draft of a Collective Action Plan (CAP). Also the boundaries of the WMG will be verified and adjusted if needed. With a sufficient number of members (>60%) it will than organize elections for positions in the WMG executive committee, which will take over the establishment process. During this formation process also Local Construction Societies will be formed which will be contracted engaged in the main system’s construction and rehabilitation works later on. Training will be provided during this phase to the WMG executive committee with regard to financial administration, bookkeeping, water management, LCS formation, CAP planning, amongst others. Simultaneously demonstration plots, Farmers Field Schools and gender and livelihood activities will be defined and initiated. It is recommended that an NGO will be engaged in the formation of WMGs.

Capacity building and construction phase (24 months) During this phase rehabilitation and construction works will be started in which LCSs will be

involved. The WMGs will be registered and steps undertaken to form one or two WMAs, depending on the registration requirements and wishes of the WMG members. On-the-job training of gate operators will be initiated when and as regulators and pipe outlets become operational again. CAPs will be finalized and implemented once approved and budgeted for by the WMGs. The preparation of a SIP for each hydrological unit, together with scheme-walk-throughs will be initiated by the WMGs concerned, so as to identify and define rehabilitation and O&M needs of the secondary and tertiary infrastructure. Special courses on quality control, conflict resolution, transfer agreements, marketing, value added chain, auditing and cooperatives will be given, next to the continuing demonstrations, FFSs, excursions and gender and livelihood training program.

Consolidation and after care Once the main infrastructure is operational again and handed over, the WMGs will, subject to

approval by the BWDB and JMC and release of funds, implement their SIPs. The main system will be tested and fine-tuned and any discrepancies corrected. Follow-up refresher courses will be organized upon the request of the WMGs or WMA. It is anticipated that at the start of this phase a Monitoring Cell or Regulatory Office in the DoC will be established, which will monitor and at the end of this phase evaluate the performance of the WMGs, WMA and other stakeholders. A schedule of implementation of WMO establishment and development is given in Table H.2

The procedures for WMO formation and development, as well as the preparation of SIPs, including the introduction of Collective Action Plans (CAPs) is further described in the report with Appendixes.



7. COSTS OF IMPLEMENTATION

The costs of capacity building and training for the WMOs in Kalidaskhali-Arpara are estimated at Tk. 60 lac. In the tables below an estimate of the costs for the various phases is given.

Table H3: Training costs WMO formation phase, Kalidaskhali-Arpara

SL. No.

Topic of Training Participants No. of events

Costs (Tk. in Lac )

Remarks

1. Concepts of IWM & objectives of WMO, CAPs & SIP

WMG Members

10 10.00 1 Event meaning 1 course for 3 days consisting 30-35 participants @ taka 1.00 Lakh /event

2. GPWM & Formation of WMG / Tasks & Responsibilities

WMG Members

7 7.00

3. Preparation list of Beneficiaries WMG Members

1 1.00

4. Procedures of WMG, statutes and by- law drafting

WMG Members

3 3.00

5. Election Procedures of WMO WMG Members

2 2.00

6. Registration Procedures of WMO

WMG Members

3 3.00

7. Financial administration, Book Keeping

WMG Members

3 3.00

8. Meeting & keeping minutes of meetings

WMG Members

2 2.00

9. Motivational Tour WMG Members

4 4.00

Total 35 35.00

Table H4: Training costs WMO construction and development phase, Kalidaskhali-Arpara

SL. No.


Costs (Tk. in Lac )

Remarks

1. Formation of WMA & Task & Responsibilities

WMG Members 2 2.00 1 Event meaning 1 course for 3 days consisting 30-35 participants @ taka 1.00 Lakh /event

2. WMA Bi- law drafting WMG Members 2 2.00 3. Management transfer WMG Members 2 2.00 4. Conflict Management WMG Members 3 3.00 5. Formation JMC its

composition tasks & responsibilities

WMG Members 1 1.00

6. Operation & Maintenance WMG Members 3 3.00 7. Motivational Tour WMG Members 3 3.00

Total 16 16.00

Table H5: Training costs WMO consolidation and after-care phase, Kalidaskhali-Arpara

SL. No.


Costs (Tk. in Lac)

Remarks

1. O&M WMG Members 2 2.00 1 Event meaning 1 course for 3 days consisting 30-35 participants @ taka 1.00 Lakh /event

2. Capacity Building WMG Members 2 2.00 3. Monitoring & Evaluation WMG Members 2 2.00 4. Audit & Inspection WMG Members 1 1.00 5. Motivational Tour WMG Members 2 2.00

Total 9 9.00



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 WMG establishment

1,1

preparation maps with hydrological and village level administrative

boundaries completed

1,2 consultative meetings union level completed

1,3 awareness raising through SF and CF completed

1,4 delineation WMG boundaries completed

1,5 formation foundation committee

1,6 review statutes and preparation by-laws

1,7 enrollment WMG members

1,8 election executive committee WMG

1,9 draft CAP

1,10 formation LCSs

1,11 fund raising and establishment bank account

1,12 registration WMG

2 Capacity building and construction phase

2,1 classroom training WMG management / O&M

2,2 scheme walk-throughs and inventory O&M

2,3 cost-sharing arrangements

2,4 rehabilitation and construction work main system

2,5 implementation of CAP

2,6 establishment WMA

2,7 preparation of SIP per hydrological unit

2,8 JMC formation

2,9 O&M plan, inventory & valuation main infrastructure

2,10 transfer agreement

2,11 handing over

3 Consolidation phase / after care

3,1 finalisation SIPs and IWMP

3,2 JMC endorsement SIPs and IWMP

3,3 operational schedule regulators BWDB

3,4 on the job training gate operators

3,5 regulator operations (rehabilitated and new)

3,6 scheme walk through

3,7 fine-tuning IWMP

3,8 implementation of SIPs and IWMP (including secondary works)

3,9 performance assessment

Table H 2: General Implementation Schedule WMO Kalidaskhali-Arpara

Phase

month

(III) consolidation phase /

after care

(II) capacity building and construction phase(I) formation phase



Figure H 2: WMG Boundaries, Kalidaskhali-Arpara

Southwest Area Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project

SAIWRPMP - Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara - Annex I - Capacity Building and Training

ANNEX I

CAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING


SAIWRPMP - Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali-Arpara – Annex I - Capacity Building and Training 1

1 INTRODUCTION

The implementation of the Southwest Area Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project (SAIWRPMP) in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project will be based on the participation of the stakeholders in all the phases of planning, design, implementation and operation and maintenance cycle of the project. The eventual aim is a successful transfer of water management to the water users after completion of the construction and rehabilitation works of the project.

For the formulation of the capacity building and training program of the stakeholders in

Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project a standard procedure has been followed. The procedure comprises a number of consecutive steps including the determination and formulation of:

1) Present procedures for water management and set responsibilities; 2) Future organization of operations and maintenance in water management; 3) Future responsibilities of the various stakeholders involved; 4) Knowledge gaps amongst the stakeholders; 5) Training needs; 6) Training approach; 7) Training curricula; 8) Training tools and resources; 9) Training plan, including a schedule of implementation; 10) Program of monitoring and evaluation.

The training needs assessment and contents for in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project will not differ

much from that applied in Narail and Chenchuri Beel. Interviews with the stakeholders in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project, including officials of the line agencies and advice of the subject matter specialists of the ISPMC confirm this. Hence, in the following chapter 2 steps 1 through 5 have not been elaborated in detail and are commented upon and summarized. In this case the training needs for water management are highlighted as it is the main and most important issue of the project, and contents may differ from one sub-project to another.

The training approach, which will be based on a construction phase and a trial run i.e. after care

phase, is elaborated in chapter 3.

Where it regards training courses and contents, steps 6 through 8 are summarized in chapter 4. The courses are distinguished by category, i.e. staff and WMGs, as their background, education and future responsibilities are different.

For the subjects agriculture, fisheries, gender and livelihood the contents will be the same as in Narail and Chenchuri Beel sub-projects. A preliminary list of the most important training topics is appended in the tables. New topics may be included if there is a need to do so at time of implementation.

The training plan, including delivery and monitoring and evaluation is elaborated in chapter 5. The costs of proposed training courses for staff and WMGs, demonstration plots, Farmers Field Schools and awareness raising are elaborated in chapter 6.

2 TRAINING NEEDS ASSESSMENT

2.1 Present procedures for water management and set responsibilities

At present there is, except for taking and keeping records on water levels and rainfall, no proper water management practiced in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project. Since its construction BWDB operated and maintained the system, but lack of funds made that the existing infrastructure have gradually deteriorated to the point that they cannot be operated and channels have silted up.

2.2 Future organization of operations and maintenance in water management

The responsibilities of the BWDB in water management will be transferred to the WMA. As BWDB remains owner of the system and the WMA concession holder, operating the regulators and maintaining the channels, there will be regular consultation and interaction. The JMC will assume overall responsibility of proper O&M



2.3 Future responsibilities of the various stakeholders involved

Under the project there will be 28 WMGs established who will associate in 3 WMAs, which will assume direct responsibility for O&M of the system. The BWDB will provide for an O&M plan as well as schedules for operating the regulators. The BWDB will enter into a cost-sharing agreement on O&M with the WMA and monitor performance. Water levels within the system will be in accordance with the IWMP formulated by the JMC. The JMC comprises representatives of BWDB, DoA, DoF, DoE and the WMA, who have an interest in integrated water resources management. The JMC will also decide in case of conflicts among the stakeholders.

2.4 Knowledge gaps amongst the stakeholders

Most of the stakeholders are unfamiliar with O&M of the infrastructure built and to be rehabilitated. There will be additional regulators build, which will contribute to a more complex system of operations in order to keep water levels within the limits as set out in the IWMP by the JMC and in the operational plan to be provided by the BWDB. WMGs and more in particular the WMA have to learn and appreciate the concept of IWMP and the need to implement proper O&M.

2.5 Training needs

In Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project there will be 28 WMGs formed and each WMG will have an executive committee of some 12 persons which need to be trained on basic principles of O&M of their territory. The WMA which will be established after establishment of the WMGs will receive training on O&M of the entire system. The core of the training program will be focused on the transfer of water management, the maintenance of the channels and O&M of the regulators for which gate operators, employed by the WMA, will be trained. The training of the gate operators will be largely on-the-job and provided by the BWDB.

The training on agriculture, fisheries, gender and livelihood and environment will follow, in contents and curriculum the training of Narail and Chenchuri Beel.

Considering the educational level, skills and knowledge of the stakeholders / beneficiaries of the subject matters concerned, and their daily duties and activities, two categories of training have been broadly distinguished i.e. staff and members of WMGs, whereby staff training includes the capacity development of the officers of the PMO, SMOs, line agencies and the NGO supervisors and facilitators and WMO training includes capacity development of the members of the WMOs (WMG, WMA and others).

In most sub-projects and thus also in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project the staff and members of WMGs will have the same duties in the future as those involved in the Narail and Chenchuri Beel sub-projects. Hence the training needs and capacity building of staff and members of the WMGs will be approximately the same. The major focus of training will be on the transfer of water management, whereby members of WMOs have to assume some of the duties previously undertaken by the BWDB. Other areas of training concern agriculture, fisheries, livelihood and environment which are more familiar to the farmers.

3 TRAINING APPROACH

3.1 Approach

Apart from implementing the more traditional and formal classroom training, a significant part of the capacity building will consist of practical, hands-on training, comprising demonstrations, field schools and scheme walk-through. For that matter the capacity building and training will delivered in two phases. During the first phase of the project i.e. the construction and rehabilitation phase, the emphasis for agriculture and fisheries will be on demonstrations and Farmer Field School activities, and for water management on basic training on O&M and organizing LCSs for construction and rehabilitation works. During the second phase, the trial run or after care phase, more classical types of training and refresher courses will be imparted.

The reason behind this is that most stakeholders with a lower level of education i.e. members of the WMO understand and absorb knowledge better when it is demonstrated and proved working. In Narail and Chenchuri Beel proportionally more emphasis was placed on classroom training which did not really result in a good WMO performance. Now, in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project the emphasis



will be on practical training whereby also members from WMGs/WMAs in Narail or Chenchuri Beel which have been trained in the past will be engaged as resource persons. Experience has learned that farmers to farmers training is often more effective than vocational training provided by an outsider.

For both forms of training, i.e. classroom and practical training, monitoring and evaluation tools will be developed and applied to generate the necessary feed-back in order to improve the training program.

Apart from the classroom and on-the-job training, the demonstrations and Field School types of training, also resources will be allocated towards awareness raising through other media and methods, including:

- Workshops; - Seminars/ Conferences; - Sharing of experiences with other successful projects (including excursions); - Posters; - Video presentation; - Advertisement in the television/ newspaper coverage; - Web-site; - Leaflets/brochures; - Signboards at construction sites.

Awareness raising in the field will be the primary task of the Senior Facilitators, the Community Facilitators and WMG Monitoring Assistant, that of the public at large will be the responsibility of the consultants and line agencies.

The costs to implement the awareness raising activities is, based on experience in other projects, estimated at 10% of the total budget for capacity building and training and taken as a lump sum in the consolidated budget. A specification of the activities will have to be done at the inception of the project.

4 TRAINING COURSES, RESOURCES AND CURRICULA

4.1 Training courses

Capacity strengthening of the project officials, officials of the line agencies and the NGO supervisors and facilitators will be made through imparting training in the subjects mentioned in Table 1. Capacity strengthening of the members of the WMG will be made through the courses mentioned in Table 2.

4.2 Methods

The training methods will comprise formal lecturing, interactive group discussions, group presentations, demonstrations and excursions for the members of the WMGs and training staff and the organization of workshops and conferences for higher level officials.

Apart from the classroom and on-the-job training, the demonstrations and Field School types of training, also resources will be allocated towards awareness raising through other media and methods, including:

- Workshops; - Seminars/ Conferences; - Sharing of experiences with other successful projects (including excursions); - Signboards at construction sites.

4.3 Training resources

The training resources in terms of trainers and institutions involved in capacity building, demonstrations, Farmer Field Schools, lecturing and monitoring the impact of training are indicated in the same Tables.

It should be mentioned that at present a serious constraint is the absence of a training officer in the PMO. As such PEO, DCEO, EO, AC (Fish), AC (Sociology), RO (Economics) of PMO are busy with training activities. As a result their normal office work and other jobs assigned to them are



hampered automatically. It is therefore recommended that within the PMO one Deputy Director and two Assistant directors will be appointed.

4.4 Training curricula

The training curricula will, to a large extent, be similar to those utilized in Narail and Chenchuri Beel. However, some of the curricula may need to be adapted to the situation in Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub-project. This refers in particular to water management, the formulation and implementation of an IWMP, and the phasing of the project.

The training methods will comprise formal lecturing, interactive group discussions, group presentations, demonstrations and excursions for the members of the WMGs and training staff and the organization of workshops and conferences for higher level officials.

5 TRAINING PLAN

The training plan for staff and WMGs is given in Table I3 and Table I4, respectively. As mentioned before the sequencing and implementation of courses is based on the 2-phased approach and will be conducted over a 4-years period.

The schedules for implementing the demonstrations and FFS/FSF on agriculture and fisheries are indicated in Table I5 and Table I6, respectively.

The training venue for formal classroom training will be at Auditorium of Union Parisad, or any other hall room in the sub-project area with facilities to accommodate 35 participants in the project area.

6 MONITORING, EVALUATION AND IMPACT

For the formal classroom training courses the participants will be evaluated twice, once at the beginning (pre-course evaluation) and a second time at the end of the course (post-course evaluation), to examine the total gain/improvement of the participants. Further to that, during the implementation of the project, the performance of all stakeholders (as distinct groups) will be assessed. In case great gaps will be observed between actual performances and desired performances, the roots of the problem will have to be identified and remedial measures will have to be taken.

The overall impact of the training may be assessed twice, once in the third year of implementation

and again after the completion of the project by engaging a third party (either a NGO or government

organization not directly linked to the project).

7 COSTS OF CAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING

The costs of the various training programmes are given in Tables I 7 (Staff training costs), I 8 WMO (Training costs), I 9 (Cost of demonstrations), I 10 (Cost of farmers Field school training), and I 11 (Total costs for capacity building and training). The total cost is estimated at Tk 665.85 lac.



Table I1: Staff training courses, resources and curricula

Sl.

No. Component Institution Resource persons Curricula

1. Training of Trainers (ToT) for

project officials of SAIWRPMP

Rural Development Academy (RDA), Bogura or

Bangladesh Academy for Rural Development

(BARD), Comilla.

experts of the institute

DoAE

consultants

Modules, group discussions, role plays, presentations

2. Formation of WMG as per GPWM/

Rules of Cooperative & Meanings

and Functions of WMG/WMA/JMC

Bangladesh Academy for Rural Development

(BARD), Comilla .


DoC

consultants

Modules on Rules/Acts of Cooperative for formation of

WMOs and the activities of WMOs

3. Basic training on fisheries

extension in SAIWRPMP

Bangladesh Fisheries Research Institute (BFRI). experts of the institute

DoF and consultants

Modules on Basic Fisheries extension activities, excursion.

4. Basic training on agricultural

extension in SAIWRPMP.

Bangladesh Agriculture Research Institute (BARI)/

Central Extension Resources Development

Institute (CERDI), Gazipur.


DoAE and Consultants

Modules on Basic Agriculture extension activities,

excursion.

5. Gender and livelihood Bangladesh Academy for Rural Development

(BARD), Comilla .


consultants

Modules on Gender and Livelihood development,

excursion.

6. Integrated Water Resources

Management and Sub-unit

Implementation Plan.

Center for Environment & Geographic Information

System (CEGIS).


BWDB and consultants

Modules on Integrated Water Resources Management,

group exercises and excursion

7. Micro-Credit Operation and

Financial Management for WMGs

in SAIWRPMP

Cooperative Institute, Faridpur/ BARD, Comilla. experts of the institute

DoC and consultants

Modules on Micro-Credit Operation and Financial

Management

8. Sustainable Value Chain

approach in SAIWRPMP

Rural Development Academy (RDA), Bogura. experts of the institute

DoA and consultants

Modules on Sustainable Value Chain approach.

9. O&M of infrastructure, scheme

walk-through and cost sharing

Center for Environment & Geographic Information

System (CEGIS).



Modules on O&M, cost sharing, scheme walk-through and

exercises

10. Quality Control Center for Environment & Geographic Information

System (CEGIS).



Modules on Quality Control of Civil works, field exercises

11. Participatory Monitoring Center for Environment & Geographic Information

System (CEGIS).



Modules on Participatory Monitoring and evaluation ,

reporting exercises

12. Basic concepts of CAPs its

planning and implementation

Rural Development Academy (RDA), Bogura. experts of the institute

and consultants

Modules on Collective Action Plan(CAP) approach and its

implementation procedure



Table I2: WMO training courses, resources and curricula

Sl.

No. Component Resource persons Curricula

1. WMO Formation and Development

1a. Awareness raising & Formation phase ISPMC , PMO and Officers of DoC Modules on Rules/Acts of Cooperative for formation of WMOs and the

activities of WMOs, Drafting Bylaws, application for registration, opening

accounts, Micro- credit operation and Financial Management for WMG,

Collective Action Plan(CAP) approach and its implementation procedure.

For details Annex H, Tables -13,14 15

1b. Construction & Development phase ISPMC , PMO and Officers of DoC

1c. Consolidation and aftercare phase ISPMC , PMO and Officers of DoC

2. Agriculture development

2.a Basic Agriculture Extension activities including Compost

preparation, vegetables gardening, high value crops production

and quality seed production, processing & preservation.

ISPMC , PMO and Officers of DAE Modules on Basic Agriculture Extension activities including Compost

preparation, vegetables gardening, high value crops production and quality

seed production, processing & preservation.

2.b Use of modern tools/technologies in agriculture i.e. IPM, ICM, use

of LCC for urea application, alternate wetting & drying and ribbon

retting methods for jute processing.

ISPMC , PMO and Officers of DAE Modules on use of modern tools/technologies in agriculture i.e. IPM, ICM,

use of LCC for urea application, alternate wetting & drying and ribbon retting

methods for jute processing.

3. Fisheries development

3a. Carp culture, nursery management and value fish culture ISPMC , PMO and Officers of DoF Modules on Carp culture, nursery management and value fish culture.

3b. Sanctuary development, fry stocking in beel, fish culture in

canal/borrow-pit and cage culture

ISPMC , PMO and Officers of DoF Modules on Sanctuary development, fry stocking in beel, fish culture in

canal/borrow-pit and cage culture.

4. Gender and Livelihood Development

4a. Gender and Livelihood Development, and other IGA activities like

Poultry (Chicken, Duck, Koel), Cow, Goat Rearing and Bee

Keeping for Collective Action Plan

ISPMC , PMO and Officers of

DoWA

Modules on Gender and Livelihood development, Modules on Poultry

(Chicken, Duck, Koel), Cow and Goat Rearing, excursion.

For details Annex F, Table -12

5. Environment

5a. Concepts of general environment & its protection from degradation

(Specially water, soil, air & waste management), effects of drinking

of arsenic infected water, planting of environment friendly trees,

effects of use of Formalin in food chain.

ISPMC , PMO and Officers of DoE Modules on the Concepts of general environment & its protection from

degradation (Specially water, soil, air & waste management), effects of

drinking of arsenic infected water, planting of environment friendly trees,

effects of use of Formalin in food chain

6. O & M

6.a O&M of Infrastructure through participatory Water Management

(Scheme walk through)

ISPMC and PMO Modules on O&M of Infrastructure, scheme walk-through

6.b LCS (Formation, rules, wages, measurement and accounting) ISPMC and PMO Modules on LCS (Formation, rules, wages, measurement and accounting).

6.c Quality Control ISPMC and PMO Modules on Quality Control of Civil work, excursions

6.d Participatory Monitoring ISPMC and PMO Modules on Participatory Monitoring and evaluation



Table I 3: Staff training schedule

Sl.

No.

Component No. of

events

Planned year of implementation

Year-1 Year-2 Year-3 Year-4

1. Training of Trainers (ToT) for project Officials 2

2. Formation of WMG, Rules of Cooperative,

Functions of WMG/WMA/JMC

2

3. Basic Training on Fisheries Extension 2

4. Basic Training on Agriculture Extension 2

5. Gender Development and Livelihood, IGA 2

6. IWRMP and SIP 2

7. Micro-Credit Operation and Financial Management 2

8. Sustainable Value Chain approaches 2

9. O&M, scheme walk-through and cost-sharing 2

10 Quality Control 2

11. Participatory Monitoring 2

12. Basic concepts of CAPs its planning and implementation 2

13. Refresher courses 2

Total 26 10 6 8 2

Formation/Construction period

O&M/Trial

run



Table I4: WMG training schedule

Sl.

No.

Component No. of events

Planned year of implementation Year-1 Year-2 Year-3 Year- 4


1a. Awareness raising & Formation phase

35

1b. Construction & Development phase

16

1c. Consolidation and aftercare phase

9

Sub-total for 1 60 20 23 8 9


2.a Basic Agriculture Extension activities including

Compost preparation, vegetables gardening, high

value crops production and quality seed production,

processing & preservation.

28

2.b Use of modern tools/technologies in agriculture i.e.

IPM, ICM, use of LCC for urea application, alternate

wetting & drying and ribbon retting methods for jute

processing.

28

Sub-total for 2 56 20 20 16


3a. Carp culture, nursery management and value fish

culture 28

3b. Sanctuary development, fry stocking in beel, fish

culture in canal/borrow-pit and cage culture 28


4. Gender and Livelihood Development

4a. Gender and Livelihood Development, and other

IGA activities like Poultry (Chicken, Duck, Koel),

Cow, Goat Rearing and Bee Keeping for Collective

Action Plan

52


5. Environment

5a. Concepts of general environment & its protection

from degradation (Specially water, soil, air & waste

management), effects of drinking of arsenic infected

water, planting of environment friendly trees, effects

of use of Formalin in food chain.

15

Sub-total for 5 15 10 5

6 O & M

6a. O&M of Infrastructure through participatory Water

Management (Scheme walk through) 12

6b. LCS (Formation, rules, wages, measurement and

accounting) 12

6.c Quality Control

12

6.d Participatory Monitoring

12


TOTAL 287 20 92 102 73

Formation/Construction period O&M/Trial

run



Table I5: Schedule of demonstrations on agriculture and fisheries

Sl.

No.

Component No. of Demo (2 in each

WMG)

Planned year of implementation Remarks


1 Agriculture 56

2 Fisheries 56

Total 112 40 40 32

Table I6: Schedule of implementation of Farmers Field School for agriculture and fisheries

Sl.

No.

Component No. of FFS/FSF

(2 in each WMG)

Planned year of implementation Remarks


1 Agriculture 56

2 Fisheries 56

Total 112 40 40 32

Table I7: Staff training costs

Sl.

No.

Component No. of

Events

Tentative

cost (Tk.

in Lac)

Remarks

1. Training of Trainers (ToT) for project Officials 2 10.00 1) Cost per event

has been

calculated as Tk.

5.00 lac.

2) 35 participants

per event.

3) Course duration

5 days (including

1 day Field tour/

Visit/ Excursion)

2. Formation of WMG/ Rules of Cooperative and functions

of WMG/WMA/JMC

2 10.00

3. Basic Training on Fisheries Extension 2 10.00

4. Basic Training on Agriculture Extension. 2 10.00

5. Gender Development and Livelihood 2 10.00

6. IWRMP and SIP 2 10.00

7. Micro-Credit Operation and Financial Management 2 10.00

8. Sustainable Value Chain approach in SAIWRPMP 2 10.00

9. O&M, scheme walk-through, cost sharing 2 10.00

10. Quality Control 2 10.00

11. Participatory Monitoring 2 10.00

12. Basic concepts of CAPs its planning and implementation 2 10.00

13. Refresher courses 2 8.87

Total 26 128.87



Table I8: WMG training costs

Table I 9: Costs of demonstrations

Sl.

No. Component No. of Demo (2 in each WMG)

Costs

(Tk. in Lac) Remarks

1 Agriculture 56 25.74

2 Fisheries 56 42.00

Total 112 67.74

Sl.

No.

Component No. of events

Costs (Tk. in Lac )

Remarks


For detail of SL.No.-1 Please see Annex H, Tables -13,14 15 For detail of SL.No.-4 Please see Annex F, Chapter – 8, Table -13 Course duration has been calculated as 3 days including 1 day practical class / Field visit/ Excursion.

1a. Awareness raising & Formation phase 35 35.00

1b. Construction & Development phase 16 16.00

1c. Consolidation and aftercare phase 9 9.00

Sub-total:1 60 60.00


2a. Basic Agriculture Extension activities including Compost

preparation, vegetables gardening, high value crops

production and quality seed production, processing &

preservation.

28 28.00

2b. Use of modern tools/technologies in agriculture i.e. IPM,

ICM, use of LCC for urea application, alternate wetting &

drying and ribbon retting methods for jute processing.

28 28.00



3a. Carp culture, nursery management and value fish culture 28 28.00

3b. Sanctuary development, fry stocking in beel, fish culture in

canal/borrow-pit and cage culture 28 28.00


4. Gender and Livelihood Development 52 52.59

5.

Environment: Concepts of general environment & its protection from

degradation (Specially water, soil, air & waste

management), effects of drinking of arsenic infected water,

planting of environment friendly trees, effects of use of

Formalin in food chain.

15 15.00

6. O & M

6a. O&M of Infrastructure through participatory Water

Management (Scheme walk through) 12 12.00

6b. LCS (Formation, rules, wages, measurement and

accounting) 12 12.00

6c. Quality Control 12 12.00

6d. Participatory Monitoring 12 12.00


TOTAL 287 287.59



Table I 10: Cost of Farmers Field School training

Sl.

No.

Component No. of FFS/FSF (2 in each WMG)

Tentative cost (Tk. in lac)

Remarks

1 Agriculture 56 56.00

2 Fisheries 56 56.00 Total 112 112.00

Table I 11: Total cost for capacity building and training.

Sl. No.

Component Persons involved

Costs (Tk. in Lac)

a. Staff Training 780 128.87

b. WMO Training

b.1 Class room/practical/on-the job training

WMO Formation , Development and O&M 2100 60.00

Agriculture development 1960 56.00

Fisheries development 1960 56.00

Gender and Livelihood Development 1820 52.59

Environment 525 15.00

O & M 1680 48.00

Total for Class room training 10045 287.59

b.2 Demonstration (agriculture and fisheries)

Demonstration(agriculture ) 1680 25.74

Demonstration( fisheries) 1680 42.00

Total for Demonstration (agriculture and fisheries) 3360 67.74

b.3 Farmer’s Field School / Field School for Fishermen

Farmer’s Field School (Agriculture) 1680 56.00

Field School for Fishermen 1680 56.00

Total for FFS / FSF 3360 112.00

b.4 Advanced training / refresher course for fishermen/fish farmers 60 2.00

b.5 Motivational tour/excursion for fishermen/fish farmer 60 2.20

b.6 Motivational tour/excursion for Agricultural farmer 90 3.00

b.7 Agricultural fair/workshop 3.00

b.8 Dissemination activities including training materials 59.45

Total for WMO Training 16975 536.98

Total for capacity building and training

(Staff Training and WMO Training)

17755 665.85


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali - Arpara – Annex J – Economic and Financial Analysis

ANNEX J

ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS


SAIWRPMP – Feasibility Study Kalidaskhali - Arpara – Annex J – Economic and Financial Analysis 1

1 INTRODUCTION

The objective of economic and financial analysis is to quantify the costs and benefits resulting from “Kalidaskhali-Arpara Sub-project” implementation in order to evaluate the impact of the project on agricultural income, government investment cost and the overall economy. The sensitivity of the results of the analysis to variations in key factors is discussed in detail. A multi-criteria analysis is also presented and potential risks facing the project implementation are discussed.

The Costab Program introduced by the World Bank has been used both for the analysis of project costs and for generating project economic costs. Expected agricultural benefits of the project have been analyzed using Farmod Program. However the output of the FARMOD models has also been used as a basis for estimating project benefits providing irrigation facilities, removal of drainage congestion and optimum flood management. Costs estimation has been done for engineering solution. Moreover the benefits have been analysed taking into account the facilities providing agricultural activities of the proposed project.

2 ASSUMPTIONS

- The life of the project has been considered for 30 years. - All costs and benefits are updated to market prices of 2012. Parity prices of major traded

commodities are calculated based on World Bank Commodity Price Projections (See Appendix Table J 1.1)1.

- Financial prices on non-traded goods and services are adjusted by using a Standard Conversion Factor (SCF) of 0.902.

- A conversion factor of 0.83 has been used for farm labour computing. - The discount rate of 12% has been taken into account in the project analysis which is used by

the Government of Bangladesh. - The implementation period of the project has been considered for four years. - It has been assumed that 40%, 70% and 100% benefit of the project will be achieved in the

fifth, sixth and seventh year respectively. - In order to estimate the investment cost, physical contingency and price escalation have been

taken into account at the rate of 5% respectively.

3 PRICES (AGRICULTURAL INPUT AND OUTPUT)

Financial prices of agricultural inputs and outputs used in the farm budget analysis were collected from the Upazila Agricultural Office, Upazila Statistical Office, Department of Agricultural Marketing, interviewing the local farmers with field visit and weighted average of wholesale market 2012. In the economic analysis, the assumptions were used following FAP Guidelines for Project Assessment (GPA). Details of both financial and economic prices of inputs and outputs are shown in Appendix Table J1.2.

4 CONVERSION FACTOR (CF) AND SHADOW WAGE RATE FACTOR (SWRF)

Individual Conversion Factors are derived for all major items of works for the project and it has been adopted for the purpose of analysis. In addition, a Standard Conversion Factor (SCF) of 0.902 has also been derived for Bangladesh as a whole. A shadow wage rate factor (SWRF) 0.83 has also been derived and used for local unskilled labour, so that it cannot create any harmful effects on the labour considered for market through unemployment and efficiency. No residual value has been assumed at the end of the project life. It has been given the detail calculation of CF, SWRF estimating the conversion factor for local cost component of capital cost items and conversion factor for local cost component of O & M cost items (Appendix-Table J1.3, Table J1.4 and Table J1.5).

1 World Bank Commodity Price Projections as of July 03, 2011. Averages of 2011 and 2015 projections in 2000 prices

adjusted by a MUV index to convert to 2011 prices



5 PROJECT COSTS

5.1 Investment Cost

The financial investment costs were computed following the Costab Program recommended by the World Bank. However, the economic costs were also computed following Costab Program where taxes & duties and price escalation were excluded and local cost were converted using a SCF of 0.902. Individual items were calculated by a weighted conversion factor (Appendix-Table J1.3, Table J1.4). The investment costs were estimated in accordance with the approved schedule rate of 2010-11 of the Faridpur O&M Division, Faridpur O&M Circle, BWDB. The Economic and Financial Investment cost can be seen in detail in Appendix-Table J1.6 to Table J1.9 which has been summarized in Table J1.

Table J1: Investment Cost (Tk in lac)

Item Financial CF Economic

I. Investment Costs

A. Civil Works

1. Structure 1,044.84 0.769 803.48

2. Channels khals 765.51 0.687 525.52

3. Embankment 778.66 0.687 534.55

4. Protection work - - -

5. After care/Miscellaneous construction 129.45 0.687 88.87

Subtotal 2,718.46 1,952.42

B. Survey and Investigation 161.09 0.767 123.51

C. Social Mobilization. 182.57 0.767 139.98

D. Staff Training 128.87 0.767 98.81

E. WMO Training 536.98 0.767 411.70

F. Consultant 343.66 0.767 263.49

G. Procurement of Vehicle 53.70 0.767 41.17

H. Procurement of Motorcycle 23.63 0.767 18.11

I. Engineering and Admistration /a 193.31 0.767 148.21

J. IT & VAT 214.79 0.000 -

Total BASELINE COSTS 4,557.06 3,197.40

Physical Contingencies 227.85 0.702 159.87

Price Contingencies 223.59 - -

Total PROJECT COSTS 5,008.51 3,357.27 Source: COSTAB Program generated.

5.2 Operation & Maintenance Cost

The assessment of the total O&M cost for Kalidaskhali-Arpara sub project comes at Tk 1191 per net cultivated hectare, of which Tk.976 or 82% will be paid for by the BWDB and the balance, i.e. Tk 214 or 18%, by the farmers or tenants. Actual maintenance responsibilities and cost sharing between the parties will be finalized during the negotiations between the WMGs (associated in a WMA) and the BWDB before handing over and reported in the transfer agreement. These costs include all engineering and administration costs. The Economic and Financial O & M costs can be seen in Table J2.

Table J2: O & M Costs (Tk. In lac)

no

Item of Works

Financial

CF Economic O & M cost

Type of Maintenance Cost Operational

costs

Total O&M costs per

year Preventive Periodic

1 Drainage channel/Khal 0.424 33.01 33.434 0.687 22.95

2 Structures + brick sections 2.28 46.443 2.4 51.123 0.710 36.32

3 Embankment 8.07 33.76 41.83 0.687 28.72

Total 10.774 113.213 2.4 126.387 87.99



6 PROJECT BENEFITS

6.1 Agriculture Benefits

Benefits have been mainly calculated from agricultural crop production. So, the agricultural benefits of the project have been computed taking into account the increased agricultural production due to engineering interventions of the project. All crop-production costs and benefits have been included in the analysis. Expected agricultural benefits of the project were analyzed using Farmod Program. An incremental benefit was defined as net production value with project subtracted from the net production value without project. Net production values were computed based on cropped area using cropping patterns for the without and with project situation. The agricultural financial and economic benefits can be seen in detail in Appendix- Table J1.10 to Table J1.14 and are summarized in Table J3. The estimated agriculture crop production has been given in detail in Appendix- Table J1.17. Table J3: Agriculture benefit (Tk. in lac)

Particulars Situations

Present Future Without Project Future With Project

Gross Protected Area(ha) 13197 13197 13197

Cultivated Area(ha) 10616 10616 10616

Cropped Area(ha) 23046 25488

Net Annual Financial Return /ha(BDT) - 73,601 96,414

Incremental Net Financial Return/ha (BDT) 22,812

Total Net Financial Return (Lakh BDT) - 7,813.52 10,235.29

Incremental Total Net Financial Return (Lakh BDT ) 2,421.77

Net Economic Return /ha(BDT) - 76,740 101,328

Incremental Net Economic Return/ha (BDT) 24,589 Total Net Economic Return (Lakh BDT) - 8,146.67 10,756.99

Incremental Total Net Economic Return (Lakh BDT ) 2,610.33

Source: FARMOD Program generated.

6.2 Fisheries Benefits

Fishery is one of the fastest growing sub‐sectors in the food production context of Bangladesh. This is the reason why the benefit of this sub-sector has been considered with great importance in the sub-project. The implications of the climate change to fisheries are extremely significant not only for the livelihood of the majority of the population in the sub project who depend on agricultural output and system but also it would create a great threat to their own food security. Some of the main benefits of the embankment to the local communities are the availability of water and the development of fisheries sub-sector. Rehabilitation of embankment will protect the culture of fisheries and may motivate people to adopt improved fish culture practices. In order to have the potential benefits, it is necessary to provide all kinds of support services to the people for instance supplying of good quality of fish seeds and other logistic supports of modern aquaculture. The Fisheries financial and economic benefits can be seen in detail in Appendix- Table J1.15 and table J1.16 which have been summarized in Table J4.

Table J 4: Fisheries benefit (Tk. in lac)

Particulars Situations

Future Without Project Future With Project

Net Financial Return (Lakh BDT) 362.82 371.79

Incremental Financial Return (Lakh BDT ) 8.97

Net Economic Return (Lakh BDT) 327.26 335.35

Incremental Economic Return (Lakh BDT ) 8.09



7 EMPLOYMENT

Employment will be generated in 3 phases, i.e. during infra-structure development, O&M and improvement in agricultural activities. After implementation of the project, the employment opportunities will be increased yearly in agriculture and O&M 0.0458076 million man-days and 0.0384176 million man-days respectively. Whereas during infra-structure development; the employment opportunities will be generated by 0.723548 million man-days.

8 ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL RATE OF RETURN

The economic and financial analyses have been carried out to determine the EIRR and FIRR. In order to calculate the EIRR and FIRR, it is necessary to determine capital costs, operation and maintenance costs and the incremental economic and financial benefits from crop production. All these costs and benefits spread over the life period of the project for 30 years. The incremental economic benefit of crop production and fisheries have been calculated by determining the crop revenue and production cost for both ‘without project’ and ‘with project’ situations. The estimated economic and financial IRR, B/C ratio and NPV can be seen in detail in Appendix - Table J1.18 to Table J1.19 which has been summarized in Table J5. It can be seen that FIRR, NPV and B/C ration are 25.33%, 6503 Tk in lac and 1.00:2.45 respectively. On the other hand EIRR, NPV and B/C Ratio 34.64%, 8820 Tk. in lac and 1.00:3.91 respectively. The economic and financial calculations have been carried out considering a standard opportunity cost of capital 12%.

Table J5: Summary of economic and financial indicators

Name of Sub Project IRR (% ) NPV (Lac .TK) B/C Ratio

FIRR EIRR Fin. Eco. Fin. Eco.

Kalidaskhali 25.33% 34.64% 6503 8820 2.45 3.91

8.1 REASON FOR HIGH IRR, B/C RATIO and NPV

There are certain reasons given below for which the EIRR/have been higher than 30%. The reasons are given below:. There exists sunk cost which helps to rehabilitate a project to get full benefits with lesser investment cost, than usually required for a new project that needs 100% investment cost to achieve a desired benefit. So, usually rehabilitated project has always higher EIRR. In the feasibility study scheme, there is higher increase of cropping intensity occurred in with project compared to the without project. Apart from that, in agriculture, high value crops have been introduced in the project, training, demonstrations, Farmers Field School. Similarly, in fisheries sector measures have been considered for increase of fishery yield by introducing modern technology practices, training, demonstrations, proper fish fry uses, Field School of Fishery. So are the higher benefits in the two sectors and the consequent high IRR value. Computation of IRR etc. have been done considering benefits accrued due to agriculture & fisheries only. Intangible benefits like improvement of income generation through livelihood enhancement activities, provision of safe drinking water, capacity building of WMGs & Staff through intensive training activities etc. have not been considered. If it would have been considered the IRR, B/C ratio and NPV would have further increased.

9 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

A sensitivity analysis was carried out considering a possible 25% increase in investment cost, or a 25% decrease in benefits, or an implementation period lag of one year. For the cost increase of 25% together with benefits decreased by 25% the analysis eventually shows that the EIRR in all the cases is higher compared to opportunity cost of capital. The full result of the sensitivity analysis including the impact of changes in benefit and cost has been shown in Table J6.



Table J6: Sensitivity analysis (EIRR)

Name of Sub Project

Base case EIRR (%)

Costs Increase by+25%

Total Benefits decrease by 25%

Lag in Benefits 1 years

Costs +25% and Benefits -25%

Kalidaskhali 34.64% 30.03% 28.77% 30.00% 24.66%

9.1 REASON FOR HIGH IRR, B/C RATIO and NPV

The reasons high EIRR, i.e., more than 30% are due to the following:

There exists sunk costs and with fewer renovation works having less cost higher benefits will be achieved.

In case of agriculture, increase of cropping intensity accompanied by introduction of high value & high yielding crops, modern technology through training, capacity building, accompanied by Farmers Field School, the agriculture production is expected to increase tremendously. Similarly, in fisheries sector measures have been considered for increase of culture fishery yield by introducing modern technology practices, training, demonstrations, proper fish fry uses, Field School of Fishery. So are the higher benefits in the two main sectors and the consequent high IRR value.

Computation of IRR etc. have been done considering benefits accrued due to agriculture & fisheries only. Intangible benefits like improvement of income generation through livelihood enhancement activities, provision of safe drinking water, capacity building of WMGs & Staff through intensive training activities etc. have not been considered. If it would have been considered the IRR, B/C ratio and NPV would have further increased.

10 MULTI-CRITERIA ANALYSIS

According to the Guidelines of Project Assessment (Flood Plan Coordination Org., 1992), the project analysis should be carried out following some quantitative and qualitative analysis. Considering this fact, the feasibility assessment of Kalidaskhali-Arpara Sub-project has been carried out not only on the basis of financial and economic analysis. A multi-criteria analysis was carried out to determine the qualitative as well as quantitative impact of the project on different economic, social, institutional and financial variables. The results are presented in Table J7.

It is evident that EIRR, NPV, Agricultural Production, Employment in Agriculture and Construction, Flood Protection & Drainage Improvement, Social Acceptance, Conflict of Interest, Livelihood Improvement etc. will have a positive trend in ‘With project’ compared to ‘Without project’ . Table J7: Multi-criteria analysis

Performance Indicator Units Value of Indicators


1. Economic Aspect

EIRR % 34.64

NPV Tk in lac - 8820

2. Quantitative Analysis

Agricultural Production (Rice) Metric ton 31063 51075

Employment in Agriculture Million man-days 0.228922 0.2747296

Employment in construction Million man-days - 0.723548

3. Qualitative Analysis

(a) Natural Resources

Flood protection (+/-) (-) (+)

Drainage improvement (+/-) (-) (+)

(b) Social

Social Acceptance (+/-) (+) (+)

Conflict with different groups (+/-) (+) (+)

Livelihood Improvement (+/-) (-) (+)



Performance Indicator Units Value of Indicators


Income distribution (+/-) (-) (+)

(c)Institutional Development (+/-) (-) (+)

(d) Fisheries * (+/-) (+) (+)

4. Financial

(a) Investment Cost Tk in lac 5008.51

(b) O&M Cost Tk in lac 126.387

(+) indicates positive trend, (-) indicates negative trend

11 FARM BUDGET ANALYSIS

11.1 Crop budget

Cropping patterns were obtained from the agricultural data (Annex D). The expected future cropping pattern depends on the anticipated impact of the engineering works to be implemented in the project. A total of 14 crop-budgets have been used. These crop budgets are accounted for crop production by seasons, land types and irrigations. The yields and inputs for each crop budget of 1 hectare of land for 2 types of farmer, i.e., owner farmer and tenant farmer have been analyzed using the FARMOD model.

11.2 Share cropping

In the project area, the share-cropping is being practiced. Share-cropping system is divided in three equal parts to land, inputs and labour. In share cropping, the share cropper gives 100% labour. Input is shared equally by owner farmer and tenant farmer. However, outputs are also shared equally by them.

11.3 Availability of Agricultural Labour

Availability of agricultural labour has been calculated based on socio-economic survey from the existing total population living inside the project area. The availability of agricultural labour per month has been shown in Table J8.

11.4 Table JI8: Estimated aavailability of agricultural labour per hectare in the project area

Total Population (no)

% of agriculture

Labour

Total Agriculture Labour(No.)

Agricultural Labour/ha.

Monthly Available

Agricultural Labour Days

Yearly Available

Agricultural Labour Days

59124 16.86% 9968 0.94 23 276

The agricultural labourers are engaged in carrying out the farm activities and it is considered that they remain engaged in farm activities for 25 days of a month. The cropping pattern of the project (with & without) represents the total land which is proportion to 1 hectare of land keeping net area constant.

11.5 Farm Income

The annual farm household income per hectare of 2 different types of farmer is shown in Table J9.The incremental benefit per hectare and the net income per hectare of owner farmer is higher than that of tenant farmer. But as a result of the project engineering intervention, the owner and tenant farmer will have financially benefited.



11.6 Table J9: Per hectare annual farm household income of different categories of farmers (Tk)

Description Situation Owner Farmer Tenant Farmer

Family Labour Available (man-day) Without 0 276 With 0 276

Family Labour Use(man-day) Without 0 216

With 0 250

Total Hired Labour(man-day) Without 216 0

With 259 9

Gross Value Of Production Without 157,719 78,860 With 199,342 105,735

Inputs Costs Without 30,208 15,075 With 38,231 19,085

Labour Costs Without 53,910 0

With 64,697 2170

Total Production Costs Without 84,118 15,075 With 102,928 21,255

Net Benefit Without 73,601 63,785

With 96,414 84,480

Incremental Benefit Without With 22812 20696

Source: FARMOD Program generated.

11.7 O&M Cost Recoveries

Farmer’s contributions to O&M costs may be in either labour or cash. From the Table J9, it can be seen that farm households generally have relatively large amounts of surplus labour (some of which will naturally be used in off-farm and non-farm activities wherever possible), indicating that labour contributions to O&M should, in principle, be possible provided a mode of operation to which all parties agree could be worked out and implemented. Cash contributions would be more problematic. Annual O&M costs per ha for the net cultivated area is given in Table J10. If compared with incremental income per ha in Table J9, it is seen that if O&M cost is realized in cash, only 0.94% to 1.04% of respective incremental incomes derived by the Owner farmer and Tenant farmer will have to be paid by themselves. Nevertheless, many households would find the cost of bearing the O&M costs of the project to be burdensome. For smaller farms and poor households, cash contributions may detract from the ability to use the benefits of the project to help meet the costs of better nutrition, health, education or other needs. Furthermore, since the whole population of the project area will benefit from the project and not just the agricultural population, the cost of O&M should be borne equitably by all.

Table J10: Annual O&M Cost per hectare Unit; Taka

Categories of Farmers O&M (Tk/ha/yr)

Borne Incremental Income/ha(Taka)

% of incremental Income % Taka

BWDB 1191 82.00% 976 - -

Owner Farmer 1191 18.00% 214 22812 0.94%

Tenant Farmer 1191 18.00% 214 20696 1.04%

11.8 Poverty Alleviation Impact

The project will help in alleviating poverty by increasing employment and production in agriculture & fisheries sectors in the sub-project area. The production impact (see Annex - Table J1.17) varies considerably between with project and without project. Table J7 shown above represents the data for all types of farms for the sub-project and these data are indicative for all farm models of the sub-project. Incremental income per ha is



varied for all farm sizes for a particular model. The annual increment in household income from crop production will be comparatively less in case of Owner farmers than Tenant farmers. This represents a significant contribution to incomes in the sub-project areas generally to Tenant farmers and to the alleviation of poverty in particular. Poor and landless households will also get benefit from employment during the construction and O&M phase. In addition to that, there will be an increased demand for agricultural labour due to increased crop production in the sub-project area. The estimated increase in the requirement for agricultural labour amounts to about 0.0458076 million man-days per year for the sub-project area (Paragraph 8.0). Poor farm households will also get benefit from the increased labour inputs required for their own land.

12 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

In accordance with the analysis stated above, the engineering interventions are technically feasible and conducive to the scheme objectives. The main benefit of the scheme is to get increased agricultural and fisheries production. The relevant financial and economic information have been shown in Appendix Table J1.18 and Appendix Table J1.19. The Internal Rate of Return (IRR) of economic and financial have been calculated which are found to be 25.33% and 34.64% respectively. A sensitivity analysis was carried out assuming 25% increase in investment cost, 25% decrease in benefit, implementation period lag in 1 year. However sensitivity analysis was also carried out with costs being increased by 25% together with benefits being decreased by 25% which eventually indicates that the EIRR in all the cases is higher compared to opportunity cost of capital 12%.The calculated IRR is a conservative estimation taking into account for only agricultural and fisheries benefits.

In conclusion, the analysis of the interventions and impact is that project is technically feasible, economically viable, financially profitable, socially acceptable and environmental-friendly. Considering the importance of people’s livelihood and self sustainable crop production, this project is being recommended for implementation.



Appendix

Table J1.1: Import Parity Derivation of Economic Prices

Import Parity Export Parity

Paddy TSP MP Urea

Projected FOB 2011/2015 Price a/

401.2 Projected FOB 2011/2015 Price a/

338.8 269.1 Projected FOB 2011/2015 Price a/

256.7

Quality adjustment 0.8 Freight and Insurance 30.0 35.0 Exchange rate 82.0

Adjusted FOB value 300.9 Adjusted FOB value 368.8 304.1 Bangladesh FOB price in Taka

21045.7

Freight and Insurance 25.0 Exchange rate 82.0 82.0 Port dues , storage , handling ,transport etc. between factory and FOB **

814.5

Import price CIF Bangkok , in US$

325.9 Import price CIF Bangladesh , in Taka

30244.2 24935.0 Price ex-factory 20231.2

Exchange rate 82.0 Bagging 902.0 Transport and handling between local supplier and factory

451.0

Import price CIF Bangladesh , in Tk

26726.8

Port dues , storage , handling ,transport etc. from port to regional distribution point**

1028.3 1028.3 Marketing margin and costs between local market and factory (5%)

219.2

Port dues , storage , handling ,transport etc. from port to national /regional market

1580.3 Price at regional distribution point

32174.4 25963.3 Local retail Price 20901.4

Price of rice at national /regional market

28307.1 Transport and handling between local supplier at regional distribution point

451.0 451.0 Transport and handling between farm gate and Local market

225.5

Transport and handling between rice mill and national /regional market

676.5

Marketing margin and costs between local market and regional distribution point (5%)

422.1 350.9 FARM GATE PRICE 21126.9

Marketing margin and costs between rice mill and national /regional market (5%)

642.7 Local retail Price 33047.6 26765.1 Conversion factor 0.9996

Price of rice Ex-mill 26987.9 Transport and handling between farm gate and Local market

225.5 225.5

Equivalent in Paddy (65%) 17542.1 FARM GATE PRICE 33273.1 26990.6

Milling costs 270.6 Conversion factor 0.9902 0.9918

Transport and handling between rice mill and farm gate

225.5

FARM GATE PRICE OF PADDY

17046.0

Conversion factor 1.0021

a/ Source: World Bank Commodity Price Projections as of July 03, 2011. Averages of 2011 and 2015 projections in 2000 prices adjusted by a MUV

index to convert to 2011 prices.



Table J1.1: Import Parity (Contd.)

Import Parity

Wheat Sugar Cane

World Bank estimated price of Wheat (US Hard Red Winter ,Export Price ) a/

204.6 World Bank estimated price of Sugar Cane (Raw, FOB Carribian Ports ) a/

368.2

Quality adjustment 0.8 Freight and Insurance 50.0

Adjustment FOB price 163.7 Import price CIF Bangladesh , in US$ 418.2

Freight and Insurance 43.0 Exchange rate 82.0

Import price CIF Bangladesh , in US$ 206.7 Import price CIF Bangladesh , in Taka 34294.1

Exchange rate 82.0 Port dues , storage , handling ,transport etc. from port to national /regional market

1525.3

Import price CIF Bangladesh , in Taka 16949.6 Price at national /regional market 35819.4

Port dues , storage , handling ,transport etc. from port to national /regional market

1580.3

Price at national /regional market 18529.9 Transport and handling between sugar mill and national /regional market

676.5

Marketing margin and costs between sugar mill and national /regional market (5%)

1791.0

Transport and handling between local market and national /regional market

676.5 Price of sugar Ex-mill 33351.9

Marketing margin and costs between local market and national /regional market (5%)

843.4 Net processing costs 902.0

Transport and handling between farm gate and local market.

225.5 Sugar extraction ratio (8%). 0.1

FARM GATE PRICE OF WHEAT 16784.5 Value per ton of sugar cane 2596.0

Conversion factor 1.0011 Transport and handling between sugar mill and farm gate

225.5

FARM GATE PRICE OF SUGAR CANE 2370.5

Conversion factor 1.0109

a/ Source: World Bank Commodity Price Projections as of July 03, 2011. Averages of 2011 and 2015 projections in 2000 prices adjusted by a MUV index to convert to 2011 prices



Table J1.2: Financial and economic prices of agricultural input output

Items Unit Financial CF Economic

Outputs Rice

B. Aus mt 17,500.00 1.0021 17,536.75 T. Aus mt 17,500.00 1.0021 17,536.75 B. Aman mt 17,500.00 1.0021 17,536.75

Lt. Aman mt 17,500.00 1.0021 17,536.75 T. Aman mt 17,500.00 1.0021 17,536.75 HYV Boro mt 17,500.00 1.0021 17,536.75 Hybrid Boro mt 17,500.00 1.0021 17,536.75

Other outputs

Wheat mt 20,000.00 1.0011 20,022.00

Maize mt 17,000.00 0.902 15,334.00

Jute mt 30,000.00 0.902 27,060.00

Vegetable mt 17,000.00 0.902 15,334.00

Pulses mt 35,000.00 0.902 31,570.00

Mustard mt 60,000.00 0.902 54,120.00

Chilli (Green) mt 32,000.00 0.902 28,864.00

Onion mt 15,000.00 0.902 13,530.00

Vegetable mt 17,000.00 0.902 15,334.00

Straw

Rice straw mt 2,000.00 0.902 1,804.00

Jute straw mt 2,600.00 0.902 2,345.20

Pulses straw mt 2,000.00 0.902 1,804.00

Mustard straw mt 350.00 0.902 315.70 Till straw mt 350.00 0.902 315.70 Wheat straw mt 400.00 0.902 360.80

Inputs Seeds

Rice Seed kg 20.00 0.902 18.04 Wheat(seed) kg 20.00 0.902 18.04

Maize(seed) kg 35.00 0.902 31.57 Jute (seed) kg 400.00 0.902 360.80 Vegetable (Seed) kg 500.00 0.902 451.00 Pulses (seed) kg 100.00 0.902 90.20

Mustard (Seed) kg 50.00 0.902 45.10 Chilli (seed) kg 1,700.00 0.902 1,533.40 Onion (Seed) kg 1,000.00 0.902 902.00

Other Inputs

Urea kg 12.00 0.9996 12.00 Muriate of Potash kg 18.00 0.9918 17.85

TSP kg 26.00 0.902 25.75 Gypsum kg 15.00 0.902 13.53

Manure kg 2.00 0.902 1.80 Pesticides Unit 1.00 0.902 0.90 Tractor Unit 1.00 0.902 0.90 Irrigation Charges Unit 1.00 0.79 0.79 Other Costs Unit 1.00 0.902 0.90

Labor man-day 250.00 0.83 207.50



Table J1.3: Estimates of Conversion Factor for Local Cost Component of Capital Cost Items

Item Skilled Labour Unskilled Labour Materials

Taxes & Duties F.E.C Transportation Total

% CF % CF % CF % CF % CF % CF % CF

Embankment 6.375 0.902 78.625 0.8 0.902 15 0 1 0.902 100 68.65

Drainage Channel 6.375 0.902 78.625 0.8 0.902 15 0 1 0.902 100 68.65

Drainage Structure 17 0.902 17 0.8 25 0.902 15 0 20 1 6 0.902 100 76.90

Table J1.4: Estimates of Conversion Factor for Local Cost Component of O & M Cost Items

Item Skilled Labour

Unskilled Labour

Materials Taxes & Duties

F.E.C Transportation Total

% CF % CF % CF % CF % CF % CF % CF

Embankment 6.375 0.902 78.625 0.80 0.902 15 0 1 0.902 100 68.65

Drainage Channel 6.375 0.902 78.625 0.80 0.902 15 0 1 0.902 100 68.65

Drainage Structure 10 0.902 60 0.80 10 0.902 15 0 5 1 0.902 100 71.04



Table J1.5: Estimation of Shadow Wage Rate Conversion Factor for Unskilled labour

Peak Season

a Market wage 250 TK/pd

b Estimated marginal product of labour 200 TK/pd

c Marginal value product in peak season (a+b)/2 225 TK/pd Lean Season

d Food for works wage rate (amount of wheat) 7 Kg

e Leakage 10%

f Discrepancy - market wage in lean season & FFW wage 20%

g Marginal product of labour in lean season(amount of wheat)[d(1-e)(1-f)] 5.04 Kg

h Average price of wheat(2005/06-2009/2010) adjusted 2012 18 TK/kg

i Marginal product in peak season (gxh) 90.7 TK/pd

Unemployment & under employment

j Un/under employment in a whole year 10%

k Un/under employment in months (jx12) 1.2 month

l Total lean months 4 month

m Employment in lean season in month (l-k) 2.8 month

n Employment in lean season as % of total lean season [(m/l)x100] 70.00%

o Marginal product of labour in lean season adjusted for un/under employment (ixn) 63.50 TK/pd

Marginal product of labour

p Marginal product in peak season ( c ) 225 TK/pd

q Marginal product in lean season ( o) 63.50 TK/pd

r Months in peak season 8 month

s Months in lean season 4 month

t Marginal product: weighted average of peak & lean season [{(pxr)+(qxs)}/12] 171.17 TK/pd

Marginal product in border price

u Share of rice in food grain consumption 85%

v Share of wheat in food grain consumption 15%

w Conversion factor of rice 1.0021

x Conversion factor of wheat 1.0011

y Conversion factor in food grain consumption{(uxw)+(vxx)} 1.0020

z Marginal product of labour expressed in border prices (txy) 171.50 Social cost of consumption

aa Marginal product of capital (MPK) 16%

ab Savings rate (s) 11%

ac Consumption rate of interest (CRI) 12%

ad Social value of investment relative to consumption (v) [{aax(1-ab)}/{ac-(aaxab)}] 1.39

ae Border to domestic price ratio for labour's consumption 1.25

af Social cost of consumption: 2nd term in Shadow wage rate (SWR) expression [(a-t)x(1-1/ad)xae}

27.68 TK

Shadow wage rate

ag Shadow wage rate for unskilled labour in project construction (z+af) 199.18 TK/pd

ah Shadow wage rate for unskilled labour in crop cultivation([{bx(1-j)+af}] 207.68 TK/pd

Shadow wage conversion factor for unskilled labour. ai Market wage (a) 250 TK/pd

aj Conversion factor for unskilled labour in project construction (ag/ai) 0.80

ak Conversion factor for unskilled labour in crop cultivation (ah/ai) 0.83



Table J1.6: Investment Costs

Expenditure Accounts Project Cost Summary (BDT. Lakh) (US$ Lakh)

% Total Base

Local Foreign Total Local Foreign Total Costs

I. Investment Costs

A. Civil Works

1. Structure 1,044.84 - 1,044.84 12.74 - 12.74 23.0

2. Channels khals 765.51 - 765.51 9.34 - 9.34 17.0

3. Embankment 778.66 - 778.66 9.50 - 9.50 17.0

4. Protection work - - - - - - -

5. After care/Miscellaneous construction 129.45 - 129.45 1.58 - 1.58 3.0

Subtotal 2,718.46 - 2,718.46 33.15 - 33.15 60.0

B. Survey and Investigation 161.09 - 161.09 1.96 - 1.96 4.0

C. Social Mobilization. 182.57 - 182.57 2.23 - 2.23 4.0

D. Staff Training 128.87 - 128.87 1.57 - 1.57 3.0

E. WMO Training 536.98 - 536.98 6.55 - 6.55 12.0

F. Consultant 343.66 - 343.66 4.19 - 4.19 8.0

G. Procurement of Vehicle 53.70 - 53.70 0.65 - 0.65 1.0

H. Procurement of Motorcycle 23.63 - 23.63 0.29 - 0.29 1.0

I. Engineering and Admistration /a 193.31 - 193.31 2.36 - 2.36 4.0

J. IT & VAT 214.79 - 214.79 2.62 - 2.62 5.0

Total BASELINE COSTS 4,557.06 - 4,557.06 55.57 - 55.57 100.0

Physical Contingencies 227.85 - 227.85 2.78 - 2.78 5.0

Price Contingencies 223.59 - 223.59 2.73 - 2.73 5.0

Total PROJECT COSTS 5,008.51 - 5,008.51 61.08 - 61.08 110.0

Source: Costab Program generated.



Table J1.7: Expenditure Accounts by Years -- Base Costs (TK. Lac)

Detailed Costs Quantities Base Cost (BDT. Lakh)

Unit Total 1 2 3 4 Total

I. Investment Costs

A. Civil Works

1. Structure

Digolgram Regulator No 1 3.31 9.93 8.83 - 22.07

Chukinagar Regulator no 1 4.16 12.48 11.09 - 27.74

Kuchimara regulator no 1 4.16 12.48 11.09 - 27.74

Kathalbaria regulator no 1 3.31 9.93 8.83 - 22.07

Existing Regulator at Boira no 1 4.16 12.48 11.09 - 27.74

Chek Structure at Kaitoly no 1 6.57 19.72 17.53 - 43.83

Additional Propose reg at Boira no 1 50.04 150.13 133.45 - 333.63

Kuatpur regulator no 1 1.45 4.35 3.87 - 9.68 900 mm pipe Inlet/Outlet rehabilitation no 10 8.90 26.71 23.74 - 59.36

Digolgram no 1 1.66 4.98 4.43 - 11.07

Chukinagar no 1 3.32 9.96 8.86 - 22.14

900 mm pipe Inlet/Outlet new no 2 8.79 26.38 23.45 - 58.63 Remodeling of Box Culvert to WCS no 4 11.04 33.11 29.43 - 73.57

Bridge/Culverts/WRS (New) no 1 13.50 40.50 36.00 - 90.00

WMG offices (new) no 1 196.00 - - - 196.00

Tube wells (new) Nos 1 9.80 9.80 - - 19.60

Subtotal 330.19 382.96 331.70 - 1,044.84

2. Channels khals

Kanudia Khal Km 12.7 27.59 55.18 101.16 - 183.93

Kuchiamora Khal Km 4.3 16.50 33.01 60.51 - 110.03

Digolgram Khal Km 5.7 10.13 20.25 37.13 - 67.50

Digolgram Branch-1 Khal Km 0.9 1.60 3.20 5.86 - 10.66



Kuatpur Khal Km 3.7 14.20 28.40 52.07 - 94.67

Kathalbaria khal Km 2.75 8.89 17.78 32.59 - 59.26

Kathalbaria Branch khal Km 1.15 3.72 7.43 13.63 - 24.78

Kalidaskhali Khal Km 5.1 19.57 39.15 71.77 - 130.50

Kalidaskhali Branch-1 Khal Km 1.25 2.72 5.43 9.96 - 18.10

Kalidaskhali Branch-2 Khal Km 1.6 3.48 6.95 12.74 - 23.17

Hajrakhali Khal Km 0.7 1.52 3.04 5.58 - 10.14

Kalaidangal Khal Km 0.75 1.63 3.26 5.97 - 10.86

Subtotal 114.83 229.65 421.03 - 765.51

3. Embankment

Embankment (existing) km 57.62 116.80 389.33 272.53 - 778.66

4. Protection work

Protection work at Chandrapara 0 - - - - - - 5. O & M during construction/After care Ls - - 64.73 64.73 129.45

Subtotal 561.81 1,001.94 1,089.98 64.73 2,718.46

B. Survey and Investigation Ls 24.16 48.33 56.38 32.22 161.09

C. Social Mobilization. Ls 45.64 45.64 45.64 45.64 182.57

D. Staff Training ls 38.66 38.66 38.66 12.89 128.87

E. WMO Training ls 53.70 161.09 187.94 134.24 536.98

F. Consultant ls 85.92 85.92 85.92 85.92 343.66

G. Procurement of Vehicle ls 26.85 26.85 - - 53.70

H. Procurement of Motorcycle ls 11.81 11.81 - - 23.63

I. Engineering and Admistration /a ls 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 193.31

J. IT & VAT ls 107.40 107.40 - - 214.79

Total BASELINE COSTS 1,004.28 1,575.97 1,552.85 423.96 4,557.06

Physical Contingencies 50.21 78.80 77.64 21.20 227.85



Detailed Costs Quantities Base Cost (BDT. Lakh)

Unit Total 1 2 3 4 Total

Price Contingencies

Inflation

Local - 41.37 124.33 57.90 223.59

Foreign - - - - -

Subtotal Inflation - 41.37 124.33 57.90 223.59

Devaluation - - - - -

Subtotal Price Contingencies - 41.37 124.33 57.90 223.59

Total PROJECT COSTS 1,054.49 1,696.13 1,754.82 503.06 5,008.51

Taxes 158.17 254.42 263.22 75.46 751.28

Foreign Exchange - - - - - Source: Costab Program generated.

Table J1.8: Expenditure Accounts by Years -- Totals Including Contingencies (Tk in Lac)

Totals Including Contingencies Totals Including Contingencies (BDT. Lakh)

1 2 3 4 Total

I. Investment Costs

A. Civil Works

1. Structure

Digolgram Regulator 3.48 10.69 9.98 - 24.14

Chukinagar Regulator 4.37 13.43 12.54 - 30.34

Kuchimara regulator 4.37 13.43 12.54 - 30.34

Kathalbaria regulator 3.48 10.69 9.98 - 24.14

Existing Regulator at Boira 4.37 13.43 12.54 - 30.34

Chek Structure at Kaitoly 6.90 21.23 19.81 - 47.94

Additional Propose reg at Boira 52.55 161.58 150.81 - 364.93

Kuatpur regulator 1.52 4.69 4.37 - 10.58

900 mm pipe Inlet/Outlet_rehabilitation 9.35 28.75 26.83 - 64.93

Digolgram 1.74 5.36 5.00 - 12.11

Chukinagar 3.49 10.72 10.01 - 24.22

900 mm pipe Inlet/Outlet_new 9.23 28.39 26.50 - 64.13

Remodeling of Box Culvert to WCS 11.59 35.63 33.25 - 80.47

Bridge/Culverts/WRS (New) 14.18 43.59 40.68 - 98.45

WMG offices (new) 205.80 - - - 205.80

Tube wells (new) 10.29 10.55 - - 20.84

Subtotal 346.70 412.16 374.84 - 1,133.69

2. Channels khals

Kanudia Khal 28.97 59.39 114.32 - 202.67

Kuchiamora Khal 17.33 35.52 68.38 - 121.24

Digolgram Khal 10.63 21.79 41.95 - 74.38

Digolgram Branch-1 Khal 1.68 3.44 6.62 - 11.74



Kuatpur Khal 14.91 30.57 58.84 - 104.32

Kathalbaria khal 9.33 19.13 36.83 - 65.30

Kathalbaria Branch khal 3.90 8.00 15.40 - 27.31

Kalidaskhali Khal 20.55 42.13 81.11 - 143.79

Kalidaskhali Branch-1 Khal 2.85 5.85 11.25 - 19.95

Kalidaskhali Branch-2 Khal 3.65 7.48 14.40 - 25.53

Hajrakhali Khal 1.60 3.27 6.30 - 11.17

Kalaidangal Khal 1.71 3.51 6.75 - 11.97

Subtotal 120.57 247.16 475.79 - 843.52

3. Embankment

Embankment (existing) 122.64 419.02 307.98 - 849.63



Totals Including Contingencies Totals Including Contingencies (BDT. Lakh)

1 2 3 4 Total

4. Protection work

Protection work at Chandrapara - - - - -

5. O & M during construction/After care - - 73.14 76.80 149.94

Subtotal 589.90 1,078.34 1,231.75 76.80 2,976.79

B. Survey and Investigation 25.37 52.01 63.72 38.23 179.33

C. Social Mobilization. 47.93 49.12 51.58 54.16 202.79

D. Staff Training 40.60 41.61 43.69 15.29 141.19

E. WMO Training 56.38 173.38 212.39 159.29 601.43

F. Consultant 90.21 92.47 97.09 101.95 381.71

G. Procurement of Vehicle 28.19 28.90 - - 57.09

H. Procurement of Motorcycle 12.40 12.71 - - 25.12

I. Engineering and Admistration /a 50.74 52.01 54.61 57.34 214.71

J. IT & VAT 112.76 115.58 - - 228.35

Total Project COSTS 1,054.49 1,696.13 1,754.82 503.06 5,008.51 Source: Costab Program generated.

Table J1.9: Economic Costs (Tk in lac)

Economic Costs (BDT. Lakh) Base Cost

1 2 3 4 Total

I. Investment Costs

A. Civil Works

1. Structure 253.91 294.49 255.07 - 803.48

2. Channels khals 78.83 157.66 289.04 - 525.52

3. Embankment 80.18 267.28 187.09 - 534.55

4. Protection work - - - - -

5. After care/Miscellaneous construction - - 44.43 44.43 88.87

Subtotal 412.92 719.43 775.64 44.43 1,952.42

B. Survey and Investigation 18.53 37.05 43.23 24.70 123.51

C. Social Mobilization. 34.99 34.99 34.99 34.99 139.98

D. Staff Training 29.64 29.64 29.64 9.88 98.81

E. WMO Training 41.17 123.51 144.09 102.92 411.70

F. Consultant 65.87 65.87 65.87 65.87 263.49

G. Procurement of Vehicle 20.58 20.58 - - 41.17

H. Procurement of Motorcycle 9.06 9.06 - - 18.11

I. Engineering and Admistration /a 37.05 37.05 37.05 37.05 148.21

J. IT & VAT - - - - -

Total BASELINE COSTS 669.82 1,077.19 1,130.52 319.86 3,197.40

Physical Contingencies 33.49 53.86 56.53 15.99 159.87

Price Contingencies

Inflation

Local - - - - -

Foreign - - - - -

Subtotal Inflation - - - - -

Devaluation - - - - -

Subtotal Price Contingencies - - - - -

Total PROJECT COSTS 703.31 1,131.05 1,187.05 335.85 3,357.27

Taxes - - - - -

Foreign Exchange - - - - - Source: Costab Program generated.



Table J1.10: Per ha input use,Yield, Production cost and Gross Benefit for different crops

(Financial)

Items

Situ

atio

n

T.

Au

s

B.A

ma

n

LT

. A

ma

n

T.

Am

an

HY

V B

oro

Hyb

rid

Bo

ro

Wh

ea

t

Ma

ize

Jute

Ve

ge

tab

le

Pu

lse

s

Mu

sta

rd

On

ion

Ch

illi(G

rea

n)

Co

ria

nd

er

Le

ntil

Labour ( Man days)

Without 86 70 87 113 151 151 40 0 150 155 55 38 108 130 40 38

With 86 70 0 113 151 151 40 55 150 155 55 38 108 130 40 38

Tructor/ Land preparation

(BDT)

Without 8500 3000 8500 8500 11500 11500 4000 3000 7000 3000 3000 18000 24000 3000 3000

With 8500 3000 8500 11500 11500 4000 5000 3000 7000 3000 3000 18000 24000 3000 3000

Seed (kg) Without 30 45 35 35 40 30 130 7.5 10 30 10 7 6.00 15 10

With 30 45 35 40 30 130 140 7.5 10 30 10 7 6.00 15 10

Urea (kg) Without 60 30 60 60 150 160 80 60 60 40 60 50 20 40

With 60 30 60 150 160 80 120 60 60 40 60 50 20 40

TSP(kg) Without 50 20 50 70 80 100 40 40 40 20 30 40 40 20 30

With 50 20 70 80 100 40 30 40 40 20 30 40 40 20 30

MP (kg) Without 20 20 20 40 40 20 10 20 20 20

With 20 20 40 40 20 70 10 20 20 20

Gypsum (kg) Without

0 0 0 20 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

With 0 0 0 20 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Manure(kg) Without 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

With 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Pesticides (BDT)

Without 0.00 0.00 300 500 750 0 0 0 1000.00 0 500.00 500 900 0 0

With 0.00 0.00 300 500 750 0 0 0 1000.00 0 500.00 500 900 0 0

Irrigation (BDT) Without 0 0 18000 18000 6000 0 15000 0 9000 12000 0 0

With 0 0 18000 18000 6000 7000 0 15000 0 9000 12000 0 0

Yield/ha (M.Ton)

Without 2.00 1.50 1.80 2.50 4.50 5.00 2.00 0 2.50 17.00 2.50 1.00 13.00 12.00 1.20 1.00

With 2.50 1.50 0.00 3.00 5.00 5.50 2.50 6.00 2.50 18.00 2.50 1.30 13.00 12.00 1.20 1.00

By-Product (ton/ha.)

Without 2.00 2.24 1.80 2.50 4.50 5.00 2.00 0 3.85 3.85 1.00 1.00

With 2.50 2.24 3.00 5.00 5.50 2.50 0 3.85 3.85 1.30 1.00

Total Revenue(BDT)

Without 39000 30730 35100 48750 87750 97500 40800 0 85010 289000 95200 60350 2E+05 384000 54000 60350

With 48750 30730 0 58500 97500 1E+05 51000 102000 85010 306000 95200 78455 2E+05 384000 54000 60350

Total Input costs(BDT)

Without 11480 4780 11580 12400 35700 36390 14960 0 7940 30120 6520 5260 36620 49100 4135 4760

With 11480 4780 0 12400 35700 36390 14960 20380 7940 30120 6520 5260 36620 49100 4135 4760

Income (Before Labor

Costs)(BDT)

Without 27520 25950 23520 36350 52050 61110 25840 0 77070 258880 88680 55090 158380 334900 49865 55590

With 37270 25950 0 46100 61800 70860 36040 81620 77070 275880 88680 73195 158380 334900 49865 55590

Total Labor costs(BDT)

Without 21,500 17,500 21,750 28,250 37,750 37,750 10,000 - 37,500 38,750 13,750 9,500 27,000 32,500 10,000 9,500

With 21,500 17,500 - 28,250 37,750 37,750 10,000 13,750 37,500 38,750 13,750 9,500 27,000 32,500 10,000 9,500

Income (After Labor

Costs)(BDT)

Without 6020 8450 1770 8100 14300 23360 15840 0 39570 220130 74930 45590 131380 302400 39865 46090

With 15770 8450 0 17850 24050 33110 26040 67870 39570 237130 74930 63695 131380 302400 39865 46090 Source: Agriculture Annex D, Farmod Program generated.



Table J1.11: Per ha input use, Yield, Production cost and Gross benefit for different crops

(Economic)

Items S

itu

atio

n

T.

Au

s

B.A

ma

n

LT

. A

ma

n

T.

Am

an

HY

V B

oro

Hyb

rid

Bo

ro

Wh

ea

t

Ma

ize

Jute

Ve

ge

tab

le

Pu

lse

s

Mu

sta

rd

On

ion

Ch

illi(G

rea

n)

Co

ria

nd

er

Le

ntil

Labour ( Man days) Without 86 70 87 113 151 151 40 0 150 155 55 38 108 130 40 38

With 86 70 0 113 151 151 40 55 150 155 55 38 108 130 40 38

Tructor/ Land preparation

(BDT)

Without 7667 2706 7667 7667 10373 10373 3608 0 2706 6314 2706 2706 16236 21648 2706 2706

With 7667 2706 0 7667 10373 10373 3608 4510 2706 6314 2706 2706 16236 21648 2706 2706 Seed (kg)

Without 30 45 35 35 40 30 130 0 8 10 30 10 7 6 15 10

With 30 45 0 35 40 30 130 140 8 10 30 10 7 6 15 10 Urea (kg)

Without 60 30 60 60 150 160 80 0 60 60 0 40 60 50 20 40

With 60 30 0 60 150 160 80 120 60 60 0 40 60 50 20 40 TSP(kg)

Without 50 20 50 70 80 100 40 0 40 40 20 30 40 40 20 30

With 50 20 0 70 80 100 40 30 40 40 20 30 40 40 20 30 MP (kg)

Without 20 0 20 20 40 40 20 0 10 20 0 0 20 20 0 0

With 20 0 0 20 40 40 20 70 10 20 0 0 20 20 0 0 Gypsum (kg)

Without 0 0 0 0 20 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

With 0 0 0 0 20 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Manure(kg)

Without 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

With 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Pesticides (BDT)

Without 0.00 0.00 0.00 270.60 451.00 676.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 902.00 0.00 451.00 451.00 811.80 0.00 0.00

With 0.00 0.00 0.00 270.60 451.00 676.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 902.00 0.00 451.00 451.00 811.80 0.00 0.00

Irrigation (BDT) Without 0 0 0 0 14220 14220 4740 0 0 11850 0 0 7110 9480 0 0

With 0 0 0 0 14220 14220 4740 5530 0 11850 0 0 7110 9480 0 0

Yield/ha (M.Ton)

Without 2.00 1.50 1.80 2.50 4.50 5.00 2.00 0.00 2.50 17.00 2.50 1.00 13.00 12.00 1.20 1.00

With 2.50 1.50 0.00 3.00 5.00 5.50 2.50 6.00 2.50 18.00 2.50 1.30 13.00 12.00 1.20 1.00

By-Product (ton/ha.)

Without 2.00 2.24 1.80 2.50 4.50 5.00 2.00 0.00 3.85 0.00 3.85 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00

With 2.50 2.24 0.00 3.00 5.00 5.50 2.50 0.00 3.85 0.00 3.85 1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00

Total Revenue(BDT)

Without 38682 30346 34813 48352 87033 96704 40766 0 76679 260678 85870 54436 2E+05 346368 48,708 54,436

With 48352 30346 0 58022 96704 1E+05 50957 92004 76679 276012 85870 70766 2E+05 346368 48,708 54,436

Total Input costs

Without 10572 4393 10662 11448 30609 31289 13040 0 7340 25683 5927 4860 32218 43127 3,799 4,409

With 10572 4393 0 11448 30609 31289 13040 17921 7340 25683 5927 4860 32218 43127 3,799 4,409

Income (Before Labor

Costs)(BDT)

Without 28109 25954 24151 36904 56424 65415 27726 0 69339 234995 79943 49576 143672 303241 44909 50027

With 37780 25954 0 46574 66095 75085 37917 74083 69339 250329 79943 65906 143672 303241 44909 50027

Total Labor costs(BDT)

Without 17,845 14,525 18,053 23,448 31,333 31,333 8,300 - 31,125 32,163 11,413 7,885 22,410 26,975 8,300 7,885

With 17,845 14,525 - 23,448 31,333 31,333 8,300 11,413 31,125 32,163 11,413 7,885 22,410 26,975 8,300 7,885

Income (After Labor

Costs)(BDT)

Without 10264 11429 6098 13456 25092 34082 19426 0 38214 202833 68531 41691 121262 276266 36609 42142

With 19935 11429 0 23127 34762 43752 29617 62670 38214 218167 68531 58021 121262 276266 36609 42142

Source: Agriculture Annex D, Farmod Program generated



Table J1.12: Financial Agriculture Crop Benefits (Tk. in lac)

FINANCIAL BUDGET (AGGREGATED) (In BDT Lach)

April -- March

Without Project With Project Increments

1 to 29 30 1 2 to 29 30 1 2 to 29 30

Main Production

B. Aus 446.25 446.25 - - - -446.25 -446.25 -446.25

T. Aus 410.55 410.55 424.37 424.37 424.37 13.83 13.83 13.83

B. Aman 70.61 70.61 19.43 19.43 19.43 -51.19 -51.19 -51.19

Lt. Aman 745.61 745.61 - - - -745.61 -745.61 -745.61

T. Aman 1,256.94 1,256.94 4,333.35 4,333.35 4,333.35 3,076.41 3,076.41 3,076.41

HYV Boro 1,858.50 1,858.50 2,395.75 2,395.75 2,395.75 537.25 537.25 537.25

Hybrid Boro 647.50 647.50 1,765.23 1,765.23 1,765.23 1,117.73 1,117.73 1,117.73

Wheat 957.20 957.20 750.00 750.00 750.00 -207.20 -207.20 -207.20

Maize - - 1,428.00 1,428.00 1,428.00 1,428.00 1,428.00 1,428.00

Jute 2,939.25 2,939.25 3,010.50 3,010.50 3,010.50 71.25 71.25 71.25

Vegetable 3,074.96 3,074.96 2,142.00 2,142.00 2,142.00 -932.96 -932.96 -932.96

Pulses 1,837.50 1,837.50 1,846.25 1,846.25 1,846.25 8.75 8.75 8.75

Mustard 834.00 834.00 1,302.60 1,302.60 1,302.60 468.60 468.60 468.60

Lentil 418.80 418.80 134.40 134.40 134.40 -284.40 -284.40 -284.40 Sub-total Main Production 15,497.67 15,497.67 19,551.88 19,551.88 19,551.88 4,054.21 4,054.21 4,054.21

By Products

Straw 1,245.80 1,245.80 1,610.25 1,610.25 1,610.25 364.45 364.45 364.45 Gross Value Of Production 16,743.46 16,743.46 21,162.12 21,162.12 21,162.12 4,418.66 4,418.66 4,418.66

Production Cost

Purchased Inputs

Rice Seed 81.36 81.36 97.17 97.17 97.17 15.81 15.81 15.81

Wheat 62.22 62.22 39.00 39.00 39.00 -23.22 -23.22 -23.22

Maize(seed) - - 68.60 68.60 68.60 68.60 68.60 68.60

Jute (SEED) 117.57 117.57 120.42 120.42 120.42 2.85 2.85 2.85

Vegetable (Seed) 53.20 53.20 35.00 35.00 35.00 -18.20 -18.20 -18.20

Pulses (seed) 63.00 63.00 63.30 63.30 63.30 0.30 0.30 0.30

Mustard (Seed) 6.95 6.95 8.35 8.35 8.35 1.40 1.40 1.40

Lentil (Seed) 3.49 3.49 1.12 1.12 1.12 -2.37 -2.37 -2.37

Urea 180.86 180.86 228.77 228.77 228.77 47.91 47.91 47.91

Muriate of Potash 64.91 64.91 98.91 98.91 98.91 34.00 34.00 34.00

TSP 285.21 285.21 369.14 369.14 369.14 83.93 83.93 83.93

Gypsum 9.30 9.30 13.72 13.72 13.72 4.42 4.42 4.42

Pesticides 43.56 43.56 67.56 67.56 67.56 24.00 24.00 24.00

Tructor 1,374.09 1,374.09 1,731.58 1,731.58 1,731.58 357.49 357.49 357.49

Irrigation 861.18 861.18 1,115.96 1,115.96 1,115.96 254.78 254.78 254.78 Sub-Total Purchased Inputs 3,206.89 3,206.89 4,058.60 4,058.60 4,058.60 851.70 851.70 851.70

Labor

Farm Labour 5,723.05 5,723.05 6,868.24 6,868.24 6,868.24 1,145.19 1,145.19 1,145.19 Sub-Total Production Cost 8,929.94 8,929.94 10,926.84 10,926.84 10,926.84 1,996.89 1,996.89 1,996.89

OUTFLOWS 8,929.94 8,929.94 10,926.84 10,926.84 10,926.84 1,996.89 1,996.89 1,996.89 Cash Flow Before Financing 7,813.52 7,813.52 10,235.29 10,235.29 10,235.29 2,421.77 2,421.77 2,421.77 Cash Flow After Financing 7,813.52 7,813.52 10,235.29 10,235.29 10,235.29 2,421.77 2,421.77 2,421.77

Source: Farmod Program generated.



Table J1.13: Economic Agriculture Crop Benefits (Tk in lac)

Kalidashkhali Subproject Model ECONOMIC BUDGET (AGGREGATED) (In BDT Lach)

April -- March


1 to 30 1 to 30 1 to 30

Main Production

B. Aus 447.19 - -447.19

T. Aus 411.41 425.27 13.85

B. Aman 70.76 19.47 -51.29

Lt. Aman 747.17 - -747.17

T. Aman 1,259.58 4,342.45 3,082.87

HYV Boro 1,862.40 2,400.78 538.38

Hybrid Boro 648.86 1,768.93 1,120.07

Wheat 958.25 750.82 -207.43

Maize - 1,288.06 1,288.06

Jute 2,651.20 2,715.47 64.27

Vegetable 2,773.61 1,932.08 -841.53

Pulses 1,657.43 1,665.32 7.89

Mustard 752.27 1,174.95 422.68

Lentil 377.76 121.23 -256.53

Sub-total Main Production 14,617.89 18,604.82 3,986.93

By Products

Straw 1,123.71 1,452.44 328.74

Gross Value Of Production 15,741.60 20,057.27 4,315.67

Production Cost

Purchased Inputs

Rice Seed 73.39 87.65 14.26

Wheat 56.12 35.18 -20.94

Maize(seed) - 61.88 61.88

Jute (SEED) 106.05 108.62 2.57

Vegetable (Seed) 47.99 31.57 -16.42

Pulses (seed) 56.83 57.10 0.27

Mustard (Seed) 6.27 7.53 1.26

Lentil (Seed) 3.15 1.01 -2.14

Urea 180.79 228.68 47.89

Muriate of Potash 64.37 98.10 33.72

TSP 282.42 365.53 83.11

Gypsum 8.39 12.37 3.98

Pesticides 39.29 60.94 21.65

Tructor 1,239.42 1,561.89 322.46

Irrigation 680.33 881.61 201.28

Sub-Total Purchased Inputs 2,844.80 3,599.63 754.83

Labor

Farm Labour 4,750.13 5,700.64 950.51

Sub-Total Production Cost 7,594.93 9,300.27 1,705.34

OUTFLOWS 7,594.93 9,300.27 1,705.34

Cash Flow 8,146.67 10,756.99 2,610.33 Source: Farmod Program generated.



Table J1.14: Cropping Pattern

CROPPING PATTERNS (In Units)

April -- March

Unit


1 to 30 1 to 30 1 to 30

Cropping Intensity Percent 217 240 23

Cropping Pattern

Existing Technology

B.Aus ha 1,700 - -1,700

T. Aus ha 1,173 - -1,173

B. Aman ha 269 - -269

Lt. Aman ha 2,367 - -2,367

T. Aman ha 2,873 - -2,873

HYV Boro ha 2,360 - -2,360

Hybrid Boro ha 740 - -740

Wheat ha 2,393 - -2,393

Jute ha 3,919 - -3,919

Vegetable ha 1,064 - -1,064

Pulses ha 2,100 - -2,100

Mustard ha 1,390 - -1,390

Lentil (Sesame) ha 698 - -698

Sub-total Existing Technology 23,046 - -23,046

New Technology

T. Aus ha - 970 970

B. Aman ha - 74 74

T. Aman ha - 8,254 8,254

HYV Boro ha - 2,738 2,738

Hybrid Boro ha - 1,834 1,834

Wheat ha - 1,500 1,500

Maize ha - 1,400 1,400

Jute ha - 4,014 4,014

Vegetable ha - 700 700

Pulses ha - 2,110 2,110

Mustard ha - 1,670 1,670

Lentil (Sesame) ha - 224 224

Sub-total New Technology - 25,488 25,488

Total Cropped Area 23,046 25,488 2,442 Source: Farmod Program generated.



Table J1.15: Fisheries Benefits (Without Project)

Fisheries Area

Pro

du

ctio

n

Ra

te k

g/h

a/y

r

Pro

du

ctio

n(m

.to

n)

Price

(BD

T/T

on

)

Gro

ss

Va

lue

(Lakh

B

DT

)

Pro

du

ctio

n

Co

st(

La

kh

BD

T) Net Return(Lakh BDT)

Financial SCF Economic

A. Culture

1. Pond 100 1776 177.60 110000 195.36 75 120.36 0.902 108.56

2. Nursery 3.2 2150 6.88 140000 9.63 3.68 5.952 0.902 5.37

3. Fish after rice **

4.5 1050 4.73 110000

5.20 2.93 2.2675 0.902 2.05

4. FP beel 0 0 0.00 110000 0.00 0 0 0.902 0.00

5. Baor 2.5 1650 4.13 110000 4.54 1.88 2.6575 0.902 2.40

6. Borrow pit 3.2 900 2.88 110000 3.17 1.76 1.408 0.902 1.27

7. Canal 0 0 0.00 110000 0.00 0 0 0.902 0.00

8. Pen 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0 0.902 0.00

9. Cage 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0 0.902 0.00

10. Khas pond 11 1120 12.32 110000 13.55 8.25 5.302 0.902 4.78 Total: A 124.4 208.53 231.447 93.5 137.95 124.43

B. Capture

1. Public low land

0 0 0 0

0.00 0 0 0 0.00

2. Canal 42 215 9.03 160000 14.45 0 14.45 0.902 13.03

3. Beel 19 280 5.32 160000 8.51 0 8.51 0.902 7.68

4. Floodplain 1050 120 126 160000 201.60 0 201.60 0.902 181.84

5. Baor 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.902 0.00

6. Borrow Pit 2 550 1.1 110000 1.21 0.9 0.31 0.902 0.28

7. Sanctuary 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00

8. Beel stocking

0 0 0 110000

0.00 0

0.00 0.902 0.00 Total: B 1113 141.45 225.77 0.9 224.87 202.83

TOTAL: A+B 1237.4 349.98 457.22 94.4 362.82 327.26

Source: Fisheries Report, Annex E



Table J1.16: Fisheries Benefits (With Project)

Fisheries Area

Pro

du

cti

on

R

ate

kg

/ha/y

r

Pro

du

cti

on

(m

.to

n)

Pri

ce

(BD

T/T

on

)

Gro

ss

Va

lue

(La

kh

B

DT

)

Pro

du

cti

on

C

os

t(L

ak

h

BD

T)

Net Return(Lakh BDT)

Financial SCF Economic

A. Culture

1. Pond 105 3000 315 110000 346.5 126 220.5 0.902 198.89

2. Nursery 3.5 3200 11.2 140000 15.68 5.08 10.6 0.902 9.56

3. Fish after Rice **

5 1400 7 110000 7.7

3.75 4.0 0.902 3.56

4. FP beel 2 1200 2.4 110000 2.64 1.64 1.0 0.902 0.90

5. Baor 2.5 2500 6.25 110000 6.875 2.63 4.2 0.902 3.83

6. Borrow pit 3.5 2200 7.7 110000 8.47 3.33 5.1 0.902 4.64

7. Canal 12 1200 14.4 110000 15.84 10.2 5.6 0.902 5.09

8. Pen 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.902 0.00

9. Cage 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.902 0.00

10. Khas pond 11 2500 27.5 110000 30.25 12.1 18.2 0.902 16.37

Total: A 144.5 391.5 434.0 164.7 269.2 242.8

B. Capture

1.Public low land

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0.00

2. Canal 30 430 12.9 160000 20.64 0 20.64 0.902 18.62

3.Beel 12 280 3.36 160000 5.376 0 5.38 0.902 4.85

4. Floodplain ***

306 120 36.72 160000 58.752

0 58.75 0.902 52.99

5. Baor 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0.00

6. Borrow Pit 1.5 550 0.825 110000 0.9075 0.6 0.31 0.902 0.28

7. Sanctuary 2 1050 2.1 160000 3.36 1.8 1.56 0.902 1.41

8. Beel stocking

15 1150 17.25 110000 18.975

11.25 7.73 0.902 6.97


4 3000

12 110000 13.2

5

8.20 0.902 7.40

Total: B 370.5 85.155 121.21 18.65 102.56 92.51

TOTAL: A+B 515 476.605 555.17 183.38 371.79 335.35

Source: Fisheries Report, Annex E



Table J1.17: Production and Inputs

Kalidashkhali Subproject Model PRODUCTION AND INPUTS (Aggregated) (In Units)

April -- March

Unit


1 to 30 1 to 30 1 to 30

Main Production

B. Aus mt 2,550 - -2,550

T. Aus mt 2,346 2,425 79

B. Aman mt 404 111 -293

Lt. Aman mt 4,261 - -4,261

T. Aman mt 7,182 24,762 17,580

HYV Boro mt 10,620 13,690 3,070

Hybrid Boro mt 3,700 10,087 6,387

Total Paddy Production mt 31,063 51,075 20,012

Wheat mt 4,786 3,750 -1,036

Maize mt - 8,400 8,400

Jute mt 9,798 10,035 237

Vegetable mt 18,088 12,600 -5,488

Pulses mt 5,250 5,275 25

Mustard mt 1,390 2,171 781

Lentil mt 698 224 -474

By Products

Straw mt 63,315 80,852 17,537

Operating

Purchased Inputs

Rice Seed kg 406,795 485,860 79,065

Wheat kg 311,090 195,000 -116,090

Maize(seed) kg - 196,000 196,000

Jute (SEED) kg 29,393 30,105 712

Vegetable (Seed) kg 10,640 7,000 -3,640

Pulses (seed) kg 63,000 63,300 300

Mustard (Seed) kg 13,900 16,700 2,800

Lentil (Seed) kg 6,980 2,240 -4,740

Urea kg 1,507,190 1,906,400 399,210

Muriate of Potash kg 360,590 549,500 188,910

TSP kg 1,096,970 1,419,780 322,810

Gypsum kg 62,000 91,440 29,440

Pesticides kg 4,355,900 6,755,700 2,399,800

Tructor BDT 137,408,500 173,158,000 35,749,500

Irrigation BDT 86,118,000 111,596,000 25,478,000

Labor

Farm Labour man-day 2,289,220 2,747,296 458,076 Source: Farmod Program generated.



Table J1.18: Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR) (Tk in lac)

Year Invest. Cost

O & M Total Cost Agricul. Benefit

Fisheries Benefits

Total Benefits

Cash flow

1 1054.49 0.00 1054.49 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1054.49

2 1696.13 0.00 1696.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1696.13

3 1754.82 0.00 1754.82 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1754.82

4 503.06 0.00 503.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 -503.06

5 126.39 126.39 968.71 3.59 972.29 845.91

6 126.39 126.39 1,695.24 6.28 1701.52 1575.13

7 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

8 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

9 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

10 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

11 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

12 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

13 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

14 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

15 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

16 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

17 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

18 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

19 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

20 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

21 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

22 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

23 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

24 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

25 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

26 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

27 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

28 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

29 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35

30 126.39 126.39 2421.77 8.97 2430.74 2304.35 NPV @12% 3862.41 634.19 4496.60 10959.44 0.00 11000.03 6503.43

All calculations are based on project period of 30 years

FIRR base case 25.33%

Benefit Cost Ratio 2.45



Table J1.18: Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) (Tk in lac)

Year Invest. Cost

O & M Total Cost Agricul. Benefit

Fisheries Benefits

Total Benefits Cash flow

1 703.31 0.00 703.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 -703.31

2 1131.05 0.00 1131.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1131.05

3 1187.05 0.00 1187.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1187.05

4 335.85 0.00 335.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 -335.85

5 87.99 87.99 1044.13 3.24 1047.37 959.38

6 87.99 87.99 1827.23 5.66 1832.89 1744.90

7 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

8 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

9 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

10 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

11 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

12 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

13 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

14 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

15 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

16 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

17 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

18 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

19 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

20 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

21 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

22 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

23 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

24 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

25 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

26 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

27 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

28 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

29 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43

30 87.99 87.99 2610.33 8.09 2618.42 2530.43 NPV @12% 2587.99 441.50 3029.49 11812.74 0.00 11849.35 8819.86

All calculations are based on project period of 30 years

EIRR base case 34.64%

Benefit Cost Ratio 3.91

Bangladesh Water Development Boardsouthwest.bwdb.gov.bd/files/report/Kalidaskhali-Arpara... · 2018. 5. 21. · Southwest Area Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management Project

Documents